TIGHT BINDING BOOK
gj<OU_1 66736
m
Osmania University Library
Call No.^(/pS4"6l Accession No.l<^) 1 4
Author
This book should be returned on r before the dete last marked below.
THE GOLDEN^BOUGH
A STUDY IN MAGIC AND RELIGION
THIRD EDITION
VOL. XII
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND GENERAL INDEX
MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
LONDON BOMBAY CALCUTTA MADRAS
MELBOURNE
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
NEW YORK ' BOSTON CHICAGO
DALLAS ATLANTA SAN FRANCISCO
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
OF CANADA, LIMITED
TORONTO
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
A STUDY IN MAGIC AND RELIGION
BY
SIR JAMES GEORGE FRAZER
HON. D.C.L., OXFORD; HON. LL.D., GLASGOW;
HON. LITT.D., DURHAM ;
FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.
THIRD EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED
IN TWELVE VOLUMES
VOL. XII
BIBLIOGRAPHY AND GENERAL INDEX
MACMILLAN AND CO., LIMITED
ST. MARTIN'S STREET, LONDON
1935
COPYRIGHT
First Edition 1915
ted 1918, 1920, 1925, 1935
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN
BY R. & R. CLARfE/ LIMITED, EDINBURGH
PREFACE
THE following Bibliography aims at giving a complete list
of the authorities cited in the third edition of The Golden
Bough, Such a list may be of use to readers who desire
to have further information on any of the topics dis-
cussed or, alluded to in the text. It has been compiled
by Messrs. R. & R. Clark's Press Reader from the refer-
ences in my footnotes to the volumes, and it has been
revised and corrected by me in proof. The titles of
works which I have not seen but have cited at second
hand are distinguished by an asterisk prefixed to them.
Throughout the book I have endeavoured to indicate the
distinction clearly by the manner of my citation, but lest
any ambiguity should remain I have thought it well to
mark the difference precisely in the Bibliography. In the
case of Greek and Latin authors the editions which I have
commonly used are generally noted in the Bibliography ;
they are for the most part those which I possess in my
own library and have consulted for the sake of convenience.
The General Index incorporates the separate indices to
the volumes, but as some of these, especially in the earlier
volumes, were somewhat meagre, I have made large additions
to them in order to bring up the whole to a uniform standard
and to facilitate the use of the book as a work of reference.
With this clue in his hand the student, I hope, will be able
to find his way through the labyrinth of facts. All the
entries have been made by me, but the arrangement of
vl THE GOLDEN BOUGH
them is in the main due to the Press Reader, whom I
desire to thank for the diligence and accuracy with which
he has performed his laborious task. The whole Index has
been repeatedly revised and freely corrected by me in proof.
In conclusion it is my duty as well as pleasure to
thank my publishers, Messrs. Macmillan & Company, for
the never- failing confidence, courtesy, and liberality with
which they have treated me during the many years in
which The Golden Bough has been in progress. From
first to last they have laid me under no restrictions what-
ever, but have left me perfectly free to plan and execute
the work on the scale and in the manner I judged best.
Their patience has been inexhaustible and their courage
in facing the pecuniary risks unwavering. My printers
also, Messrs. R. & R. Clark of Edinburgh, have done
their part to my entire satisfaction ; they have promptly
responded to every call I have made on them for in-
creased speed, and with regard to accuracy I will only
say that in the scrutiny to which I have subjected the
book for the purpose of the Index I have detected many
errors of my own, but few or none of theirs. Publishers
and printers can do much to help or hinder an author's
work. Mine have done everything that could be done to
render my labours as light and as pleasant as possible.
I thank them sincerely and gratefully for their help,
and I reflect with pleasure on the relations of unbroken
cordiality which have existed between us for more than
a quarter of a century.
J. G. FRAZER.
i BRICK COURT, TEMPLE,
2$M January 1915.
CONTENTS
PREFACE Pp. v-vi
BIBLIOGRAPHY Pp. 1-144
GENERAL INDEX Pp. H5-53 6
Vll
BIBLIOGRAPHY
BIBLIOGRAPHY
N.B. In the following list an asterisk prefixed to the title of a work signifies that the woik
in question has not been seen by me (J. G. Frazer), and is known to me only by name or in
quotations. Works not marked by an asterisk have been consulted in the originals.
" A Far-off Greek Island," in Blackwootfs Magazine, February 1886.
" A Japanese Fire- walk," in American Anthropologist, New Series, v. (1903).
Abbott, G. F., Macedonian Folk-lore. Cambridge, 1903.
Abeghian, Manuk, Der armenische Volksglaube. Leipsic, 1899.
Abel, E., Orphica. Leipsic and Prague, 1885.
Abela, Eijub, " Beitrage zur Kenntniss aberglaubischer Gebrauche in Syrien,"
in Zeitschrift des deutschen Palaestina-Vereins, vii. (1884).
*Abelas, Malta illustrata, Guitar's Supplements, quoted by R. Wiinsch, Das
Friihlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1 902.
Abercromby, Hon. J., in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).
The Pre- and Proto- historic Finns. London, 1898.
Abhandlungen der historischen Classe der Koniglichen Bayerischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften.
Abhandlungen der historisch-philologischen Classe der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Gottingen.
Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin.
Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen.
Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Abhandlungen der philologisch- historischen Klasse der Koniglichen Sachsischen
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften.
Abinal, Fatner, " Astrologie Malgache," in Les Missions Catholiques, xi. (1879).
"Croyances fabuleuses des Malgaches," in Les Missions Catholiques, xii.
(1880).
Abougit, Father X., S.J., "Le feu du Saint-Se'pulcre," in Les Missions
Catholiques, viii. (1876).
Abrahams, Israel, Jewish Life in the Middle Ages. London, 1896.
The Book of Delight and other Papers. Philadelphia, 1912.
Abydenus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mttller, vol. iv.
Academy, The.
Acerbi, J., Travels through Sweden, Finnland and Lapland. London, 1802.
Acevado, Dr. Otero, Letter in Le Temps, September 1898,
Achilles Tatius. Ed. G. A. Hirschig. Paris (Didot), 1885.
Acosta, J. de, The Natural and Moral History of the Indies. Translated by
E. Grimston ; edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society,
London, 1880.
^Original Spanish Edition published at Seville in 1590, Reprinted
at Madrid in 1894.
Acron, on Horace, Odes, quoted by G. Boni in Notizte degli Scavi, May 1900.
Acta Fratrum Arvalium. Ed. G. Henzen. terlin, 1874.
4 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Acta Sanctorum. Paris and Rome, 1867.
Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae. Helsingfors, 1856.
Adair, James, History of the American Indians. London, 1 7 75.
Adam, J., on Plato, Republic. Cambridge, 1902.
Adam of Bremen, Descriptio insularum Aquilonis, with the Scholia, in Migne's
Patrologia Latina, cxlvi.
Adams, John, Sketches taken during Ten Voyages in Africa between the years
1786 and 1800. London, N.D.
Addison, Joseph, " Remarks on Several Parts of Italy," in his Works, vol. ii.
London, 1811.
Adriani, Dr. N., " Mededeelingen omtrent de Toradjas van Midden-Celebes,"
in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv. (1901).
Adriani, N., en Kruijt, Alb. C., De Bare'e-sprekende Toradja's van Midden-
Celebes. Batavia, 1912.
"Van Posso naar Mori," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche
Zendelinggenootschap, xliv. (1900).
" Van Posso naar Parigi, Sigi en Lindoe," in Mededeelingen van wege het
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlii. ( 1 898).
Aelian. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.
De natura animalium.
Variae historiae.
Aelius Lampridius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.
Alexander Severus.
Antoninus Diadumenus.
Antoninus Heliogabalus.
Aelius Spartianus, Helius, in H. Peter's Scriptores Historiae Augustae.
Aeneas Sylvius, Opera. Bale, 1571.
Aeschines. Ed. F. Franke. Leipsic, 1863.
Contra Ctesiphontem.
Epistolae.
Aeschylus. Ed. F. A. Paley. Third Edition. London, 1870.
Choephori.
Prometheus Vinctus.
Suppliants.
Aetna. Ed. Robinson Ellis, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate.
London, 1894-1905.
Afzelius, Arv. Aug., Volkssagen und Volkslieder aus Schwedens alterer und neuer
Zeit. Ubersetzt von F. H. Ungewitter. Leipsic, 1842.
Agahd, R., M. Terentii Varronis rerum divinarum libri /. XIV. XV. XVI
Leipsic, 1898.
Agalharchides, in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
Agathias, Historia. Ed. B. G. Niebuhr. Bonn, 1828.
Agerbeek, A. H. B., " Enkele gebruiken van de Dajaksche bevolking dei
Pinoehlanden," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volken-
kunde t li. (1909).
* Agriculture of the Nabataeans. ii. roo and 346.
*Aiton, William, Treatise on the Origin^ Qualities, and Cultivation of Moss Earth,
quoted by R. Munro, Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings or Crannogs.
Edinburgh, 1882.
Aiyar, N. Subramhanya, in Census of India, igoi t vol. xxvi. Travancore t Part I.
Trivandrum, 1903.
*Al Baidaw?s Commentary on the Koran.
Alberti, L., De Kaffers aan de Zuidkust van Afrika. Amsterdam, 1810.
Albertus Magnus, quoted by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des
Gottertranks. Second Edition. GUtersloh, 1886.
Alblrunt, The Chronology of Ancient Nations. Translated and edited by Dr
C. Edward Sachau. London, 1879.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 5
Alexander, Lieutenant Boyd, " From the Niger, by Lake Chad, to the Nile," in
The Geographical Journal, xxx. (1907).
Alexander, Sir James E,, Expedition of Discovery into the Interior of Africa,
London, 1838.
Allan, John Hay, The Bridal of Caolchaim. London, 1822.
Alldridge, T. J., The Sherbro and its Hinterland. London, 1901.
Allegret, E., " Les Ide'es religieuses des Fail (Afrique Occidentale)," in Revue
de rHistoire des Religions, 1. (1904).
Allen, W., and Thomson, T. R. H., Narrative of the Expedition to the River
Niger in 1841. London, 1848.
Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift. Glitersloh.
Allison, Mrs. S. S., "Account of the Similkameen Indians of British Columbia,"
in Journal of the Anthropological Instfatte, xxi. (1892).
Alpenburg, J. N. Ritter von, Mythen und Sagen Tirols. Zurich, 1857.
Alvear, D. de, Relacion geografica e historica de la provincia de Misiones, in P. de
Angelis's Coleccion de obras y documentos, etc., iv. Buenos Ayres, 1836.
Am Urquell. Monatsschrift fur Volkkunde, N.F.
Amalfi, G., Tradizioni ed Usi nella penisola Sorrentma. Palermo, 1890.
Amat, Father E., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, Ixx. (1898).
Ambrosetti, J. B., " Los Indios Caingua del alto Parana* (misiones)," in Boletino
del Institute Geografico Argentino, xv. Buenos Ayres, 1895.
Ambrosoli, Father, "Notice sur Tile de Rook," in Annales de la Propagation de
la Foi t xxvii. (1855).
Ame'lineau, E., Le Tombeau o? Osiris. Paris, 1899.
American Anthropologist.
New Series.
American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal.
American Journal of Archaeology.
American Journal of Folk-lore.
American Journal of Philology.
American Journal of Semitic Languages and Literatures.
American Journal of Theology.
American Naturalist.
Amira, K. von, in H. Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philologie. Second
Edition. Strasburg, 1900.
Ammianus Marcellinus. Ed. F. Eyssenhardt. Berlin, 1871.
Ampelius, L., Liber Memorialis.
Anacreon, cited by Pliny, Naturalis Historia.
Analecta Bollandiana.
Anderson, J., From Mandalay to Momien. London, 1876.
Anderson, J. D., private communication (ix. 176 w. 3 ).
Andersson, C. J., Lake Ngami. Second Edition. London, 1856.
The Okavango River. London, 1861.
Andocides, Orationes. Ed. F. Blass. Leipsic, 1871.
Andree, Dr. Richard, Braunschweiger Volkskunde. Brunswick, 1896.
" Die Pleiaden im Mythus und in ihrer Beziehung zum Jahresbeginn und
Landbau," in Globus, Ixiv. (1893).
Ethnographische Parallelen und Vergleiche. Stuttgart, 1878.
Neue Folge. Leipsic, 1889.
" Scapulimantia," in Boas Anniversary Volume. New York, 1906.
Votive und IVeihegaben des Katholischen Volks in Suddeutschland. Bruns-
wick, 1904.
Andree-Eysn, Marie, Volkskundliches aus dem bayrisch~b'sterreichi$chen Alpen*
gebiet. Brunswick, 1910.
Andrews, J. B., Contes Ligures. Paris, 1892.
Angas, G. F., Savage Life and Scenes in Australia and New Zealand. London,
1847.
6 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Angas, H. Crawford, in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropo-
logie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1898.
Angelis, Pedro de, Coleccion de obras y documentos relatives a la historia antigua
y moderna de las provincias del Rio de la Plata* Buenos-Aires, 1 836-
1837.
Ankermann, B., " L'Ethnographie actuelle de 1'Afrique me"ridionale," in
Anthropos, i. (1906).
Annales de V Association de la Propagation de la Foi.
Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (continuation of the preceding).
Annales du Cercle Archtologique de Mons.
Annales du Musle Guimet, Bibliotheque d* Etudes.
Annales Politiques et Litttraires.
Annali deW Institute di Corrispondenza Archeologica.
Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology. Liverpool and London.
Annandale, Nelson, in letter to the Author.
" Customs of the Malayo-Siamese," in Fasciculi Malayenses, Anthropology,
Part II. (a) (May 1904).
" Primitive Beliefs and Customs of the Patani Fishermen," in Fasciculi
Malayenses, Anthropology, Part I. (April 1903).
Annandale, N., and Robinson, H. C., " Some Preliminary Results of an
Expedition to the Malay Peninsula," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xxxii. (1902).
Annual Archaeological Report, 1905. Toronto, 1906.
Annual Reports of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution.
Annual Reports on British New Guinea.
"Anonyrni Chronologica." Printed in L. Dindorf's edition of J. Malalas.
Bonn, 1831.
Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine.
Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.
Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.
Anthologia Palatina. Ed. F. Diibner. Paris (Didot), 1864-1872.
Anthologia Planudea. Ed. F. DUbner. Paris (Didot), 1872.
Anthropological Essays presented to E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.
Anthropological Reviews and Miscellanea, appended to Journal of the Anthropo-
logical Institute, xxx. (1900).
Anthropos. Ephemeris International Ethnologica et Linguistica.
Antigonus, Historiarum mirabilium collectanea, in Scriptores rerum mirabilium
Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1839.
Antoninus Liberalis, Transformationum congeries, in Mythographi Graeci. Ed.
A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.
Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau.
Apollodorus, Bibliotheca, in Mythographi Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Bruns-
wick, 1843.
Bibliotheca. Ed. R. Wagner. Leipsic, 1894.
Epitoma Vaticana. Ed. R. Wagner. Leipsic, 1891.
Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Ed. Aug. Wellauer. Leipsic, 1828.
Apostolius, Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci, i. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F.
G. Schneidewin. Gottingen, 1839-1851.
Appian. Ed. L. Mendelssohn. Leipsic, 1879-1881.
Bellum Civile.
Bellum Mithridaticum.
Hispanica.
Punica.
Syriaca.
Apuleius. Ed. G. F. Hildebrand. Leipsic, 1843.
De mafia.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 7
Apuleius continued.
De mundo.
Metamorphoses.
Aratus, Phaenomena. Ed. E. Maass. Berlin, 1893.
Arbousset, T., et Daumas, F., Relation d'un voyage d* Exploration au Nord-est
de la Colonie du Cap de Bonne-Esperance. Paris, 1842.
Archaeologia : or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity.
Archaeologia^ Second Series.
* 'Archaeologia Aeliana, N.S., quoted in The Denham Tracts. Edited by
J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.
Archaeologia Cambrensis^ Second Series.
Archaeological and Ethnological Papers of the Peabody Museum, Harvard
University.
Archaeological Review.
Archaeologische-epigraphische Mittheilungen aus Oesterreich-Ungarn.
Archaologischer Anzeiger.
Archdologische Zeitung.
Archias Mitylenaeus, in Anthologia Palatina, vii,
Archiv fur Anthropologte.
Archiv fur Papyrusforschung.
Archiv fUr Religionswissenschaft.
Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari.
Arctic Papers for the Expedition of 1873. Published by the Royal Geographical
Society. London, 1875.
Aristides (Christian apologist), Apologia. Edited by J. Rendel Harris. Cam-
bridge, 1891.
Aristides (Greek rhetorician), Orationes. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1829.
Eleusinius.
Isthrtiica.
Panathenaicus.
Aristophanes, in Poetae Scenici Graeci. Ed. G. Dindorf. London, 1869.
Acharnenses*
Birds.
Clouds.
Ecclesiazusae.
frogs.
Knights.
Lysistrata.
Plutus.
Thesmophortazusae.
Wasps.
Aristotle, Opera. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1831-1870.
Cited by a Scholiast on Aristophanes, Achamenses.
Constitution of Athens. Ed. J. E. Sandys. London, 1893.
De anima.
De animalium generatione.
De mundo.
[De Mirabilibus Auscultationibus.]
De Xenophane.
Historia de animalibus.
Meteora.
Peplos, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum. Ed. C. Miiller.
Physica Auscultatio.
Politics.
Probleniaia.
*Arlegui, Chron. de Zacatecas, quoted by H. H. Bancroft, In Native Races ofthi
Pacific States. London, 1875-1876.
* THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Armit, Captain \V. E., "Customs of the Australian Aborigines," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute^ ix. ( 1 880).
Arnobius, Adversus Nationes. Ed. Aug. Reifferscheid. Vienna, 1875.
Arnold, Matthew, Essays in Criticism. First Series. London, 1898.
Arnold, R. A., From the Levant. London, 1868.
Arnot, F. S. , Garengauze ; or Seven Years' Pioneer Mission Work in Centra)
Africa. London, N.D., preface dated March 1889.
Arriaga, P. J. de, Extirpacion de la Idolatria del Piru. Lima, 1621.
Arrian, Anabasis. Ed. R. Geier. Leipsic, 1871.
CynegeticuS) in Script a Minor a. Ed. R. Hercher. Leipsic, 1854.
Epicteti dissertationes. Ed. H. Schenkl. Leipsic, 1894.
Indica t in Scripta Minora. Ed. R. Hercher.
Tactica, in Scripta Minora. Ed. R. Hercher.
Ars quatuor Coronatorum. The Transactions of a Masonic Lodge of London.
Artemidorus, Onirocritica. Ed. R. Hercher. Leipsic, 1864.
Asbjornsen, P. Chr., Norske Folke-Eventyr. Ny Samling. Christiania, 1871.
Asbjornsen, P. Chr., og Moe, J., Norske Folke-Eventyr. Christiania, N.D,
Asclepiades, cited by Porphyry, De abstinentia.
Asconius. Ed. A. Kiesseling et R. Schoell. Berlin, 1875.
In Milonianam.
In Comelianam.
Ashe, R. P., Two Kings of Uganda. London, 1889.
Asiatick (Asiatic} Researches. Usually quoted in the 8vo Edition. London,
1806-1818.
Asterius Amasenus, Encomium in sanctos martyres^ in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xl.
Astley, T. , New General Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1 745-1 754-
Aston, W. G., Shinto, the Way of the Gods. London, 1905.
Ateius Capito, cited by Plutarch, Quaestiones Romanae.
Athalye, Y. V., in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.
Athanasius, Oratio contra Gentes t in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xxv.
Atharva- Veda. See s.v. Hymns.
Athenaeum, The.
Athenaeus. Ed. Aug. Meineke. Leipsic, 1858-1867.
Ed. G. Kaibel. Leipbic, 1887-1890.
Athenagoras, Supplicatio pro Christianis. Ed. J. C. T. Otto. Jena, 1857.
Atkinson, E. T., " Notes on the History of Religion in the Himalayas of the
North-West Provinces," in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, liii.
Part i. Calcutta, 1884.
The Himalayan Districts of the North- Western Provinces of India.
Allahabad, 1884.
Atkinson, Rev. J. C., in County Folk-lore, ii. London, 1901.
Forty Years in a Moorland Parish. London, 1891.
Atkinson, T. W., Travels in the Regions of the Upper and Lower Amoor.
London, 1860.
Attalus, Letter preserved in inscription at Sivrihissar.
Atti del IV. Congresso Internationale degli Orientalisti. Florence, 1 88o
Aubin, E., Le Maroc tfaujourd'hui. Paris, 1904
Aubrey, John, Remaines of Gentilismc and Judaism*. Folk-lore Society.
London, 1881.
Augustine, Opera. Paris, 1683.
De civitate Dei.
De Trinitate> in Migne's Patrologia Latina^ xlii.
[Quaestiones Veteris et Novi Testamenti t ]\n Migne's Patro logia Latina , xxxv,
Sermones t in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxxviii.
Aurelius Victor, Sextus. Ed. Franc. Pichlmayr. Leipsic, 1911.
De viris illustribus.
Origo gentis Romano*.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 9
Aus der Anomia> Arehaologische Beitrage Carl Robert zur Erinnerungan Berlin
dargebracht. Berlin, 1890.
Ausgrabttngen zu Sendschirli. Berlin, 1902.
Aus land, Das. Woe hens chr if t fur Lander" und Vb'lkerkunde.
Ausonius, Deferiis Romanis.
Epigrammata*
Aust, E., Die Religion der Rb'mer. Munster i. W., 1899.
s.v. "Juppiter," in W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und
rb'mischen Mythologie, ii.
Autenrieth, Missionary, " Zur Religion der Kamerun-Neger," in Mitteilungen
der geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena> xii. (1893).
Authority and Archaeology Sacred and Profane. Edited by D. G. Hogarth.
London, 1899.
Auvergne, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi t x. (1837).
Avanchers, Father Le*on cles, in Bulletin de la Soci&t de Geographic (Paris),
Vme Se*rie, xvii. (1869).
Avebury, Lord (Sir John Lubbock), Origin of Civilisation* London, 1870*
Fourth Edition. London, 1882.
Fifth Edition.
Preface to Sixth Edition. London, 1902.
Prehistoric Times. Fifth Edition. London, 1890.
Aymonier, 6tienne, Le Cambodge. Paris, 1900-1904.
*' Les Tchames et leurs religions," in Revue de Vhistoire des Religions^
xxiv. (1891).
' Notes sur les coutumes et croyances superstitieuses des Cambodgiens," in
Cochinchine fran^atse : Excursions et Reconnaissances , No. 16. Saigon,
1883.
Notes sur le Laos. Saigon, 1885.
Notice sur le Cambodge. Paris, 1875.
Voyage dans le Laos. Paris, 1895-1897.
Azara, F. de, Voyages dans I'Amtrique Mtridionale. Paris, 1809.
Baarda, M. J. van. Cited by A. C. Kruijt, " Regen lokken en regen verdrijving
bij de Toradja's van Central Celebes," in Tijdschrift voor Indische
Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde> xliv. (1901).
41 Fabelen, verhalen en overleveringen der Galelareezen," in Bijdragen tot
de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indi'e\ xlv. (1895).
"tie de Halmaheira," in Bulletins de la Soctttt d* Anthropologie de Paris*
iii. (1892), iv. (1893).
Babelon, E., Monnaies de la Rtpublique romainc. Paris, 1885-1886.
Babrius, Fabulac. Ed. W. G. Rutherford. London, 1883.
Bacchylides. Ed. Sir Richard C. Jebb. Cambridge, 1905.
Bachofen, J. J., Das Mutterrecht. Stuttgart, 1 86 1.
Die Sage von Tanaqml. Heidelberg, 1870.
Back, Fr., De Graecorum caerimoniis in quibus homines deorum vice fungc-
bantur. Berlin, 1883.
Backer, L. de, UArchipel Indien. Paris, 1874.
Bacon, Francis, Natural History ', in his Works. London, 1 740.
Baddeley, St. Clair. Notes sent to the Author (i. 5. n. z ).
Badger, G. P., Note on The Travels of Ludovico di Varthema. Translated by
J. W. Jones. Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.
Badham, Rev. Charles, D.D. Cited iii. 156.
Baedeker, K., Central Italy and Rome. Thirteenth Edition.
Palestine and Syria. Fourth Edition. Leipsic, 1906.
Southern Italy. Seventh Edition. Leipsic, 1880.
Baer, K. F. v., und Helmersen, Gr. v., Beitrdge zur Kenntniss des russischen
Retches und der angrtnzenden Lander A suns. St. Petersburg, 1839.
VOL. XII B
io THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Baessler-Archiv.
Baethgen, F., Beitrage zur semitischen Religionsgeschichte. Berlin, 1888.
Bagford's letter in *Leland's Collectanea, i., quoted by J. Brand, Popular
Antiquities, ii. Bonn's Edition. London, 1882-1883.
Baier, R., " Beitrage von der Insel Riigen," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mytho-
logie und Sittenkunde, ii. (1855).
Bailey, Mabel. Verbal communication (ii. 88 w. 1 ).
Bailly, J. S., Lettres sur VAtlantide de Platan. London and Paris, 1779.
Lettres sur FOrigine des Sciences. London and Paris, 1777.
Baker, F. B., in Numismatic Chronicle, Third Series, xii. (1892).
Balbi, Caspar, "Voyage to Pegu," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, ix.
Balfour, Edward, Cyclopaedia of India. Third Edition. London, 1885.
Ball, V., Jungle Life in India. London, 1880.
Ballentine, Floyd G., "Some Phases of the Cult of the Nymphs," in Harvard
Studies in Classical Philology, xv. (1904).
Bamler, G., "Tami," in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.
Bancroft, H. H., The Native Races of the Pacific States of North America.
London, 1875-1876.
* Banffshire Journal, quoted by R. Chambers, The Book of Days. London and
Edinburgh, 1886.
Banks, M. M., " Scoring a Witch above the Breath," in Folk-lore, xxiii. (1912).
Barber, Rev. Dr. W. T. A., in letters to the Author (iv. 145, 275).
Barbosa, Duarte, A Description of the Coasts of East Africa and Malabar in the
Beginning of the Sixteenth Century. Translated by the Hon. H. E. J.
Stanley. Hakluyt Society. London, 1866.
in Records of South- Eastern Africa, collected by G. McCall Theal, vol. i. ( 1 898).
Baring- Gould, S., Curious Myths of the Middle Ages. London, 1884.
Barker, W. G. M. Jones, The Three Days of Wensleydale. London, 1854.
Baron, R., "The Bara," in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine^
vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1896.
Baron, S., " Description of the Kingdom of Tonqueen," in J. Pinkerton's Voyage*
and Travels, ix.
Barret, P., UAfrique Occidental. Paris, 1 888.
Bartels, M., " Islandischer Brauch und Volksglaube in Bezug auf die Nach-
kommenschaft," in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, xxxii. (1900).
Bartels, Olga, "Aus dem Leben der weissrussischen Land bevolkerung, " in
Zeitschrift fUr Ethnologie, xxxv. (1903).
Barth, H. , in Monatsberichte der koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissen~
schaften, 1859.
"Reize von Trapezunt durch die nordliche H'alfte Klein- Asiens, " in Er-
gdnzungsheft zu Petermanrfs Geographischen Mittheilungen, No. 2 ( 1 860).
Barton, Captain F. R. , in C. G. Seligmann's The Melanesians of British New
Guinea. Cambridge, 1910.
Bartram, William, Travels through North and South Carolina, Georgia, East
and West Florida, etc. London, 1792. See also s.v. " Observations on
the Creek/' etc.
Bartsch, Karl, Sagen, Marchen und Gebrduche aus Mecklenburg. Vienna, 1879-
1880.
Basedow, Herbert, Anthropological Notes on the Western Coastal Tribes of the
Northern Territory of South Australia. Separate reprint from the
Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. xxxi. (1907),
Printed by Hussey and Gillingham, Adelaide.
Basile, G., Pentamerone. Ubertragen von Felix Liebrecht. Breslau, 1846.
Basset, R., Nouveaux Contes Berbtres. Paris, 1897.
Bastian, Adolf, A Her lei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde. Berlin, 1888.
" Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gebirgsst&mme in Kambodia," in Zeitschrift
der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde *u Berlin, L (1866).
BIBLIOGRAPHY II
Bastian, Adolf continued.
Der Mensch in der Geschichte. Leipsic, 1860.
Der Voelker des oestlichen Asien. Leipsic and Jena, 1866-1871.
Die Culturldnder des alien Amerika. Berlin, 1878.
Die deutsche Expedition an der Loango-Kuste. Jena, 1874-1875.
Die Seele und ihre Erscheinungswesen in der Ethnographic. Berlin, 1868.
Die Volkerstamme am Brahmaputra. Berlin, 1883.
Ein Besuch in San Salvador. Bremen, 1859.
" Hiigelstamme Assam's," in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur
Anthropologie, Ethnologic, und Urgeschichte (1881).
Indonesien. Berlin, 1884-1889.
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie y Ethnologic^
und Urgeschichte, 1870-1871.
Bataillon, Father, in Annalcs de la Propagation de la Foi, xiii. (1841).
Batchelor, Rev. John, The Ainu and their Folk-lore. London, 1901.
The Ainu of Japan. London, 1892.
Bather, A. G., "The Problem of the Bacchae," in Journal of Hellenic Studies >
xiv. (1904).
Battel, Andrew, " Strange Adventures of," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi.
Also published by the Hakluyt Society. London, 1901.
Batten, G. G., Glimpses of the Eastern Archipelago. Singapore, 1894.
Batty, Mrs. R. B., and Maloney, Governor, "Notes on the Yoruba Country,**
v& Journal of the Anthropological Institute , xix. (1890).
Baudin, Le R. P., "F&icheurs ou ministres religieux des Negres de la Guine*e,"
in Les Missions Catholiques, No. 787 (4 juillet 1884).
" Le Fe'tichisme ou la religion des Negres de la Guinee," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xvi. (1884).
Baudin, N., Letter dated i6th April 1875, in Missions Catholiques, vii. (1875).
Baudissin, W. W. Graf von, Adonis und Esmun. Leipsic, 1911.
Studien zur semitischen Religionsgeschichte. Leipsic, 1876-1878.
s.v. "Tammuz" in Realencyclopadie fur protestantische Theologie und
Kirchtngeschichtc. Third Edition.
Baudrouin, M., et Bonnemere, L., "Les haches polies dans 1'histoire jusqu'au
xixe siecle," in Bulletins et Mtmoires de la Soci&tt d^ Anthropologie de
Paris > Vme Seiie, v. (1904).
Bau man n, Oscar, Durch Massailand zur Nilquelle. Berlin, 1894.
Eine afrikanische Tropen-Insel, Fernando P6o und die Bube. Wien und
Olmiitz, 1888.
Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete. Berlin, 1891.
Baumeister, A., Denkmdler des klassischen Altertums. Munich and Leipsic,
1885-1888.
Hymni Homerici. Leipsic, 1 860.
Bautz, Dr. Joseph, Die Hdlle, im Anschluss an die Scholastik dargestcllt*
Second Edition. Mainz, 1905.
Bavaria^ Landes- und Volkskunde des Kbnigreichs Bay em. Munich, 1860-1867.
Bay field, M. A., in Classical Review ', xv. (1901).
Bazin, quoted by Breuil, in Mtmoires de la Sociftt d? Antiquaires de Picardie %
viii. (1845).
Beardmore, E., "The Natives of Mowat, Daudai, British New Guinea," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890).
Beatty, A., "The St. George, or Mummers', Plays," in Transactions of the Wis-
consin Academy of Sciences t Arts, and Letters, xv. part. ii. (October 1906).
Beauchamp, W. M., "The Iroquois White Dog Feast," in American Anti-
quartan, vii. (1885).
Beauchet, L., Histoire du droit privt de la Rtpublique Athtnienne. Paris, 1897
Beaufort, v& Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).
Beaufort, Fr. t Karmania, London, 1817.
is THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Beaulieu, L., Archtologie de la Lorraine. Paris, 1840-1843.
Beauquier, Charles, Les Mots en Franche-Comte*. Paris, 1900.
Bechstein, L., Deutsches Sagenbuch. Leipsic, 1853.
Thiiringer Sagenbuch. Leipsic, 1885.
Becker, Je'rftme, La Vie en Afrique. Paris and Brussels, 1887.
Bede, Historia ecclesiastica gentis Anglorum.
Beech, Mervyn W. H., The Suk, their Language and Folklore. Oxford,
1911.
Beechey, F. W., Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beer ings Strait.
London, 1831.
Beguelin, M. v., " Religiose Volksbrauche der Mongolen," in Globus, Ivii.
(1890).
Be*guin, Eugene, Les Ma-rots^. Lausanne and Fontaines, 1903.
Beiderbecke, Rev. H., "Some Religious Ideas and Customs of the Ovahereros,"
in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. Cape Town, 1880.
Bekker, Im., Anecdota Graeca. Berlin, 1814-1821.
Beleth (Belethus), John, Rationale Divinorum Offictorum. Appended to the
Rationale Divinorum Ojficiorum of G. [W.] Durandus. Lyons, 1584.
Bell, Charles N., "The Mosquito Territory," in Journal of the Royal Geo-
graphical Society, xxxii. (1862).
Bellamy, Dr., "Notes ethnographiques recueillies dans le Haut-Sene*gal," in
Revue d> Ethnographic, v. ( 1 886).
Beloch, J M Der italische Bund unter Roms Hegemonie* Leipsic, 1880.
Benfey, Theodor, Pantschatantra. Leipsic, 1859.
Benndorf, O., "Das Alter des Trojaspieles," appended to W. Reichel's Ubei
homerische Waffen. Vienna, 1894.
Benndorf, O., and Schoene, R., Die antiken Bildwerke des Lateranischen
Museums,
Bennett, George, Wanderings in Neiu South Wales, Batavia, Pedir Coast,
Singapore and China. London, 1834.
Bensen, quoted by J. Kohler, "Das Recht der Herero," in Zeitschrift fur
vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, xiv. (1900).
Benson, E. F., in letter to the Author (ii. 52 . 4 ).
Bent, J. Theodore, " A Journey in Cilicia Tracheia," in Journal of Hellenic
Studies, xii. (1891).
"Cilician Symbols," in Classical Review, iv. (1890).
4< Explorations in Cilicia Tracheia," in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical
Society, N.S., xii. (1890).
quoted by Miss J. E. Harrison, Mythology and Monuments of Ancient
Athens.
4< Recent Discoveries in Eastern Cilicia," in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xi.
(1890).
Sacred City of the Ethiopians. London, 1893.
7&? Cyclades. London, 1885.
" The Yourouks of Asia Minor," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xx. (1891).
*Bentley, R., "Sermon on Popery," quoted in J. H. Monk's Life of Bentley.
Second Edition. London, 1833.
Bentley, Rev. W. H., Life on the Congo. London, 1887.
Pioneering on the Congo. London, 1900.
Benzinger, J., Hebrdische Archdologie. Freiburg im Baden and Leipsic, 1894.
Benzoni, G., History of the New World. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.
B&aud, " Note sur le DahomeY' in Bulletin de la Socittt de Gtogi-aphie (Paris),
Vme Se'rie, xii. (1866).
Be*renger-Fe*raud, L. J. B., in Bulletins de la Socitte: d* Anthropologie de Paris,
Quatrieme Se'rie, i. (1890).
Les Peuplades de la Stntgambie. Paris, 1879.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 13
Be*renger-Fe*raud, L. J. B. continued*
Reminiscences populaires de la Provence. Paris, 1885*
Superstitions et survivances. Paris, 1896.
Be'renger-Fe'raud and de Mortillet, in Bulletins de la Soci4t d* Anthropologie de
Paris, 4me se*rie, ii. (1891).
Berengier, Dom The*ophile, " Croyances superstitieuses dans le pays de Chitta-
gong," in Les Missions Catholiques^ xiii. (1881).
"Les fune'railles a Chittagong," in Les Missions Catholiqucs, xiii. (1881).
in Les Missions Catholiques> x. (1878).
Berg, L. W. C. van den, " De Mohammedaansche Vorsten in Nederlandsch-
Indie," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch^
Indie > liii. (1901).
Bergk, Th., Poetae Lyrici Graeci. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1867.
Bergmann, B., Nomadische Streifereien unter den Kalmucken. Riga, 18041805.
Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Koniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Leipsic, Philoiogisch-historische Klasse.
Berliner philologische Wochenschrift.
Bernau, Rev. J. H., Missionary Labours in British Guiana. London, 1847.
Berosus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller, vol. ii,
cited by Clement of Alexandria, Protreptica, v. Ed. Potter,
quoted by Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin,
1875-
Bertrand, A., The Kingdom of the Barotsi, Upper Zambesia. London, 1899.
Bertrand, Alexandre, La Religion des Gaulois. Paris, 1897.
Bertrand, J., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi t xxii. (1850).
Bessels, E., in American Naturalist^ xviii. (1884).
Best, Elsdon, " Maori Nomenclature," in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute,
xxxii. (1902).
*' Spiritual Concepts of the Maori," in Journal of 'the Polynesian Society ', ix.
(1900).
quoted by W. H. Goldie, " Maori Medical Lore," Transactions *nd Pro-
ceedings of the New Zealand Institute ', xxxvii. (1904).
Beuster, " Das Volk der Vawenda," in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft ftir Erdkunde
zu Berlin, xiv. (1879).
Bevan, Professor A. A. Private communications (ii. 210 ., u'i. 302 n.*, ix.
367 n.\ x. 83 n. 1 ).
Beveridge, P., "Notes on the Dialects, Habits, and Mythology of the Lower
Murray Aborigines," in 7^ransactions of the Royal Society of Victoria^ vi.
" Of the Aborigines inhabiting the Great Lacustrine and Riverine Depression
of the Lower Murray, Lower Murrumbidgee, Lower Lachlan, and Lower
Darling," in Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales for 1883, xvii. Sydney, 1884.
Beverley, Robert, Htstory of Virginia. London, 1722.
Bezzenberger, A., Litauische Forschungen* Gdttingen, 1882.
Biddulph, Major J., Tribes of the Hindoo Koosh. Calcutta, 1880.
Biet, A. , Voyage de la France fquinoxiale en I 1 Isle de Cayenne. Paris, 1 664.
Bigandet, Letter, dated March 1847, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi> xx.
(1848).
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch India.
Bilfinger, Gustav, Unter sue hungen iiber die Zeitrechnung der alien Germanen^ if.
Das germanische Julfest. Stuttgart, 1901.
Binetsch, G., " Beantwortung mehrerer Fragen tiber unser Ewe- Volk und seine
As;-. : . ii .;pi:i f ;<'!i l n in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie^ xxxviii. (1906).
Binger, Le Capiiaiue, Du Niger au Golfe de Guine'e par le pays de Kong et U
Mossi. Paris, 1892.
Bingham, J., The Antiquities of the Christian Churck*
Works. Oxford, 1855.
14 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
*Bingley, William, Tour Round North Wales (1800), quoted by T. F. Thisleton
Dyer, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.
Binterim, A. J., Die vorzuglichsten Denkwurdigkeiten der Christ- Katholischen
Kirche. Mayence, 1829.
Bion, Carmina. Ed. Chr. Ziegler. Tubingen, 1868.
Birch, S. f in Sir J. G. Wilkinson's Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians.
London, 1878.
Bird, Isabella L., Unbeaten Tracks in Japan. New Edition, 1885.
Birks, Rev. E. B. Private communication (v. 237 n. 1 ).
Birlinger, Anton, Aus Schwaben. Wiesbaden, 1874.
Volksthiimlichts aus Schwaben. Freiburg im Breisgau, 1861-1862.
Bischof, E. F., " De fastis Graecorum antiquioribus," in Leipziger Studien fur
dassische Philologie^ vii. Leipsic, 1884.
Bishop, Mrs. (Isabella L. Bird), Korea and her Neighbours. London, 1898.
Bisset, Rev. Dr. Thomas, " Parish of Logierait," in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical
Account of Scotland^ iii. Edinburgh, 1792.
in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, v. Edinburgh, 1793
Black, Dr. J. Sutherland, in letters to the Author (iv. 260 sq.).
Black, W. G., Folk-Medicine. London, 1883.
Blackwood's Magazine.
Blade*, J. F., Contes populaires recueillis en Agenais. Paris, 1874.
Quatorze superstitions populaires de la Gascogne. Agen, 1883.
Bland, J. O. P., in letter to the Author (iv. 274 sq.}.
Blandowski, W., "Personal Observations made in an Excursion towards the
Central Parts of Victoria," in Transactions of the Philosophical Society of
Victoria^ i. Melbourne, 1855.
Bleek, W. H. L, A Brief Account of Bushman Folklore. London, 1875.
Reynard the Fox in South Africa. London, 1864.
Bleek, W. H. I., Ph.D., and Lloyd, L. C., Specimens of Bushman Folklore.
London, 1911.
Blinkenberg, Chr. , The Thunderweapon in Religion and Folk-lore. Cambridge, 1911.
Bloomfield, M., Hymns of 'the Atharva- Veda. Oxford, 1897. (Sacred Books of
the East, vol. xlii.)
"On the 'Frog Hymn,' Rig Veda, vii. 103," vn. Journal of the American
Oriental Society -, xvii. (1896).
Blumentritt, F., " Das Stromgebiet des Rio Grande de Mindanao," in Petermanns
Mitteilungen, xxxvii. (1891).
" Der Ahnencultus und die religiosen Anschauungen der Malaien des
Philippinen-Archipels," in Mittheilungen der Wiener Geographischen
Gesellschaft (1882).
"Sitten und Brauche der Ilocanen," in Globus, xlviii. No. 12.
" Uber die Eingeborenen der Insel Palawan und der Inselgruppe der
Talamianen," in Globus, lix. (1891).
Versuch einer Ethnographie der Philippines Gotha, 1882. (Petermanns
Mittheilungen^ Erganzungsheft, No. 67.)
BiUmner, H., Technologie und Terminologie der Geiverbe und Kunste bei Griechen
und Romern. Leipsic, 1875-1887.
Blunt, J. J. , Vestiges of Ancient Manners and Customs discoverable in Modern
Italy and Sicily. London, 1823.
Boas, Fianz, Chinook Texts. Washington, 1894.
**Die Sagen der Baffin-land Eskimo," in Verhandlungen der Berlinet
Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie^ Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1885).
Indianische Sagen von der Nord-Pacifischen Kiiste Amerikas. Berlin, 1895.
in Journal of American Folk-lore t \. (1888).
in Reports on the North- Western Tribes of Canada. Separate reprints from
the Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science^
1890-1898.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 15
Boas, Franz continued.
" The Central Eskimo," in Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Washington, 1888.
" The Eskimo," in Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of
Canada for 1887, v. Montreal, 1888.
a The Eskimo of Baffin Land and Hudson Bay," in Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History, xv. part i. New York, 1901.
" The Social Organization and the Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians,"
in Report of the United States National Museum for 1895. Washington,
1897.
Boas, Franz, and Hunt, George, Kwakiutl Texts. (The Jesup North Pacific
Expedition, Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History,
December 1902.)
Boas Anniversary Volume. New York, 1906.
Bochart, S., Hierozoicon. Editio Tertia. Leyden, 1692.
Bock, C., Temples and Elephants. London, 1884.
The Head-hunters of Borneo. London, 1881.
Bodding, P. O., "Ancient Stone Implements in the Santal Parganas," in
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Ixx. part iii. (1901).
Bodenschatz, J. Chr. G., Kirchliche Verfassung der heutigen Juden. Erlangen,
1748.
Boeckh, Aug., on Pindar, Explicationes. Leipsic, 1821.
Boecler-Kreutzwald, Der Ehsten abergldubische Gebrauche, Weisen und Gewohn-
heiten. St. Petersburg, 1854. (The work of two writers, J. W. Boeder
and F. R. Kreutzwald.)
Boemus, Johannes, Mores, leges, et ritus omnium gentium. Lyons, 1541.
Omnium gentium mores, leges, et ritus. Paris, 1538.
Boers, J. W., " Oud volksgebruik in het Rijk van Jambi," in Tijdschrift voor
Neerlands Indie ( 1 840), deel i.
Boetticher, C., Der Baumkultus der Hellenen. Berlin, 1856.
Bogle, George. See s.v. Narratives.
Bogoras, Waldemar, "The Chukchee," in Memoir of the American Museum of
Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vii. Leyden
and New York, 1904-1909.
"The Chukchee Religion," in Memoir of the American Museum of Natural
History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vii. part ii. Leyden
and New York, 1904.
Boileau, F. F. R., "The Nyasa-Tanganyika Plateau," in The Geographical
Journal, xiii. (1899).
Boisse, E., " Les ties Samoa, Nukunono, Fakaafo, Wallis et Hoorn," in Bulletin
de la Socittj de Gtographie (Paris), 6eme SeVie, x. (1875).
Boissier, G., La Religion Romaine tfAuguste aux Antonins. Fifth Edition.
Paris, 1900.
Boletino del Institute Geografico Argentino.
Boni, G., Aedes Vestae. Extract from the Nuova Antologia, 1st August 1900.
"Bimbi Romulei," in Nuova Antologia, i6th February 1904. Separate
reprint
in Notizie degli Scavi, May 1 900.
Bonnemere, L., "Le Jour des Rois en Normandie," in Revue des Traditions
populaires, ii. (1887).
Bonney, F., "On some Customs of the Aborigines of the River Darling, New
South Wales," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).
Bon wick, James, Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians. London, 1870.
Book of Rights. Edited with translation and notes by John O'Donovan.
Dublin, 1847.
Book of Ser Marco Polo. Newly translated and edited by Colonel Henry Yule,
Second Edition. London, 1875.
16 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Book of the Dead. Translated by E. A. Wallis Budge. London, 1901.
Boot, J., "Korte schets der noordkust van Ceram," in Tijdschrift van hei
Nederlandsch Aardrfjkskundig Genootschap^ Tweede Serie, x. (1893).
Boot, J. C. G., in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der koninklijke Akademie van
Wctenschappen, Afdeeling Letterkundc> III. Reeks, xii. deel. Amster-
dam, 1895.
Borchardt, L., "Der agyptische Titel 'Vater des Gottes'als Bezeichnung fiir
* Vater oder Schwiegcrvater des Konigs, " in Berickte uber die Verhand-
lungen der IConiglichen Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Leipzig^ Philologisch-historisehe Klas$e t Ivii. (1905).
Borde, Le Sieur de la, " Relation de 1'Origine, Moeurs, Coustumes, Religion,
Guerres et Voyages des Caraibes sauvages des Isles Antilles de
1'Amerique," in Recueilde divers Voy ages f aits en Afrique et en FAmerique,
qui n^ont point est encore publiez. Paris, 1684.
Borie, " Notice sur les Mantras, tribu sauvage de la pe'ninsule Malaise," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ x. ( 1 860).
Borlase, William, LL.D., Antiquities , Historical and Monumental^ of the
County of Cornwall. London, 1 769.
The Natural History of Cornwall. Oxford, 1758.
Bormann, A., Altitalische Chorographie. Halle, 1852.
Bosanquet, Professor R. C. Private communication (vi. 250 w. 2 ).
Boscana, Father Geronimo, ' Chinigchinich ; a historical account of the origin,
customs, and traditions of the Indians at the missionary establishment of
St. Juan Capistrano, Alta California." Appended to [Alfred Robinson's]
Life in California. New York, 1846.
Bose, Shib Chunder, The Hindoos as they are. London and Calcutta, 1881.
Bosman, W., "Description of the Coast of Guinea," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages
and Travels , xvi. London, 1814.
Bosquet, Amelie, La Normandie romanesque et merveilleuse. Paris and Rouen,
1845.
Bossu, Nouveaux Voyages aux Indes Occidentales. Paris, 1768.
Bossuet, Bishop, " Catlchisme du diocese de Meaux," in vol. vi. of his (Euvres
(Versailles, 1815-1819).
Boswell, J., Life of Samuel Johnson. Ninth Edition. London, 1822.
Bottrell, William, Traditions and Hearthside Stories of West Cornwall.
Penzance, 1870.
Bouche, Pierre, La Cdte des Esclaves et le Dahomey. Paris, 1885.
Bourien, M., "Wild Tribes of the Malay Peninsula," in Transactions of the
Ethnological Society of London^ N.S., iii. (1865).
Bourke, Captain J. G., in letter to the Author (viii. 178 . 4 ).
"Notes upon the Religion of the Apache Indians," in Folk-lore, ii. (1801)
On the Border with Crook. New York, 1891.
"The Medicine-men of the Apache," in Ninth Annual Report of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1892.
The Snake Dance of the Moquis of Arizona. London, 1884.
Bourlet, A., " Fune'railles chez les Thay," in Anthropos, viii. (1913).
"Les Thay," in Anthropos, ii. (1907).
Bowdich, T. E., Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee. New Edition.
London, 1873.
Bowring, Sir John, LL.D., The Kingdom and People of Siam. London, 1857.
Bradbury, Professor J. B. Private communication (ii. 139 . 1 ).
Braga, Theophilo, Povo Portuguez nos seus Costumes t Crencas e Tradicoes
Lisbon, 1885.
Brand, John, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1881
Bonn's Edition.
Brandes, J., " lets over het Papegaai-boek, zooalshet bij de Maleiers voorkomt,"
in Tijdschrift voor Indixhe Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ xli. (1899).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 17
Brandt, Von, " The Ainos and Japanese,'* in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, iii. (1874).
Brard, *' Der Victoria-Nyansa," in Petermanns Mittheilungen, xliii. (1897).
Brasseur de Bourbourg, " Aper$us d'un voyage dans les 6 tats de San- Salvador et
de Guatemala," in Bulletin de la Socittt de Gtographie (Paris), IVeme
SeVie, xiii. (1857).
Histoire des nations civilistes du Mexique et de VAmtrique- Centrale. Paris,
1857-1859.
*Bray, Mrs., Traditions of Devon, referred to by Miss C. S. Burne and Miss
G. F. Jackson, Shropshire Folk-lore. London, 1883.
Braz, A. le, La Ltgende de laMort en Basse-Bretagne. Paris, 1893.
Breasted, J. H., A History of the Ancient Egyptians. London, 1908.
Ancient Records of Egypt. Chicago, 1 906- 1 907 .
Development of Religion and Thought in Ancient Egypt. London, 1912.
Brebeuf, J. de, in Relations desjtsuite s, 1636. Canadian reprint. Quebec, 1858.
Breeks, J. W. , An Account of the Primitive Tribes and Monuments of the
Nilagiris. London, 1873.
Brenner, Joachim Freiherr von, Besuch bei den Kannibalen Sumatras. Wtirz-
burg, 1894.
Bresciani, Antonio, Dei costumi dell* isola di Sardegna comparati cogli anti-
chissimi popoli orientali. Rome and Turin, 1866.
Brett, " Dans la Core'e septentrionale," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxi.
(1899).
Breuil, A., " Du Culte de St Jean-Baptiste," in Mt, 'moires de la Socitt des
Antiquaires de Picardie, viii. Amiens, 1845.
Bricknell, J., The Natural History of North Carolina. Dublin, 1737.
Brien, ** Aperju sur la province de Battambang," in Cochinchine Franfaisei
excursions et reconnaissances ', No. 25. Saigon, 1886.
Brincker, Missionar P. H., " Beobachtungen Uber die Deisidamonie der Einge-
borenen Deutsch-SUdwest-Afrikas," in Globus, Iviii. (1890).
"Charakter, Sitten und Gebrauche, speciell der Bantu Deutsch Slid west-
afrikas," in Mittheilungen des Seminars fur orientalische Sprachen zu
Berlin^ iii. (1900), Dritte Abtheilung.
" Heidnisch-religiose Sitten der Bantu, speciell der Ovahereround Ovambo,**
in Globus, Ixvii. (1895).
* Pyrolatrie in Stidafrika," in Globus, Ixvii. (January 1895).
Worterbuch und kurzgefasste Grammatik des Otji-herero. Leipsic, 1 8 86.
Bringaud, " Les Karens de la Birmanie," in Les Missions Catholiques^ xx.
(1888).
Brinton, Daniel G. , Myths of the New World. Second Edition. New York,
1876.
"Nagualism, a Study in American Folk-lore and History," in Proceedings
of the American Folk-lore Society held at Philadelphia, vol. xxxiii. No.
144. Philadelphia, January 1894.
' The Folk-lore of Yucatan," in Folk- lore Journal, i. (1883).
British Central Africa Gazette.
British New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1893.
Broadwood, Lucy E., in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Brockelmann, C., " Das Neujahrsfest der Jeztdts," in Zeitschrift der Deutschen
Morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, Iv. (1901).
"Wesen und Ursprung des Eponymats in Assyrien," in Zeitschrift fur
Assyriologie, xvi. (1902).
*Brockett, J. T., Glossary of North Country Words, quoted by Mrs. M. C.
Balfour, in County Folk-lore, vol. iv. Northumberland.
*First Edition of the Glossary published in 1825.
Broeck, T. G. S. Ten, in H. R. Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United
States. Philadelphia, 185^-1856.
IS THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Brooke, Charles, Ten Years in Sarawak. London, 1866.
Brown, A. R., " Beliefs concerning Childbirth in some Australian Tribes," in
Man, xii. (1912).
" Three Tribes of Western Australia," in Journal of the Royal Anthropo-
logical Institute, xliii. (1913).
Brown, Dr. Burton. Private communication (viii. 100 . 2 ).
Brown, George, D.D., Melanesians and Polynesians. London, 1910.
" Notes on the Duke of York Group, New Britain, and New Ireland," in
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society ', xlvii. (1877).
quoted by the Rev. B. Danks, " Marriage Customs of the New Britain
Group," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).
Brown, W., New Zealand and its Aborigines. London, 1845.
Brown, F., Driver, S. R., and Briggs, Ch. A., Hebrew and English Lexicon of
the Old Testament. Oxford, 1906.
Browne, W. G., Travels in Africa, Egypt, and Syria. London, 1799.
Bruchhausen, K. v., in Globus, Ixxvi. (1899).
Bruckner, A., in Archiv fur slavische Philologie, 1886.
Brugsch, H., "Das Osiris- Mysterium von Tentyra," in Zeitschrift fur dgyp-
tische Sprache und Altertumskunde, xix. (1881).
Die Adonisklage und das Linoslied. Berlin, 1852.
Die Agyptologie. Leipsic, 1891.
Religion und Mythologie der alten Agypter. Leipsic, 1885-1888.
Bruguiere, Mgr., in Annales de r Association de la Propagation de la Foi, v.
(1831), ix. (1836).
Brun-Rollet, La Nil blanc et le Soudan. Paris, 1855.
Brunn, H., Geschichte der griechischen Kunstler. Stuttgart, 1857-1859.
Bruns, C. G., Fontes Juris Romani. Seventh Edition. Ed. O. Gradenwitz.
Tubingen, 1909.
Buch, Max, Die Wotjaken. Stuttgart, 1882.
Buchanan, Francis, " A Journey from Madras through the Countries of Mysore,
Canara, and Malabar," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, viii.
London, 1811.
11 On the Religion and Literature of the Burmas," in Asiatick Researches, vi.
London, 1801.
Buchanan, J., The Shire Highlands. London, 1885.
Budde, K., Geschichte der althebrdischen Litterattir. Leipsic, 1906.
Buddingh, S. A., " Gebruiken bij Javaansche Grooten," in Tijdschrift voot
Netrlands Indie, 1840.
Budge, E. A. Wallis, Egyptian Magic. London, 1899.
Nebuchadnezzar, King of Babylon, on recently-discovered Inscriptions of thh
King.
'* On the Hieratic Papyrus of Nesi-Amsu, a scribe in the Temple of Amen-
Ra at Thebes, about B.C. 305," in Archaeologia, Second Series, ii.
(1890).
Osiris and the Egyptian Resurrection. London and New York, 1911.
The Book of the Dead. London, 1895.
Second Edition. London, 1909.
The Gods of the Egyptians. London, 1904.
Bugge, Sophus, Studien uber die Entstehung der nordischen Cotter- und Helden-
sagen. Munich, 1889.
Blihler, G., Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie.
in Orient und Occident, i. (1862).
" On the Hindu god Parjanya," in Transactions of the (London} Philological
Society (1859).
*Bule*on, Mgr., Sous le ciel d* Afrique, R4cits d'un Missionnaire, quoted by Father
H. Trilles, Le Tottmisme chez les Fdn. Munster i. W., 1912,
Bulletin de Correspondance hclltnique.
BIBLIOGRAPHY ig
Bulletin de la Classc historico-philologique de V Academic fmptriale des Sciences de
St-Pe'tersbourg.
Bulletin de VEcole Franc, aise d* Extreme- Orient. Hanoi.
Bulletins de la Socilte" d ' Anthropologie de Paris.
Bulletin de la Sociiti de Gtographie (Paris).
Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History.
Bulletin of the Northern Territory, No. 2. Melbourne, 1912.
Bulletins deW Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.
Bulletins et Mtmoires de la Soctitt d } Anthropologie de Paris.
Bulmer, J., in R. Brough Smyth's Aborigines of Victoria, ii. Melbourne,
1878.
Bunbury, E. H., s.w. "Algidus," " Palicorum lacus," " Tifata," "Timavus,"
in W. Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography.
Bunsen, Chr. C. J., Baron, Hippolytus and his Age. London, 1852.
Bureau of American Ethnology. Annual Reports and Bulletins.
Burne, Miss C. S., "Herefordshire Notes," in The Folk-lore Journal, iv. (1886).
Burne, Miss C. S., and Jackson, Miss G. F., Shropshire Folk-lore. London,
1883.
Burns, Robert, "Hallowe'en."
"John Barleycorn."
Burrows, Captain Guy, The Land of the Pigmies. London, 1898.
Burrows, R. M., The Discoveries in Crete. London, 1907.
Bursian, C., Geographie von Griechenland. Leipsic, 1862-1872.
Burton, Lady. Life of her husband referred to by W. G. Aston, Shinto.
London, 1905.
Burton, R. F., Abeokuta and the Cameroons Mountains. London, 1863.
in The Captivity of Hans Stade of Hesse. Hakluyt Society. London, 1874.
["My Wanderings in Africa"] in FraseSs Magazine, Ixvii. (April 1863).
Burton- Brown, Mrs. E., Recent Excavations in the Roman Forum. London,
1904.
Bury, J. B., The Life of St. Patrick. London, 1905
Busk, R. H., The Folk-lore of Rome. London, 1874.
Busolt, G., Griechische Geschichte. Gotha, 1893-
Bussel, Mr., in Sir G. Grey's Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in
North-West and Western Australia. London, 1841.
*Busuttil, V., Holiday Customs in Malta, and Sports, Usages, Ceremonies, Omens,
and Superstitions of the Maltese People. Malta, 1894.
Biittikoffer, J., "Einiges liber die Eingebornen von Liberia," in Internationales
Archiv fur Ethnographie, i. (1888).
Buttmann, P., Mythologus. Berlin, 1828-1829.
Biittner, C. G., " Ueber Handwerke und technische Fertigkeiten der Einge-
borenen in Damaraland," in Ausland, 7th July 1884.
Das Hinterland von Walfischbai und Angra Pequena. Heidelberg, 1884.
*Buttrick, Antiquities, quoted by J. Mooney, " Myths of the Cherokee," in
Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology^
Part I. Washington, 1900.
Buxtorf, J., Synagoga Judaica. Bale, 1661.
Byrne, H. J., "All Hallows Eve and other Festivals in Connaught," in Folk*
lore, xviii. (1907).
Byron, Lord. Works. Collected Edition. London, 1832-1833.
Cabaton, A., Nouvelles Recherches sur les Chams. Paris, 1901.
Cabe9a de Vaca, A. N., Relation et Naufrages (Paris, 1837), in Ternaux-
Compans's Voyages, Relations et Mfmoires originaux pour servir &
Vhistoire de la dlcouverte de VAmtrique.
*Cadamosto, Alvise da, Relazione dei viaggi d*Africa> quoted by Giuseppe
Ferraro, Superstizioni^ Usi e Prwerbi Monferrino. Palermo, 1886.
20 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Cadiere, Le R. P., " Coutumes populaires de la Valise du Ngu6n-So'n," in
Bulletin de Vficole Fran^aise d* Extreme- Orient, ii. Hanoi, 1902.
"Croyances et dictons populaires de la Valle'e ,du Nguon-son, Province de
Quang-binh (Annam)," in Bulletin de VEcole Fran$aise d* Extreme-
Orient, i. Hanoi, 1901.
Caesar, De bello Gallico.
Caland, W., Altindisches Zauberritual. Amsterdam, 1900.
Die altindischen Todten- und Bestattungsgebrauche. Amsterdam, 1896.
Uber Totenverehrung bei einigen der indo-germanischen Vblker. Amster-
dam, 1888.
Calder, J. E., " Native Tribes of Tasmania," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, iii. (1874),
Caldwell, Bishop R., "On Demonolatry in Southern India," in Journal of the
Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.
*Calica Pur an, The, quoted in Asiatick Researches, v.
Callaway, Rev. Canon Henry, Nursery Tales, Traditions, and Histories of the
Zulus. Natal and London, 1868.
The Religious System of the Amazulu. Natal, Springvale, etc., 1868-1870
(incomplete).
Callimachea. Edidit O. Schneider. Leipsic, 1870-1873.
Callimachus, Hymn to Apollo.
Hymn to Artemis.
Hymn to Delos.
Hymn to Diana.
Hymn to Zeus.
referred to by the * Old Scholiast on Ovid, Ibis.
Callone, J. B. de, "lets over de geneeswijze en ziekten der Daijakers ter Zuid
Oostkust van Borneo," in Tijdschrift voor Netrlands Indie' (1840).
Calpurnius, Bucolica.
Calpurnius Piso, L. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum Romanorum.
Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.
Cambridge Bible for Schools and Colleges.
Camden, W., Britannia. London, 1607.
Britain. Translated into English by Philemon Holland. London, 1610.
Translated by E. Gibson. London, 1695.
Ed. R. Gough. London, 1779.
Cameron, A. L. P., " Notes on some Tribes of New South Wales," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).
Cameron, Hugh E., in letter to the Author (vii. 162 . 3 ).
Cameron, J., " On the Early Inhabitants of Madagascar," in Antananarivo
Annual and Madagascar Magazine, Reprint of the First Four Numbers.
Antananarivo, 1885.
Cameron, J., Our Tropical Possessions in Malayan India. London, 1865.
Cameron, Miss Morag, " Highland Fisher- folk and their Superstitions," in
Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).
Cameron, Lieut. V. L., Across Africa. London, 1877.
\nJournaloftheAnthropologicalInstitute, vi. (1877).
Campana, Father, "Congo; Mission Catholique de Landana," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xxvii. (1895).
Campbell, Major-General John, Wild Tribes of Khondistan. London, 1864.
Campbell, Rev. John, Travels in South Africa. London, 1815.
Travels in South Africa, being a Narrative of a Second Journey in the
Interior of that Country. London, 1822.
Campbell, J. F., Popular Tales of the West Highlands. Edinburgh, 1862.
New Edition. Paisley and London, 1890.
Campbell, Rev. John Gregorson, Superstitions of tht Highlands and Islands of
Scotland. Glasgow, 1900.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 21
Campbell, Rev. John Gregorson continued.
Witchcraft and Second Sight in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland.
Glasgow, 1902.
Campen, C. F. H., " De Godsdienstbegrippen der Halmaherasche Alfoeren,'
in Tijdschrift voor Indischc Tool- Land- en Volkenkunde> xxvii. (1882).
Campion, J. S., On Foot in Spain. London, 1879.
* 'Canadian Journal (Toronto) for March 1858, quoted in The Academy^ 27th
September 1884.
Candelier, H., Rio-Hacha et les Indiens Goajires. Paris, 1893.
Candolle, A. de, Origin of Cultivated Plants. London, 1884.
Canopic Decree, in W. Dittenberger's Orientis Graeci Inscriptions Selectae^
vol. i. No. 56, and in Ch. Michel's Recueil d" Inscriptions Grecques^
No. 551.
Capart, Jean, " Bulletin critique des religions d'Egypte," in Revue de PHistoire
des Religions > liii. (!Qo6).
Les Debuts de FArt en J&gypte. Brussels, 1904.
Les Palettes en schiste de PEgypte primitive. Brussels, 1908. (Separate
reprint from the * Revue des Questions Scientifiques^ avril 1908.)
Cappellan, S. D. van de Velde van, " Verslag eener Bezoekreis naar de Sangi-
eilanden," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap) i. (1857).
Captivity of Hans Stade of Hesse> tn A.D. fftf-'SSS, among the Wild Tribes of
Eastern Brazil. Translated by A. Tootal. Hakluyt Society. London,
1874.
Carapanos, C., Dodone et ses ruines. Paris, 1878.
Carceri, Stanislas, " Djebel-Nouba," in Les Missions Catholiques^ xv. (1883).
Cardi, Le Comte C. N. de, "Ju-ju Laws and Customs in the Niger Delta," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ', xxix. (1899).
Cardus, Father, quoted in J. Pelleschi's Los Indies Matacos. Buenos Ayres, 1897.
Carew, R., Survey of Cornwall. London, 1811.
Carey, Bertram S., and Tuck, H. N., The Chin Hills. Rangoon, 1896.
Carlyle, Thomas, The French Revolution.
Early Letters. Edited by C. E. Norton. London, 1886.
Carmichael, Alexander, Carmina Gadelica^ Hymns and Incantations with
Illustrative Notes on Words > Rites ', and Customs, dying and obsolete :
orally collected in the Highlands and Islands of Scotland and translated
into English. Edinburgh, 1900.
Carnoy, E. H., et Nicolaides, J., Traditions populaires de FAsic Mineure.
Paris, 1889.
*Carol, J., Chez les Hovas. Paris, 1898. Quoted by A. van Gennep in Tabou
et Tottmisme a Madagascar. Paris, 1904.
Caron, Fra^ois, "Account of Japan, "in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels,
vii. London, 1811.
Carpin, Jean du Plan de, Historia Mong^lorum. Ed. D'Avezac. Paris, 1838.
*Carrichter, Bartholomaus, Der Teutschen Speisskammer (Strasburg, 1614),
quoted by C. L. Rochholz, Deutscher Glaube und Brauch. Berlin, 1867.
Carter, J. B., s.v. " Arval Brothers," in J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion
and Ethics, ii. Edinburgh, 1909.
Carver, Captain Jonathan, Travels through the Interior Parts of North America.
Third Edition. London, 1781.
Casalis, Rev. E., The Basutos. London, 1861.
Casati, G., Ten Years in Equatoria. London and New York, 1891.
Castelnau, Francis de, Expedition dans les parties centrales de FAmerique au
Sud. Paris, 1850-1852.
Castren, M. Alex., Ethnologische Vorlesungen Uber die altaischen Volker. St.
Petersburg, 1857.
Vorlesungen uber diejinnischt MythologU* St. Petersburg, 1853.
22 THE GOLDEN ROUGH
Catat, Dr., in Le Tour du Monde, Ixv. (1893).
Catlin, George, Letters and Notes on the Manners, Customs, and Condition ofthi
North American Indians. Fourth Edition. London, 1844.
O-Kee-pa, a Religious Ceremony, and other Customs of the Mandans.
London, 1867.
Cato, De agri cultura. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1884.
M. Catonis praeler librum de re rustica quae extant. Ed. H. Jordan.
Leipsic, 1860.
Origines. Fragments in Historicorum Romanorum Fragmenta^ ed.
H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.
Catullus. Ed. R. Ellis. Oxford, 1878.
Cauer, P., Delectus Inscriptionum Graecarum propter dialectum memorabilium.
Second Edition. Leipsic, 1883.
Caulin, Antonio, Historia Corographica natural y evangelica dela Nueva
Andalucia, Provincias de Cumafta, Guayana y Vertientes del Rio
Orinoco. 1779.
*Cauvet, Ailments ctHistoire naturelle mldicale, quoted by Prof. J. Veth, " De
Leer der Signatuur," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie, vii.
(1894).
Cavallius, G. O. H., und G. Stephens, Schwedische Volkssagen und Marchen.
Deutsch von C. Oberleitner. Vienna, 1848.
Cayzac, Le R. P., " La Religion des Kikuyu," in Anthropos, v. (1905).
Cecchi, A., Da Zeila alle frontiere del Caffa. Rome, 1886-1887.
Cedrenus, G., Historiarum Compendium. Ed. Im. Bekker. Bonn, 1838-1839.
Cellini, Benvenuto, Life, translated by J. Addington Symonds. Third Edition.
London, 1889.
Celsus, De Medicina. Ed. C. Daremberg. Leipsic, 1859.
Censorinus, De die natali. Ed. F. Hultsch. Leipsic, 1867.
Census of India, 1901, vol. iii. The Andaman andNicobar Islands. Calcutta, 1 903.
vol. xiii. Central Provinces. Nagpur, 1902.
vol. xv. Madras, Part I. Madras, 1902.
vol. xvii. Punjab, Part I. Simla, 1902.
vol. xxvi. Travancore. Trivandrum, 1903.
Census of India, 191 1, vol. iii. Assam, Part I. Report. Shillong, 1912.
vol. xiv. Punjab. Lahore, 1912.
Central Provinces, Ethnographic Survey, I. Draft Articles on Hindustani Castes.
Allahabad, 1907.
II. Draft Articles on Uriya Castes. Allahabad, 1907.
III. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1907.
V. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1911.
VI. Draft Articles on Hindustani Castes.
VII. Draft Articles on Forest Tribes. Allahabad, 1911.
Centwy Bible, The.
Century Illustrated Monthly Magazine.
Certeux, A., et Carnoy, E. H., UAlgtrie traditionnelle. Paris and Algiers, 1884.
Cervantes, Don Quixote. Done into English by H. E. Watts. New Edition.
London, 1895.
Cesnola, L. P. di, Cyprus. London, 1877.
Chabas, F., Le Papyrus magique Harris. ChaIon-sur-Sa6ne, 1860.
Chad wick, Professor H. Munro. Notes furnished to the Author.
The Cult of Othin. London, 1899.
"The Oak and the Thunder -god," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xxx. (1900).
The Origin of the English Nation. Cambridge, 1907.
Chaffanjon, J., DOrenoque et le Caura. Paris, 1889.
Chaillu, P. B. du, Explorations and Adventures in Equatorial Africa. London,
1861.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 23
Chalmers, Rev. J., "Notes on the Natives of Kiwai Island," in Journal of th*
Anthropological Institute^ xxxiii. (1903).
Pioneering in New Guinea. London, 1887.
"Toaripi," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute > xxvii. (1898).
Chalmers, J., and Gill, W. Wyatt, Work and Adventure in New Guinea.
London, 1885.
*Chalmers, W., Some Account of the Land Dyaks of Upper Sarawak^ quoted in
H. Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo.
London, 1896.
Chamberlain, A. F., in Eighth Report on the North-Western Tribes of Canada.
Separate reprint from the Report of the British Association for 1892.
Chambers, E. K., The Mediaeval Stage. Oxford, 1903.
Chambers, R., Popular Rhymes of Scotland. New Edition. London and
Edinburgh, N.D.
The Book of Days. London and Edinburgh, 1886.
^Chambers, Edinburgh Journal, cited by A. Kuhn, Sagen t Gebrduche und
Marchen aus Westfalen. Leipsic, 1859.
Chambers^ Encyclopaedia.
* Chambers'* Journal, July 1842, cited by W. Warde Fowler, Roman Festivals of
the Period of the Republic. London, 1899.
Chandler, R., Travels in Asia Minor. Second Edition, London, 1776.
Chandler, Mrs. Samuel (Sarah Whateley), quoted in The Folk-lore Journal \ i. (1883).
Chantre, E., Mission en Cappadoce. Paris, 1898.
Chapiseau, Felix, Le Folk-lore de la Beauce et du Perche. Paris, 1902.
Chapman, J., Travels in the Interior of South Africa. London, 1868.
Charax of Pergamus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Muller, vol. iii.
Charency, Comte H. de, Le Folklore dans les deux Mondes. Paris, 1894.
Charlevoix, P. F. X. de, Histoire de la Nouvelle France. Paris, 1 744.
Histoire du Paraguay. Paris, 1756.
Histoire et description generate du Japon. Paris, 1736.
Voyage dans PAmerique septentrionale. Paris, 1744. (Continuation in two
vols. of Histoire de la Nouvelle France. )
Chase, quoted by H. H. Bancroft, Native Races of the Pacific States^ i.
Chateaubriand, Voyage en Amtrique. Paris, 1870.
Chatelin, L. N. H. A., "Godsdienst en bijgeloof der Niassers," in Tijdschrifl
voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde> xxvi. (1880).
Chautard, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi t Iv. (1883).
Chavannes, Ed., Documents sur les Tou-Kiue (Turcs) Occidentaux. St. Peters-
burg, 1903.
Le T'at Chan t Essai de Monographic cfun Culte Chinois. Paris, 1910.
{Annales du Muste Guimet^ Bibliotheque d 9 Etudes^ vol. xxi. )
Che*mali, L. 1 Abbe* Be*chara, "Naissance et premier age au Liban," in Anthropos>
v. (1910).
Chevron, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xiii. (1841), xv.
(1843).
Cheyne, Professor T. K., in letter to the Author (v. 20 . 2 ).
s.w. "Messiah," "Moriah," and "Nehushtan," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, iii.
Chimkievitch, "Chez les Bouriates de 1'Amoor," in Tour du Monde, N.S., ill
(1897).
China Review. Hongkong.
Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal.
Chirol, Sir Valentine, in letter to the Author (iv. 274).
Chisholm, Dr. James A., "Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Winam-
wanga and Wiwa," in Journal of the African Society ', vol. ix. No. 36
(July 1910).
Choerilus. Greek epic poet. Fragments in Epicorum Graecorum Fragments
Ed. G. Kinkel. Leipsic, 1877.
24 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Chom6, Father Ignace, in Lettres fcdifiantes et Curieuscs, viii. Nouvelle Edition,
Paris, 1780-1783.
Chouville, Le*on, of Rouen and Cambridge. Private communication (ix. 315 #.*).
Christian, F. W., The Caroline Islands. London, 1899.
* Chronicle of Lanercost for the year 1268.
1 Chronicles.
2 Chronicles.
Church, Colonel G. E., Aborigines of South America. London, 1912.
Church Missionary Record.
Chwolsohn, D., Die Ssabier und der Ssabismus. St. "Petersburg, 1856.
Uber 7^ammuz und die Menschenverehrung bet den alien Babyloniern.
St. Petersburg, 1860.
*Ciantar's Supplements to Abelas's Malta Illitstrata> quoted by R. Wiinsch, DM
Friihlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1902.
Cicero, Opera. Ed. J. G. Baiter et C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1860-1869.
Ad Atticum.
Ad Familiares,
De divinatione.
De imperio Cn. Pompeii,
De inventione.
De legibus.
De natura deorum.
De re publica.
In C. Verrem.
In Pisonem.
I'aradoxa.
Philippics.
Pro L. Flacco.
Pro Muraena.
Pro Plancio.
Tusculanae Disputationes.
Cichorius, s.v. " Cincius," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-encyclopadie der classischen
Attertumswissenschaft, iii.
Cieza de Leon, Pedro de, Second Part of the Chronicle of Peru. Translated by
(Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society. London, 1883.
Travels. Translated by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society.
London, 1864.
Gincius Alimentus, L., Roman historian. Fragments in Historicorum
Romanorum Fragmenta. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.
Cirbied, " Me*moire sur le gouvernement et sur la religion des anciens Arme*niens, w
in Mtmoires publils par la Socittt Roy ale des Antiquaires de France ', ii.
(1820).
^Circular Letter addressed by the Faculty of Theology at Paris to the Bishops and
Chapters of France, March I2th, 1445, quoted by E. K. Chambers,
The Mediaeval Stage. Oxford, 1903.
Ciszewski, Stanislaus, Kunstliche Verwandtschaft bei den Sudslaven. Leipsic,
1*97.
Clark, J. V. H., quoted by W. M. Beauchamp, "The Iroquois White Dog
Feast," in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).
Clark, M. S., "An Old South Pembrokeshire Harvest Custom," in Folk-lore^
xv. (1904).
Clark, W. G., Peloponnesus. London, 1858.
Clarke, E. D., Travels in Various Countries of Europe^ Asia> and Afrita,
London, 1810.
Second Edition. London, 1813.
Third Edition. London, 1814.
Fourth (octavo) Edition. London, 18x6.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 35
Classical Review, The.
Clavel, Charles, Les Marquisiens. Paris, 1885.
Clavigero, F. S., History of Mexico. Translated by Charles Cullen. Second
Edition. London, 1807.
Clearchus of Soli, quoted by Athenaeus. Greek historian. Fragments in
Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. MUller, vol. ii.
Clement, E., " Ethnographical Notes on the Western Australian Aborigines," in
Internationales Archivfur Ethnographic, xvi. (1904).
Clement, Madame, Histoire des fttes civiles et religieuses, etc., de la Belgique
Mtridionale, etc. Avesnes, 1846.
Histoire des /ties civiles et religieuses, etc., du Dtpartement du Nord,
Second Edition. Cambrai, 1836.
Clement of Alexandria, Opera. Ed. R. Klotz. Leipsic, 1831-1834.
Paedagogus.
Protrepticus
Stromateis.
Clercq, F. S. A. de, Bijdragen tot de Kennis der Residentie Ternate. Leyden, 1 890.
" De West- en Noordkust van Nederlandsch Nieuw-Guinea," in Tijdschrift
van het koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweedc
Serie, x. (1893).
Clicteur, in Annales de F Association de la Propagation de la Foi t iv. (1830).
Clinton, H. F., Fasti Hellenici. Oxford, 1834-1851.
Clitarchus, cited by Suidas.
cited by the Scholiast on Plato, Republic.
Clodd, E., in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
Myths and Dreams. London, 1885.
"The Philosophy of Punchkin," in Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1884).
Tom-tit-tot. London, 1898.
Clouston, W. A., 4 Group of Eastern Romances and Stories. Privately printed,
1889.
Popular Tales and Fictions. Edinburgh and London, 1887.
Cluverius, Ph., Italia Antiqua. Leyden, 1624.
Cochinchine fran$aise : Excursions et Reconnaissances. Saigon.
Cochran, W., Pen and Pencil Sketches in Asia Minor. London, 1887.
Code of Hammurabi, translated by C. H. W. Johns, Babylonian and Assyrian
Laws, Contracts and Letters. Edinburgh, 1894.
Codex Theodosianus.
Codrington, R. H., D.D., "Notes on the Customs of Mota, Banks Islands," in
Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, xvi.
(1880).
"Religious Beliefs and Practices in Melanesia," m Journal of the Anthropo*
logical Institute, x. (1881).
The Melanesians. Oxford, 1891.
Coillard, " Voyage au pays des JBanyais et au Zambese," in Bulletin de la Socittt
de Gdographie (Paris), VIme Se'rie, xx. (1880).
Cole, Fay-Cooper, The Wild Tribes of Davao District, Minandao. Chicago,
1913. (Field Museum of Natural History, Publication 170.)
Cole, Rev. H., "Notes on the Wagogo of German East Africa," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
Cole, Lieutenant-Colonel H. W. G., "The Lushais," in Census of India, /?//,
vol. iii. Assam, Part I. Report. Shillong, 1912.
Cole, W. E. R., "African Rain-making Chiefs, the Gondokoro District, White
Nile," in Man, x. (1910).
Coleman, Ch., Mythology of the Hindus. London, 1832.
Colenso, W., "The Maori Races of New Zealand," in Transactions and Proceed*
ings of the New Zealand Institute (1868), vol. i.
Collections of the Georgia Historical Society. Savannah, 1848.
VOL. XII C
z6 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Collections of the Minnesota Historical Society for the Year 1867. Saint Paul,
1867.
Collins, Lieut. -Colonel D., An Account of the English Colony in New South
Wales. London, 1798.
Second Edition. London, 1804.
Collitz, H., Sammlung der griechischen Dialekt-Inschriften. Gottingen, 1884-
1914.
Colombia , being a geographical, etc., account of that country. London, 1822.
Colshorn, Carl und Theodor, Marchen und Sagen. Hanover, 1854.
Columella, De re rustica. In Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini. Ed. J. G.
Schneider. Leipsic, 1794-1796.
Colvin, Sir Auckland, 1 he Making of Modern Egypt. London, 1 906.
*Comical Pilgrim's Pilgrimage into Ireland (1723), quoted by J. Brand, Popular
Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.
Comparetti, D., Vergil in the Middle Ages. London, 1895.
Compte-rendu de la Commission Imptriale Archtologique. St. Petersburg, 1863,
1870, 1877.
Comptes rendus de tAcadbnie des Inscriptions et Belles- Letlres. Paris.
Concradt, L., "Die Ngumbu in Sudkamerun," in Globus, Ixxxi. (1902).
Conder, C. R., Heth and Moab. London, 1883.
vci Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).
Tent-work in Palestine, London, 1878.
Conferences faites au Muste Guimet, Bibliotheque de Vulgarisation.
Conon, Narrationes, in Scriptores Poeticae Historiae Graeci. Ed. A. Wester-
mann. Brunswick, 1843.
in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
Conradt, L., "Das Hinterland der deutschen Kolonie Togo," in Petermann}
Mittheilungen, xlii. (1896).
Contemporary Review, The.
Conti, Nicolo, in India in the Fifteenth Century. Ed. R. H. Major. Hakluyl
Society. London, 1857.
Contributions to North American Ethnology.
Con way, Professor R. S., in letters to the Author.
Conybeare, F. C. Private communications (i. 407 . s , iv. 5 n. 9 ).
The Apology and Acts of Apollonius and other Monuments of Early
Christianity. London, 1894.
"The History of Christmas," in American Journal of Theology, Hi. (1899).
Cook, A. B., in The Classical Review, xvi. (1902).
"Oak and Rock," in The Classical Review, xv. (1901).
"The European Sky-God," in Folklore, xv. (1904), xvi. (1905), xvii. (1906),
"The Gong at Dodona," in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xxii. (1902).
"Who was the Wife of Hercules?" in The Classical Review, xx. (1906).
"Zeus, Jupiter, and the Oak," in The Classical Review, xvii. (1903), xviii
(1904).
Cook, Captain James, Voyages. London, 1809.
Cook, S. A., The Laws of Moses and the Code of Hammurabi. London, 1903,
Cooke, G. A., Text-book of North-Semitic Inscriptions, Oxford, 1903.
Cooper, Rev. Sydney, in letter to the Author.
Cooper, T. T., Travels of a Pioneer of Commerce. London, 1871.
"Coorg Folk-lore," in Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).
Coreal, Fr., Voyages aux Indes Occidentals. Amsterdam, 1722.
I Corinthians.
Cornaby, Rev. W. A., in letter to Rev. Dr. W. T. A. Barber (iv. 275 sq.).
Cornelius Nepos. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1871.
Atticus.
Cimon.
Hannibal.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 27
Comford, F. M., in Lecture delivered before the Classical Society of Cambridge*
28th February 1911.
Cornutus, Theologiae Graecae Compendium. Ed. C. Lang. Leipsic, 1881,
Corpus Inscriptionum Atticarum. Berlin, 1873- ,
Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum. Ed. Aug. Boeckh, etc. Berlin, 1828-1877.
Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum Graeciae Septentrionalis, vol. i. Berlin,
1892.
Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum. Berlin, 1862-
Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum. Paris, 1881-
Cortet, Eugene, Essai sur les F$tes religieuses. Paris, 1867.
Cosmas Hierosolymitanus, Commentarii in Sancti Gregorii Nazianzent Carmina^
in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xxxviii.
Cosquin, Emmanuel, Conies populaires de Lorraine. Paris, N. D.
Le Prologue-cadre des Mills et Une Nuits, les Ugendes Perses, et le Livre
a* Esther. Paris, 1909. (Extract from the * 'Revue Biblique Inter*
nationale^ Janvier et Avril, 1909, published by the Dominicans of
Jerusalem.)
Cottrell, C. H., Recollections of Siberia. London, 1842.
Coudreau, H. A., Chez nos Indiens ; quatre anntes dans la Guayane Fran^aise.
Paris, 1895.
La France tquinoxiale. Paris, 1887.
Coulbeaux, " Au pays de Menelik : a travers 1'Abyssinie," in Les Missions
CatholiqueSj xxx. (1898).
County Folk-lore :
East Riding of Yorkshire. Collected and edited by Mrs. Gutch. London,
1912.
Leicestershire and Rutlandshire. Collected and edited by C. J. Billson.
London, 1895.
Lincolnshire. Collected by Mrs. Gutch and Mabel Peacock. London,
1908.
North Riding of Yorkshire, York and the Ainsty. Collected and edited by
Mrs. Gutch. London, 1901.
Northumberland. Collected by M. C. Balfour and edited by Northcote W.
Thomas. London, 1904.
Orkney and Shetland Islands. Collected by G. F. Black and edited by
Northcote W. Thomas. London, 1903.
Suffolk. Collected and edited by Lady Eveline Camilla Gurdon. London,
Couppe*, Mgr., " En Nouvelle-Pome'ranie," in Les Missions Catholiques^ xxiii.
(1891).
Courtois, Father, "A travers le haut Zambeze," in Les Missions Catholiques t
xvi. (1884).
"Scenes de la vie Cafre," in Les Missions Catholiques, xv. (1883).
" Coutumes Granges des indigenes du Djebel-Nouba (Afrique centrale), notet
communique's par les missionnaire* de Ve*rone," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xiv. (1882).
Cowie, Robert, M.A., M.D., Shetland, Descriptive and Historical. Aberdeen,
1871.
Cowley Evangelist, The.
Cox, Miss M. Roalfe, Introduction to Folklore. London, 1895*
Cox, Ross, The Columbia River. Second Edition. London, 1832.
Crabouillet, " Les Lolos," in Les Missions Catholiques, v. (1873).
Crane, T. F., Italian Popular Tales. London, 1885.
*" Crannoges," in Chambers' s Encyclopaedia, quoted by R. Munro, Ancient
Scottish Lake Dwellings. Edinburgh, f 882.
Crantz, D., History of Greenland. London, 1767.
Crauford, L., \n Journal of the Anthropological Institute > xxiv. (1895).
28 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Crawford, Dr. T. W. W., cited by Mr. A. C. Hollis in letter to the Authoi
(xi. 262 w. 2 ).
Crawley, E., The Mystic Rose. London, 1902.
Credner, C. A., "De natalitiorum Christi origine," in Zeitschrift fur die historische
Theologie, Hi. (1833).
*Cregeen, Manx Dictionary ', referred to by Joseph Train, Historical and Statistical
Account of the Isle of Man. Douglas, Isle of Man, 1845.
Creighton, C., s.v. "Leprosy," in Encyclopaedia Bibttca, iii.
Cremat, "Der Anadyrbezirk Sibiriens und seine Bevolkerung," in Globus, Ixvi.
(1894).
Crevaux, J., Voyages dans FAmtrique du Sud. Paris, 1883.
Crofts, W. C., in letter to the Author (ii. 92 . 4 ).
Crombie, J. E., "The Saliva Superstition," in International Folk-lore Congress,
189 1 1 Papers and Transactions. London, 1892.
Cromer, Martin, De origine et rebus gestis Polonorum. Bale, 1568.
Crooke, W., in Indian Antiquary , xix. (1890).
in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1899).
in North Indian Notes and Queries^ i. (July, 1891).
Natives of Northern India. London, 1907.
Notes sent to the Author (i. 406 n.\ iv. 53 n.\ 157 . 6 , 159 w. 1 , v. 65 .*,
vii. 234 w. 2 , viii. 56 . s ).
"The Legends of Krishna," in Folk-lore, xi. (1900).
The Popular Religion and Folk-lore of Northern India. Westminster,
1896.
The Tribes and Castes of the North- Western Provinces and Oudh. Cal-
cutta, 1896.
Things Indian. London, 1906.
Croonenberghs, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liii. (1881).
"La F6te de la Grande Danse dans le haut Zambeze," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xiv. (1882).
" La Mission du Zambeze," in Les Missions Catholiques, xiv. (1882).
Cross, Rev. E. B., "On the Karens," in Journal of the American Oriental
Society, iv. (1854).
Grassland, quoted by H. Ling Roth. The Natives of Sarawak and British North
Borneo.
Crowther, S., and Taylor, J. C., The Gospel on the Banks of the Niger. London,
1859.
Cruise, R. A., Journal of a Ten Months' Residence in Neiv Zealand. London,
1823.
Crusius, O., s. w. " Kadmos " and " Lityerses," in W. H. Roscher's Ausfiihrliches
Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie.
Cruz, D. Luis de la, * * Descripcion de la Naturaleza de los Terrenos que se com-
prenden en los Andes, poseidos por los Peguenches y los demas espacios
hasta el rio de Chadileuba," in Pedro de Angelis's Coleccion de Obras y
Documentos relatives a la Historia antigua y moderna de las Provincial
del Rio de la Plata> vol. i, Buenos- Ayres, 1836.
Ctesias, in the second book of his Persian history (Athenaeus, xiv.).
cited by John of Antioch, in C. MUller's Fragtnenta ffistoricorum Grae-
corum, vol. iv.
Cue*not, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Fot, xiii. (1841).
Cuissard, Ch., Les Feux de la Saint-Jean. Orleans, 1884.
Culin, Stewart, Korean Games. Philadelphia, 1895.
Cullen, Dr., "The Darien Indians, "in Transactions of the Ethnological Society
of London, N.S., iv. (1866).
Gumming, Miss C. F. Gordon, In the Hebrides. London, 1883.
Cummins, S. L., " Sub-tribes of the Bahr-el-Ghazal Dinkas," in Journal of tht
Anthropological Institute , xxxiv. (1904).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 29
Cumont, Franz, s.w. " Anaitis," " Atargatis," "Attepata," "Caelestis," "Dea
Syria," " Dendrophori," and " Dolichenus," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real*
Encyclopadie der classischen Altertumswisscnschaft*
" L'Aigle fune*raire des Syriens et I'Apothe'ose des Empereurs," in Revue de
rffistoire des Religions, Ixii. (1910).
" La Pole*mique de I'Ambrosiaster centre les-Paiens," in Revue d* Histoire et
de Literature religieuses, viii. (1903).
" Le Natalis Invicti," in Comptes Rendus de ?Acad4mit des Inscriptions it
Belles- Lettres, 1911. Paris, 1911.
" Le roi des Saturnales," in Revue de Philologie, xxi. (1897).
" Le Tombeau de S. Dasius de Durostorum," in Analecta Bollandiana,
xxvii. Brussels, 1908.
" Les Actes de S. Dasius," in Analecta Bollandiana, xvi. (1897).
Les Religions Orientales dans le Paganisme Romain. Second Edition.
Paris, 1909.
x.v. ""Mithras," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griec hischen und romischen
Mythologie^ ii.
Textes et Monuments Figures relatifs aux Mysteres de Mithra. Brussels,
1896-1899.
44 Une formule grecque de renonciation au judaisme," in Wiener Sfudien t
xxiv. (1902).
Cumont, F., et Cumont, E., Voyage d* Exploration archiologique dans le Pont de
la Petite Armfnie. Brussels, 1906.
Cunningham, J. F., Uganda and its Peoples. London, 1905.
Cuny, C., " De Libreville au Cameroun," in Bulletin de la Socittt de Gtographie
(Paris), vii. SeVie, xvii. (1896).
Cupet, Le Capitaine, " Chez les populations sauvages du Sud de 1'Annam," in
Tour du Monde, No. 1682, April I, 1893.
in Mission Pavie, Indo-Chine 1819-95, Geographic et Voyages^ iii. Paris,
1900.
Cureton, W., Spicilegium Syriacum. London, 1855.
Curr, Edward M., The Australian Race. Melbourne and London, 1886-
1887.
Curtin, Jeremiah, Myths and Folk-lore of Ireland. London, N.D.
Myths and Folk-tales of the Russians, Western Slavs, and Magyars.
London, 1891.
Curtiss, S. I., Primitive Semitic Religion To-day. Chicago, New York, and
Toronto, 1902.
Curtius, E., in Archaologischer Anzeiger, 1895.
Curtius, G., Grundzuge der griechischen Etymologie. Fifth Edition. Leipsic,
1879.
Curtius, L., "Christi Himmelfahrt,'* in Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft^ xiv.
(1911).
Curzon, G. N., Problems of the Far East. Westminster, 1896.
Gushing, Frank H., "My Adventures in Zufii," in The Century Illustrated
Monthly Magazine, May 1883.
Cyril of Alexandria, Commentary on Hosea, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, Ixxi.
In Isaiam, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, Ixx.
Dahle, L., " Sikidy and Vintana," in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar
Magazine, xi. (1887).
Daily Graphic, The.
Dale, Rev. G., "An Account of the Principal Customs and Habits of the
Natives inhabiting the Bondei Country," in Journal of the AnthropO"
logical Institute, xxv. (1896).
Dall, W. H., Alaska and its Resources. London, 1870,
in American Naturalist^ xii,
30 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Dall, W. H. continued.
in The Yukon Territory. London, 1898.
" On Masks, Labrets, and certain Aboriginal Customs," in Third Annual
Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1884.
Dallet, Ch., Histoire de f&glise de Corte. Paris, 1874,
Dalton, Colonel E. T., Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal. Calcutta, 1872.
"The Kols of Chota-Nagpore," in Transactions of the Ethnological Society,
N.S., vi. (1868).
Dalyell, John Graham, The Darker Superstitions of Scotland. Edinburgh,
1834-
Dalzel, A., History of Dahomy. London, 1793.
Damascius, " Vita Isodori," in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin,
1824.
Dames, M. Longworth, and Seemann, Mrs. E., "Folk-lore of the Azores," in
Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).
Dana, Richard H., Two Years before the Mast.
*Dania t i. No. i. Copenhagen, 1890.
Danicourt, Mgr., " Rapport sur 1'origine, les progres et la decadence de la secte
des Tao-sse> en Chine," in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxx.
(1858).
Danks, Rev. B., " Marriage Customs of the New Britain Group," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute^ xviii. (1889).
Dannert, Rev. E., "Customs of the Ovaherero at the Birth of a Child," in
(South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1880).
Dannert, E., Zum Rechte der Herero. Beilin, 1906.
Dapper, O., Description de VAfrique. Amsterdam, 1686.
Daremberg, Ch., et Saglio, Edm., Dictionnaire des antiquitts grecques et
romaines. Paris, 1877-
Dareste, R., in Recueil d* Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxieme Se*rie.
Paris, 1898.
Dargun, L., Mutterrecht und Raubehe und ihre Reste im germanischen Recht
und Leben. Breslau, 1883.
Darmesteter, James, Ormazd et Ahriman. Paris, 1877.
The Zend-Avesta. Oxford, 1880, 1883. (Sacred Books of the East, vols,
iv. and xxiii.)
Darwin, Charles, The Origin of Species. Sixth Edition. London, 1878.
Darwin, Sir Francis, in letters to the Author.
Darwin, (Sir) George Howard, Presidential Address to the British Association,
in Report of the J5th Meeting of the British Association for the Advance-
ment of Science. South Africa, 1905.
Darwin and Modem Science. Cambridge, 1 909.
Das, Sarat Chandra, Journey to Lhasa and Central Tibet. London, 1902.
Das Gilgamesch-Epos t neu ubersetzt von Arthur Ungnad und gemeinverstdndlich
erkldrt von Hugo Gressmann. Gottingen, 1911.
Das Volk der Tanala," in Globus, Ixxxix. (1906).
Dasent, G. W., Popular Tales from the Norse. Edinburgh, 1859.
Tales from the Fjeld. London, 1874.
Dass, Baboo Ishuree, Domestic Manners and Customs of the Hindoos of Northern
India. Benares, 1860.
David, Abbe* Armand, " Voyage en Mongolie," in Bulletin de la Socittt de
Gtographie (Paris), VIme Se*rie, ix. (1875).
*David of Antioch, Tazyin, in the story " Orwa," cited by W. Robertson
Smith.
Davidson, A. B., The Book of fob. Cambridge, 1893. (The Cambridge Bible
for Schools and Colleges. )
Davies, Jonathan Ceredig, Folk-lore of West and Mid- Wales. Aberystwyth,
1911.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 31
Davis, E. J., Anatolica. London, 1874.
Lift in Asiatic Turkey. London, 1879.
"On a New Hamathite Inscription at Ibreez," in Transactions of tht
Society of Biblical Archaeology > iv. (1876).
Davis, R. F., in a letter to the Author.
Dawkins, R. M., "The Modern Carnival in Thrace and the Cult of Dionysus/'
in Journal of Hellenic Studies t xxvi. (1906).
Dawson, G. M., "Notes and Observations on the Kwakiool People of the
Northern Part of Vancouver Island and adjacent Coasts, " in Proceedings
and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for the Year iS8j.
Montreal, 1888.
"Notes on the Shuswap People of British Columbia," in Proceedings and
Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada^ ix. Montreal, 1892.
Transactions^ section ii.
" On the Haida Indians of the Queen Charlotte Islands," in Geological
Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-1879. Montreal,
1880.
Report on the Queen Charlotte Islands, 1878. Montreal, 1880.
Dawson, James, Australian Aborigines. Melbourne, Sydney, and Adelaide,
1881.
Day, Lai Behari, Folk-tales of Bengal. London, 1883.
D'Abbadie, A., Douze ans dans la Haute Ethiopie. Paris, 1868.
D'Almeida, W. B., Life in Java. London, 1864.
De Barros, Da Asia, dos feitos, que os Portnguezes fizeram no descubrimento
conquista dos mares e terras do Oriente. Decada Terceira. Lisbon,
1777.
"De Dajaks op Borneo," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche
Zendelinggenootschap, xiii. (1869).
De Gids.
" De godsdienst en godsdienst-plegtigheden der Alfoeren in de Menhassa op hct
eiland Celebes," in Tijdschrift van Nederlandsch India (1849).
De Indische Gids.
De Marchi, A., // Culto privato di Roma antica. Milan, 1896.
D'Orbigny, Alcide, UHomme americain (de FAmerique Me'ridionale), Paris
(1839).
Voyage dans VAmerique Mtridionale. Paris and Strasburg, 1839-1844.
D'Penha, G. F., "A Collection of Notes on Marriage Customs in the Madras
Presidency," in Indian Antiquary \ xxv. (1896).
in Indian Antiquary -, xxxi. (1902).
" Superstitions and Customs in Salsette," in Indian Antiquary, xxviii.
(1899).
De Russorum Muscovitarum et Tartarorum religione, sacrificiis, nuptiarum>
funerum ritu. Spires, 1582.
*De Thuy, Etude historique, geographique et ethnographique sur la province de
Tuttar, Notes, Rec., Expl., 1899, quoted by A. van Gennep, Tabou et
totemisme a Madagascar.
D'Unienville, Baron, Statistique de Vile Maurice. Paris, 1838.
D'Urville, J. Dumont, Voyage autour du monde et a la recherche de La Pe'rouse^
execute" sous son commandement sur la corvette " Austrolabe" : histoin
du voyage. Paris, 1832-1833.
De VogUe", Melanges o? Archlologie Orientale. Paris, 1 868.
" Death from Lockjaw at Norwich," in The People's Weekly Journal for Norfolk %
July 19, 1902. ...
Decken, Baron C. C. von der, Reisen in Ost-Afrika* Leipsic and Heidelberg)
1869-71.
Decle, L., Three Years in Savage Africa. London, 1898.
Defoe, Daniel, History of the Plague in London. Edinburgh, 1810.
33 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Degrandpre*, L., Voyage & la cdte occidentak d'Afrique. Paris, 1801.
Dehon, Rev. P., S.J., " Religion and Customs of the Uraons," in Memoirs of
the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. i. No. 9. Calcutta, 1906.
Delafosse, Maurice, Haut-Stntgal-Niger, Le Pays t les Peuples^ Us Langues^
VHistoire, les Civilisations. Paris, 1912.
in V Anthropologie^ xi. (1895).
in La Nature, No. 1086, March 24th, 1894.
" Le peuple Sie'na ou Se'noufo," in Revue des Etudes Ethnographiques et
Sociologiques, i. (1908).
Delamare, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xii. (1840).
Delaporte, H., "Une Visite chez les Araucaniens," in Bulletin de la Socitt de
Gtographie (Paris), Quatrieme Se'rie, x. (1855).
Delbriick, Prof. B., "Das Mutterrecht bei den Indogermanen," in Preussische
Jahrbucher, Ixxix. (1895).
Delegorgue, A., Voyage dans VAfrique Australe. Paris, 1847.
Demelic*, F., Le Droit Coutumier des Slaves Mtridionaux. Paris, 1876.
Demosthenes, Orationes. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1864-1872.
Contra Androtionem.
Contra Aristocratem.
Contra Neaeram.
De corona.
Dena, Dom Daniel Sour Dharim, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, Ix.
(1888).
Denham Tracts, The : a Collection of Folk-lore by Michael Aislabie Denhatn.
Edited by Dr. James Hardy. London, 1892-1895.
Denian, Father A., "Croyances religieuses et moeurs des indigenes de l'!le
Malo (Nouvelles-He'brides)," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiii.,
(1901).
Deniker, J., "Les Ghiliaks d'apres les demiers renseignements," in Revue
d> Ethnographic, ii. (1883).
The Races of Man. London, 1900.
Denjoy, P., " An-nam, Me"decins et Sorciers, Remedes et Superstitions," etc., in
Bulletins de la SotiM d* Anthropologie de Paris, v. (1894).
"Du droit successoral en Annam," etc., in Bulletins de la Socittt d'Anthro-
pologie de Paris, Ve SeVie, iv. (1903).
Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
Dennis, G., Cities and Cemeteries of Etruria. Third Edition. London,
1883.
* Departure of my Lady Mary from this World," in Journal of Sacred Literature
and Biblical .Record, New Series, vii. London, 1865.
*'Der Anadyr- Bezirk nach A. W. Olssufjew," in Petermanns Mittheilungen^
xlv. (1899).
' Der Muata Cazembe und die Volkerstamme der Maravis, Chevas, Muembas,
Lundas und andere von Siid-Afrika," in Zeitschrift fur allgemeine Erd-
kunde, vi. Berlin, 1856.
Der Pentamerone, aus dem Neapolitanischen iibertragen von Felix Liebrecht.
Breslau, 1846.
Der Urquell. Monatsschrift fur Volkkunde. N.F.
Dercylus, quoted by a Scholiast on Euripides, Phoenissae.
Des Marchais, Voyage en GitMe et a Cayenne. Amsterdam, 173**
Deschamps, G., and Cousin, G., in Bulletin de Correspondance hetttniqtie, xi,
(1887), xii. (1888).
" Description of the Natives of King George's Sound (Swan River) and adjoining
Country," in Journal of 'the Royal Geographical Society, i. (1832).
Desgranges, M., " Usages du Canton de Bonneval," in Memoires de la Socifti
Roy ale des Antiquaires de France ', i. Paris, 1817.
Desjardins, E., Essai sur la Topographic du Latium, Paris, 1854.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 33
Dessau, H., in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, xiv.
Inscriptions Latinae selectae. Berlin, 1892-1914.
Deubner, L., De incubatione. Leipsic, 1900.
Deuteronomy, The Book of.
Deutsche geographische Blatter*
Dcutschcs Kolonialblatt.
Dezobry, L. Ch., Rome au siecle oTAuguste. Third Edition. Paris, 1870.
Dhorme, P., La Religion Assyro-Babylonienne. Paris, 1910.
[Dicaearchus], " Descriptio Graeciae," in Geographi Graeci Minores^ ed. G
Muller, vol. i. Paris, 1882.
Dickens, Charles, David Copperjield.
Martin Chuzzlewit.
Dictys Cretensis, Bellum Trojanum. Ed. F. Meister. Leipsic, 1872.
Die Edda* Ubersetzt von K. Simrock. Eighth Edition. Stuttgart, 1882.
"Die Ethnographic Russlands nach A. F. Rittich," in Petermanns Mit
theilungen, Erganzungsheft, No. 54. Gotha, 1878.
Die gestriegelte Rockenphilosophie. Fifth Edition. Chemnitz, 1759.
"Die Pschawen und Chewsuren im Kaukasus," in Zeitschrijt fur allgemeim
Erdkunde, ii. (1857).
"Die Sommerwendfeier im St. Amarinthale," in Der Urquell> N.F., i. (1897).
Die Woche.
Dieffenbach, E., Travels in New Zealand. London, 1843.
Diels, H., Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker. Second Edition. Berlin, 1906*
1910.
Herakleitos von Ephesos. Second Edition. Berlin, 1909.
in Lecture on Greek Religion, heard by the Auther.-at Berlin.
.Dieterich, Albrecht, Eine Mithrasliturgie. Leipsic, 1903.
"Sommertag," in Beiheft to Archivfiir Religionswissenschaft^ viii. (1905).
Dieterich, Anton, Russian Popular Tales. London, 1857.
Digest^ in Corpus Juris Civilis, vol. i. Berlin, 1877. (Institutions , recog-
novit P. Krueger. Digesta, recognovit Th. Mommsen.)
Diguet, Colonel E. , Les Annamites, Sode'le', Coutumes^ Religions. Paris, 1 906.
Dijk, P. A. L. E. van, "Eenige aanteekeningen omtrent de verschillenden stam-
men (Mar gas} en de stamverdeling bij de Battaks," in Tijdschrift voo>
Indische 7^aal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxviii. (1895).
Dill, S., Roman Society from Nero to Marcus Aurelius. London, 1904.
Roman Society in the Last Century of the Western Empire. Second
Edition. London, 1899.
Dillmann, Aug., Die Bucher Exodus und Leviticus. Leipsic, 1 880 (in Kur*
gefasstes exegetisches Commentar zum Alten Testament)*
^Dinkard, a Pahlavi work.
*Dinnschenchas> or Dinnsenchus.
Dinter, B. C. A. J. van, " Eenige geographische en ethnographische aanteeken-
ingen betreffende het eiland Siaoe," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-
Land- en Volkenkunde^ xli. (1899).
Dio Cassius. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1863-1865.
Dio Chrysostom, Orationes. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1857.
Diodorus, quoted by Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1866-1868.
in Eusebius, Chronica. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin, 1866-1875.
Diogenes Laertius, Vitae Philosophorum. Ed. C. G. Cobet. Paris (Didot), 1878.
Diogenianus, in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneide-
win. Gottingen, 1839-1851.
Dionysius, Periegetes> Descriptio orbis terrarum, in Geographi Graeci Minoret 9
ed. C. Muller, vol. ii. Paris, 1882.
Dionysius Halicarnasensis, Opera. Ed. J. J. Reiske. Leipsic, 1 774-1777*
Antiquitates Komanae. Ed. C. Jacoby. Leipsic, 1885-1905.
34 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Dioscorides. Ed. C. Sprengel. Leipsic, 1829-1830.
De arte medica.
De materia medica.
Dittenberger, G. (W.), Sylloge Inscriptionum Graecarum. Second Edition
Leipsic, 1898-1901.
Orientis Graeci Inscriptions Selectae. Leipsic, 1903-1905.
Dittmar, C. von, " tJber die Koraken und die ihnen sehr nahe verwandtei
Ischuktschen," in Bulletin de la Classe historico-philologique deVAcadtmi
Imperials de Sciences de St-Pttersbourgt xiii. (1856).
Dixon, Roland B., " The Northern Maidu," in Bulletin of the American Museun
of Natural History, vol. xvii. part iii. New York, 1905.
Dixon, Dr. W. E. Private communication (ii. 139 n. 1 ).
Dobell, P., Travels in Kamtchatka and Siberia. London, 1830.
Dobrizhoffer, M. , Historia de Abiponibus. Vienna, 1784.
Dodge, Colonel R. I., Our Wild Indians. Hartford, Connecticut, 1886.
Dodwell, E., A Classical and Topographical Tour through Greece. London
1819.
Domaszewski, A. von, "Briefe der Attaliden an der Priester von Pessinus," 11
Archaeologische-epigraphische Mittheilungen aus Oesterreich-Ungarn^ viii
(1884).
Die Religion des Romischen Heeres. Treves, 1895.
" Magna Mater in Latin Inscriptions," in The Journal of Roman Studies.
Donaldson, T. L., Architecttira Numismatica. London, 1859.
Dongen, G. J. van, "De Koeboe in de Onderafdeeling Koeboe-streken de
Residentie Palembang," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkund
van Nederlandsch-Indie\ Ixiii. (1910).
Donselaar, W. M., " Aanteekeningen over het eiland Saleijer," in Mededeelinget
van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap t i. (1857).
Doolittle, Rev. J., Social Life of the Chinese. Edited and revised by the Rev
Paxton Hood. London, 1868.
Dorsa, Vincenzo, La Tradizione Greco- Latina negli usi e nelle credenze popolai
della Calabria Citeriore. Cosenza, 1884.
Dorsey, J. Owen, "An Account of the War Customs of the Osages," ii
American Naturalist ', xviii. (1884).
M A Study of Siouan Cults," in Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau o
Ethnology. Washington, 1894.
" Omaha Sociology," in Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology
Washington, 1884.
" Osage Traditions," in Sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology
Washington, 1888.
'Teton Folk-lore," in American Anthropologist ', ii. (1889).
' Teton Folk lore Notes," in Journal of American Folk - lore, ii
(1889).
Dos Santos, J., "Eastern Ethiopia," in G. McCali Theal's Records of South
Eastern Africa, vii. (1901).
Doughty, Ch. M., Travels in Arabia Deserta. Cambridge, 1888.
Doutte', Edmo'nd, " Figuig," in La Gtographie, Bulletin de la Socittt d
Geographic (Paris), vii. (1893).
Les A'iss&oua a Tlemcen. Chalons-sur-Marne, 1900.
Magie et Religion dans FAfrique du Nord. Algiers, 1908.
Dove, quoted by James Bonwick, Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians.
Dozon, Aug., Conte s albanais. Paris, 1881.
Drechsler, P., Sitte, Brauch und Volksglaube in Schlesien. Leipsic, 1903-
1906,
Drexler, W., s.w. "Gaia," c< Isis," " IVIen," and " Meridianus daemon," ii
W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der gricchischen und romischen Mythologie*
BIBLIOGRAPHY 35
Driver, S. R., Critical and Exegetical Commentary on Deuteronomy. Third
Edition. Edinburgh, 1902. (In The International Critical Com-
mentary. )
in Authority and Archaeology Sacred and Profane. Edited by D. G.
Hogarth. London, 1899.
Introduction to the Literature of the Old Testament. Eighth Edition*
Edinburgh, 1909.
Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel.
Second Edition. Oxford, 1913.
s.v. " Mesha," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, vol. iii.
The Book of Genesis. Fourth Edition. London, 1905.
The Books of Joel and Amos. Cambridge, 1901. (In The Cambridge
Bible for Schools and Colleges.)
The Minor Prophets. Edinburgh, 1906. (In The Century Bible.}
Drosinis, G., Land und Leute in Nord-Euboa. Leipsic, 1884.
Dryden, John, Works. Ed. Walter Scott. London, 1808.
The Tempest.
Du Pratz, Le Page, History of Louisiana, or of the western parts of Virginia and
Carolina. Translated from the French. New Edition. London, 1774.
Dubois, J. A., Mceurs, institutions , et ceremonies des peuples de I'lnde. Paris,
1825.
Duchesne, Mgr. L., Origines du Culte Chretien. Third Edition. Paris, 1903.
Duloup, G., "Huit jours chez les M'Bengas," Revue d' Ethnographic, ii. (1883).
Dumichen, J., "Die dem Osiris im Denderatempel geweiten Raume," in
Zeitschrift fur dgyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde (1882).
Duncan, John, Travels in Western Africa. London, 1847.
Duncan, Leland L., " Fairy Beliefs and other Folk-lore Notes from County
Leitrim," in Folk-lore, vii. (1896).
" Folk-lore Gleanings from County Leitrim," in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
" Further Notes from County Leitrim," in Folk-lore, v. (1894).
Duncan, Mr., quoted by Commander R. C. Mayne, Four Years in British
Columbia and Vancouver Island. London, 1862.
Duncker, M., Geschichte des Alterthums. Fifth Edition. Leipsic, 1878-1886.
Dundas, Hon. K. R., " Notes on the Tribes inhabiting the Baringo District,
East Africa Protectorate," in Journal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute, xl. (1910).
Dunn, J., History of the Oregon Territory. London, 1844.
Dupin, Baron, "Notice sur quelques fStes et divertissemens populaires du
ddpartement des Deux-Sevres," in Mfmoires et dissertations publics par
la Socittt Royale des Antiquaires de France, iv. (1823).
Dupont, 6., Lettres sur le Congo. Paris, 1889.
Duran, Diego, Historia de las Indias de Nueva Espana. MS. edited by
J. F. Ramirez. Mexico, 1867-1880.
Durand, J. B. L., Voyage au SMgal. Paris, 1802.
Durand, L'Abbe", " Le Rio Negro du Nord et son bassin," in Bulletin de la
Socittl de Gtigraphie (Paris), 6eme Sdrie, iii. (1872).
Durandus, G. (Wilh. Durantis), Rationale Divinorum Officiorum. Lyons, 1 584.
Durham, Miss M. Edith, High Albania. London, 1909.
Duringsfeld, Ida von, und Reinsberg-Duringsfeld, Otto Freiherr von. ffoch-
zeitsbuch. Leipsic, 1871.
Dusburg, P. de, Chronicon Preussiae. Ed. Chr. Hartknoch. Frankfort and
Leipsic, 1679.
Dussaud, Rene", "La materialisation de la priere en Orient," in Bulletins et
Mmoires de la Socittt d } Anthropologie de Paris, 5eme Se*rie, vii. (1906).
Notes de Mythologie Syrienne. Paris, 1903.
Dutreuil de Rhins, J. L., Mission scientifique dans la Haute Asie, 1890-1893.
Paris, 1897.
36 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Duveyrier, H., Exploration du Sahara : les Touareg du Word. Paris, 1864.
D wight, Timothy, Travels in New England and New York. London, 1823.
*Dybeck, Runa> 1844 and 1845, quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologit
(Fourth Edition), and A. Kuhn, Die Herabkttnft des Feuers und des
Gottertranks (Second Edition, Gtitersloh, 1886).
Dyer, T. F. Thiselton, British Popular Customs. London, 1876.
English Folk-lore. London, 1884.
Folk-lore of Plants. London, 1889.
Ebeling, H., Lexicon Homcricum. Leipsic, 1880-1885.
Ebn-el-Dyn el-Eghouathy, " Relation d'un voyage dans 1'inte'rieur de 1'Afrique
septentrionale," in Bulletin de la Socie'te' de Geographie (Paris), 2eme
Se'rie, i. (1834).
Eck, R. van, " Schetscn van het eiland Bali," in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch
Indie, N.S., viii. (1879), ix. (August 1880).
Eckstein, Miss L., Comparative Studies in Nursery Rhymes. London, 1906.
Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior^ vulgo Saemundina dicta. Copenhagen, 1828.
*Edgar, Major, Litafi na Tatsuniyoyi na Hausa, referred to by Major A. J. N.
Treamearne, Hausa Superstitions and Customs. London, 1913.
Edkins, J., Religion in China. Second Edition. London, 1878.
Edmonds, Richard, The Land's End District. London, 1862.
Edmonston, A., Zetland Islands. Edinburgh, 1809.
Edmonston, Rev. Biot, and Saxby, Jessie M. E., The Home of a Naturalist.
London, 1888.
Eels, Rev. Myron, " The Twana, Chemakum, and Klallam Indians of Washington
Territory," in Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1887.
*' Eenige bijzonderheden betreflfende de Papoeas van de Geelvinksbaai van
Niew- Guinea," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van
Nc$rlandsch-Indie\ ii. (1854).
" Eenige mededeelingen betreffende Rote door een inlandischen School-meester,"
in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvii. (1882).
Eerde, J. C. van, " Een huwelijk bij de Minangkabausche Maliers," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ xliv. (1901).
" Gebruiken bij den rijstbouw en rijstoogst op Lombok," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlv. (1902).
Egede, Hans, A Description of Greenland. Second Edition. London, 1818.
Egyptian Exploration Fund Archaeological Reports.
Ehrenreich, P., "Materialen zur Sprachenkunde Brasiliens," in Zeitschrift fUr
Ethnologic^ xxvi. (1894).
Einhorn, P., ** Historia Lettica," in Scriptores Rerum Livonicarum^ ii. Riga
and Leipsic, 1848.
Reformatio gentis Letticae in Ducatu Curlandiae. Pieface dated I7th July
1636. Reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum^ ii. Riga and
Leipsic, 1848.
*' Wiederlegunge der Abgotterey : der ander (sic) Theil." Printed at Riga
in 1627, and reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, ii. Riga and
Leipsic, 1848.
"Einige Notizen aus einem alten Krauterbuche," in Zeitschrift fiir deutsche
Mythologie und Sittenkunde , iv. Gottingen, 1859.
Eisel, Robert, Sagenbuch des Voigtlandes. Gera, 1871.
Eitel, "Les Hak-ka," in L> Anthropologie, iv. (1893).
Ekris, A, van, " Het Ceramsche Kakianverbond," in Mededeelingen van wege het
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap^ ix. (1865). Repeated with slight
changes in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xvi.
(1867).
Eliot, J., "Observations on the Inhabitants of the Garrow Hills," in Asiatick
Researches^ iii.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 37
^Elizabeth, Charlotte, Personal Recollections, quoted by Rev. Alexander Hislop,
The Two Babylons. Edinburgh, 1853.
*Elliot, C. A., Hoshangdbdd Settlement Report, quoted in Panjab Notes and
Queries ; iii. (October and December 1885).
Elliot, Sir Henry M., Memoirs on the History ', Folk-lore, and Distribution of
the Races of the North- Western Provinces of India. Edited, revised,
and re-arranged by John Beames. London, 1869.
The History of India as told by its own Historians. London, 1867-1877.
Elliot, R. H. , Experiences of a Planter in the Jungles of Mysore. London, 1 87 1.
Ellis, A. B., The Ewe-speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa.
London, 1890.
The Tshi-speaking Peoples of the Gold Coast of West Africa. London, 1887.
The Yoruba-speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa. London, 1 894.
Ellis, Robinson, Commentary on Catullus. Oxford, 1876.
Ellis, Rev. William, History of Madagascar. London, N.D., preface dated 1838.
Polynesian Researches. Second Edition. London, 1832-1836.
*Elmslie, Dr., MS. notes used byj. Macdonald in Myth and Religion. London,
1893.
Elmslie, W. A., Among the Wild Ngoni* Edinburgh and London, 1899.
Elton, Charles, Origins of English History. London, 1882.
El-Tounsy, Mohammed Ibn-Omar, Voyage au Darfour. Traduite de I'Arabe
par le Dr. Perron. Paris, 1845.
Voyage au Ouaddy. Paris, 1851.
Emery, Lieutenant, in Journal of 'the Royal Geographical Society, iii.
Emin Pasha, quoted by Fr. Stuhlmann, Mit Emin Pascha ins Herz von Afrtka.
Berlin, 1894.
Bmin Pasha in Central Africa, being a Collection of his Letters and Journals.
London, 1888.
Empedocles, in Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum, ed. F. G. A. Mullach,
Paris, 1885 ; also in H. Diels, Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, i.
Empire Review.
Emslie, J. P., in Folklore, xi. (1900).
Encyclopaedia Biblica. Edited by T. K. Cheyne and J. S. Black. London,
1899-1903.
Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition. Edinburgh, 1875-1889.
Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Edited by J. Hastings, D.D. Edin-
burgh, 1908-
Ende, L. von, "Die Baduwis auf Java," in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen
Gesellschaft in Wien, xix. (1889).
Enderli, J., " Zwei Jahre bei den Tchuktschen und Korjaken," in Petermanns
Mittdlungen, xlix. (1903).
Endle, Rev. S., The Kacharis. London, 1911.
Engel, W. H., Kypros. Berlin, 1841.
Engelhaard, H. E. D., " Aanteekeningen betreffende de Kindjin Dajaks in het
Landschap Baloengan," in Tijdsckrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en
Volkenkundf* xxxix. (1897).
" Mededeelingen over het eiland Saleijer," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land-
en Volkenkunde van Netrlandsch- Indie, Vierde Volgreeks, viii. (1884).
Engler, A., in V. Hehn's Kulturpflanzen und Hausthiere. Seventh Edition*
Berlin, 1902.
English Historical Review.
Ennius, cited by Festus, s.v. "Puelli." Ed. C. O. Mullen
quoted by Cicero, De natura deorum.
'E^iftuepk apxaioXoytrf. Athens, 1883, 1884, 1898.
Ephippus, cited by Athenaeus, xii.
Epictetus, Dissertationcs* Ed. H. Schenkl. Leipsic, 1894.
Epigrammata Graeca ex lapidibus conlecta. Ed. G. Kaibel. Berlin, 1878.
38 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Epiphanius, Adversus Haereses^ in Migne's Patrologia Graeca> xlii.
Eratosthenes, Catasterismi, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. A. Westerman. Bruns-
wick, 1843.
Erdweg, M. J., "Die Bewohner der Insel Tumleo, Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neu-
Guinea," in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien>
xxxii. (1902).
Erganzungshefte zu Petermanns Geographischen Mittheilungen.
Ergebnisse der Sildsee- Expedition ipoS-fp/o. Herausgegeben von G. Thilenius.
Hamburg, 1913.
Erhard, Professor A., of Strasburg. Verbal communication (ii. 310 n. 1 ).
Eriston, Prince, " Die Pschawen und Chewsurier im Kaukasus," in Zeitschrift
fiir allgemeine Erdkunde, Neue Folge, ii. (1857).
Eriu t the Journal of the School of Irish Learning, Dublin.
Erman, A. , Archivfur wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland> vol. i. Berlin, 1 84 1 .
Travels in Siberia. London, 1848.'
" Ethnographische Wahrnehmungen und Erfahrungen an den Kiistep der
Berings-Meeres," in Zeitschrift fUr Ethnologie^ ii. (1870).
Erman, Adolf, Agypten und agyptisches Leben im Altertum. Tubingen, N.D.
Die agyptische Religion. Berlin, 1905.
Second Edition. Berlin, 1909.
"Eine Reise nach Phonizien im II. Jahrhundert v. Chr.," in Zeitschrift fui
agyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde, xxxviii. (1900).
" Zehn Vortrage aus dem mittleren Reich," in Zeitschrift fur agyptische
Sprache und Alterthumskunde, xx. (1882).
Erskine, J. E., Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific.
London, 1853.
Essays and Studies presented to William Ridgeway* Cambridge, 1913.
Esther, The Book of.
Etheridge, R., jun., "The * Widow's Cap* of the Australian Aborigines," in
Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales for the Year
1899, xxiv. Sydney, 1900.
Ethnological Survey Publications , Department of the Interior. Manilla.
Ethnologisches Notizblatt herausgegeben von der Direktion des Kbniglichen
Museums fUr Vblkerkunde in Berlin. Berlin, 1894-
Etymologicum Magnum. Ed. F. Syllburg. Editio Nova. Leipsic, 1816.
Eubulus, cited by Athenaeus.
Eudoxi ars astronomica t qualis in charta Aegyptiaca superest. Ed. F. Blass.
Kiliae, 1887.
Eudoxus of Cnidus, quoted by Athenaeus.
Eumenes, Letter preserved in inscription at Sivrihissar.
Eunapius, Vitae sophistarum. Ed. J. F. Boissonade. Paris (Didot), 1878.
Euphorion of Chalcis, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 40.
Euripides, in Poetae Scenici Graeci. Ed. G. Dindorf. London, 1869.
Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1872-1880.
Bacchae.
Electra.
Hercules Furens.
Hippolytus.
Ion,
Iphigenia in Tauris.
Medea, Argumentum.
Orestes.
Phoenissae.
Supplices.
Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene. Berlin, 1866-1875.
Praeparatio Evangelii. Ed. F. A. Heinichen. Leipsic, 1842-1843.
Vita Constantini^ in Migne's Patrologia Graeca % xx.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 39
Eustathius, Commentary on Dionysius Periegetes t in Geographi Graeci Minores %
ed. C. MUller, vol. ii. Paris, 1882.
on Homer, Iliad* Leipsic, 18271830.
on Homer, Odyssey. Leipsic, 1825-1826.
Eutropius. Ed, D. C. G. Baumgarten-Crusius et H. R. Dietsch. Leipsic,
1868.
Evangelion de Mepharreshe. Edited by F. C. Burkitt. Cambridge, 1904.
Evans, A. J., " Mycenaean Tree and Pillar Cult," in Journal of Hellenic Studies^
xxi. (1901).
Evans, D. Jenkyn, "The Harvest Customs of Pembrokeshire," in Pembroke
County Guardian^ 7th December 1895.
Evans, D. Silvan, in The Academy > 1 3th November 1875.
Evans, Ivor H. N., "Notes on the Religious Beliefs, Superstitions, Ceremonies
and Tabus of the Dusuns of the Tuaran and Tempassuk Districts,
British North Borneo," vs\ Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute,
xlii. (1912).
Evelyn, John, Memoirs. New Edition. London, 1827.
Everybody's Magazine. New York.
"Excavations in Cyprus, 1887-1888," in Journal of Hellenic Studies, ix.
(1888).
"Excursion de M. Brun-Rollet dans la region supe*rieure du Nil," in Bulletin
de la Societl de Geographie (Paris), 4eme S^rie, iv. (1852) ; viii. (1854).
Exodus, The Book of.
"Exorcism of the Pest Demon of Japan.'* From a series of notes on medical
customs of the Japanese, contributed by Dr. C. H. H. Hail of the
United States Navy, to the *Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal,
Expositor^ The.
" Extract from a Letter of Mr. Alexander Loudon," in Journal of the Royal
Geographical Society , ii. (1832).
Extract from a Report by Captain Foulkes to the British Colonial Office.
" Extracts from Diary of the late Rev. John Martin, Wesleyan Missionary in
West Africa, 1843-1848," in Man, xii. (1912).
" Extrait du journal des missions e*vangeliques," in Bulletin de la Socittt de
Geographic (Paris), 2eme Se'rie, ii. (1834).
Eyre, E. J., Journals of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia.
London, 1845.
Ezekiel, The Book of.
Ezra, The Book of.
Ezra, Nehemiah and Esther. Edited by Rev. T. Witton Davies. Edinburgh
and London, N.D. (The Century Bible.}
Fabbri, P., "Canti popolari raccolti sui monti della Romagna-Toscana," in
Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, xxii. (1903).
Fabrega, H. Pittier de, "Die Sprache der Bribri-Indianer in Costa Rica," in
Sitzungsberichte der philosophise hen-historischen Classe der Kaiser lie hen
Akademie der Wissenschaften (Vienna), cxxxviii. (1898).
Fabricius, D., "De cultu, religione et moribus incolarum Livoniae," in Scriptores
rerum Livonicarum t ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.
" Livonicae Historiae compendiosa series," in Scriptores Rerum Livoni*
carum, ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.
Fabricius, J. A., Bibliotheca Graeca. Fourth Edition. Hamburg, 1780-1809.
Fage, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxix. (1857).
Fairbairn, Rev. Dr. A. M., in Contemporary Review, June 1899.
Fairclough, T. J., "Notes on the Basutos," in Journal of the African Society,
No. 14, January 1905.
Fairholt, F. W., Gog and Magog* the Giants in Guildhall, their real and
legendary History. London, 1859.
40 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Fairweather, in W. F. W. Owen's Narrative of Voyages to explore the Shores of
Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar. London, 1833.
Fancourt, Charles St. John, History of Yucatan. London, 1854.
Fanggidaej, J., " Rottineesche Verhalen," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, Iviii. (1905).
Farler, J. P., "The Usambara Country in East Africa," in Proceedings of the
Royal Geographical Society, N.S. i. (1879).
Farnell, L. R., in The Hibbert Journal, iv. (1906), (April 1907).
"Sociological Hypotheses concerning the position of Women in Ancient
Religion," in Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft, vii. (1904).
The Cults of the Greek States. Oxford, 1896-1909.
Fasciculi Malayenses, Anthropology.
Fawcett, Fr., in Madras Government Museum Bulletin, iii. No. I. Madras, 1900.
"Note on a Custom of the Mysore 'Gollavalu* or Shepherd Caste People,"
v& Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, \.
"On Basivis," in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, ii.
"On the Saoras (or Savaras), an Aboriginal Hill People of the Eastern
Ghats," in Journal of 'the Anthropological Society of Bombay, \.
Fawckner, Captain James. See s.v. Narrative.
Feasey, H. J., Ancient English Holy Week Ceremonial. London, 1897.
Feather man, A., Social History of the Races of Mankind, Fourth Division,
Dravido-Turanians, etc. London, 1891,
Fehr, A., Der Niasser im Leben und Sterben. Barmen, 1901.
Fehrle, E., Die kultische Keuschheit im Altertum. Giessen, 1910.
*Feilberg, H. F., Bidrag til en Ordbog over Jyske Almuesmal. Fjerde hefte.
Copenhagen, 1888.
in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
" Zwieselbaume nebst verwandtem Aberglauben in Skandinavien," in
Zeitschrift des Vereins fur Volkskunde, vii. (1897).
Felkin, Dr. R. W., "Notes on the For Tribe of Central Africa," in Proceedings
of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, xiii. (1884-1886).
" Notes on the Madi or Moru Tribe of Central Africa," in Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Edinburgh, xii. (1882-1884).
" Notes on the Waganda Tribe of Central Africa,'' in Proceedings of tht
Royal Society of Edinburgh, xiii. (1884-1886).
See also s.v. Wilson, C. T.
Fellows, Ch., An Account of Discoveries in Lycia. London, 1841.
Journal written during an Excursion in Asia Minor. London, 1839.
Fellows, Rev. S. B., quoted by George Brown, D.D., Melanesians and Poly-
nesians. London, 1910.
Ferrand, G., Les Musalmans a Madagascar. Deuxieme Partie. Paris, 1893.
Ferraro, Giuseppe, Super stizioni, Usi e Proverbt Monferrini. Palermo, 1886.
Ferrars, Max and Bertha, Burma. London, 1900.
Festgabenfiir Gustav Homey er. Berlin, 1871.
Festschrift des Vereins fur Erdkunde zu Dresden. Dresden, 1888.
Festschrift zutn funfzigjahrigen Doctorjubildum L. Friedlaender dargebracht von
seinen Schulem. Leipsic, 1895.
Festus, De verborum significatione. Ed. C. O. M tiller. Leipsic, 1839.
Feuillet, Madame Octave, Quelques anntes de ma vie. Fifth Edition. Paris, 1895.
Fewkes, Jesse Walter, " Hopi Katcinas," in Twenty-first Annual Report of the
Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1903.
44 The Group of Tusayan Ceremonials called Katcinas" in Fifteenth Annual
Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1897.
The Lesser New-fire Ceremony at Walpi," in American Anthropologist,
N.S. iii. (1901).
'The Tusayan New Fire Ceremony," in Proceedings of the Boston Society of
Natural History, xxvi. (1895).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 41
Fiedler, K. G., Reise dunk alU Theile des Konigreichs Griechenland* Leipsic,
1840-1841.
Field Museum of Natural History > Publication 170. Chicago.
Fielding, H., 7*he Soul of a People. London, 1898.
Finamore, Gennaro, Credenze^ Usi e Costumi Abrmzesi. Palermo, 1 890.
Finaz, Father, S.J., in Les Missions Catholiques, vii. (1875).
Finlay, George, Greece under the Romans. Second Edition. Edinburgh and
London, 1857.
Finsch, Otto, Neu Guinea und seine Bewohner. Bremen, 1865.
" Fire -Walking Ceremony at the Dharmaraja Festival," in The Quarterly
Journal of the Mythic Society ', vol. ii. No. I (October 1910).
"Fire-Walking in Ganjam," in Madras Government Museum Bulletin^ vol. iv,
No. 3. Madras, 1903.
Firmicus Maternus, De errore profanarum religionum. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna,
1867.
Fischer, Dr. Emil, " Paparuda und Scaloian," in Globus, xciii. (1908).
Fison, Rev. Lorimer, in letters to the Author (i. 316, 331 . 2 , 378, 389 . 8 ,
ii. 13 tt. 1 , iii. 30 n.i, 40 n. l % 92 w. 3 , 131 . 2 , 264 nn.* * nd 4 , iv. 156 . 2 ,
v. 202 .).
"Notes on Fijian Burial Customs," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, x. (1881).
"The Nanga, or Sacred Stone Enclosure, of Wainimala, Fiji," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).
Fison, L., and Howitt, A. W., Kamilaroi and Kurnai. Melbourne, Sydney,
Adelaide, and Brisbane, 1880.
Fitzgerald, D., in Revue Celtique> iv. (1879-1880).
FitzGerald, Edward, quoted in County Folk-lore, Suffolk. London, 1893.
Fitzpatrick, J. F. J., "Some Notes on the Kwolla District and its Tribes," in
Journal of the African Society, No. 37 (October 1910).
Fitz-roy, Captain R., Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of His Majesty's Ships
" Adventure " and " Beagle" London, 1839.
Flacourt, E. de, Histoire de la grande Isle Madagascar. Paris, 1658. ,
Flad, Martin, A Short Description of the Falasha and Kamants in Abyssinia.
Chrishona, near Basle, 1866.
Flaget, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vii. (1834).
Flavius Vopiscus, in Scriptores Historiae Augustas. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884*
Aurelianus.
Probus.
Fleckeisen y s Jahrbiicher fiir classische Philologie.
Fleet, J. F., " A New System of the Sixty- Year Cycle of Jupiter," in The Indian
Antiquary, xviii. (1889).
Fleming, Rev. Francis, Kaffraria and its Inhabitants. London, 1853.
Southern Africa. London, 1856.
Fletcher, Miss Alice C., The Import of the Totem, a Study from the Omaha
Tribe. Paper read before the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, August 1897. Separate reprint.
Fletcher, Miss A. C., and Flesch, F. la, "The Omaha Tribe," in Twenty-
seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology.
Washington, 1911.
Floquet, A., Histoire du privilege de Saint Remain. Rouen, 1833.
Florus, Epitoma. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1854.
Foerster, R., Der Raub und die RUckkehr der Persephone. Stuttgart, 1874.
folk-lore. London, 1890-
Folk-lore Journal. London, 1883-1889.
Folklore Journal, edited by the Working Committee of the South African Folklort
Society. Cape Town, 1879-1880.
folk-lore Record.
VOL. XII D
42 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Fontana, N., " On the Nicobar Isles," in Asiatiek Researches, iii. London,
1799.
Forbes, Captain C. J. F. S., British Burma. London, 1878.
Forbes, D., "On the Aymara Indians of Bolivia and Peru," in Journal of tht
Ethnological Society of London, ii. (October 1870).
Forbes, Fred. E., Dahomey and the Dahomans. London, 1851.
Forbes, H. O., "On some Tribes of the Island of Timor," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xiii. (1884).
Forbes, Major, Eleven Years in Ceylon. London, 1840.
*Fordun, Scotichronicon, quoted by J. Jamieson, Etymological Dictionary of the
Scottish Language. New Edition. Paisley, 1879-1882.
Fortnightly Review, The.
Fossel, V., Volksmedicin und medicinischer Aberglaube in Steiermark. Second
Edition. Graz, 1886.
Fossey, C., La Magic assyrienne. Paris, 1902.
Foucart, G., in Dr. J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, iii. (1910).
Foucart, P., Des Associations Religieuses chez les Grecs. Paris, 1873.
Le Culte de Dionysos en Attique. Paris, 1904. (Mtmoires de VAcadtmie
des Inscriptions et Belles-lettres, xxxvii. )
Les Grands My stores d^Eleusis. Paris, 1900. (Mtmoires de VAcadtmie
des Inscriptions, xxxvii.)
Recherches sur Vorigine et la nature des mysteres d^Eleusis. Paris, 1895.
{Mlmoires de VAcadfmie des Inscriptions, xxxv.)
Fouju, G., "Le'gendes et superstitions pr^historiques," in Revue des Traditions
populaires, xiv, (1899).
Fouque*, F., Santorin et ses Eruptions. Paris, 1879.
" Four Years' Journeying through Great Tibet, by one of the Trans- Himalayan
Explorers," in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, N.S., vii.
(1885).
Fourdin, E., " La foire d'Ath," in Annales du Cercle Archtologique de Mons, ix.
Mons, 1869.
Fournier, P., "De Zuidkust van Ceram," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-
Land- en Volkenkunde, xvi. (1867).
Fowler, W. Warde, in The Classical Review, vi. (1892).
" Passing under the Yoke," in The Classical Review (March 1913).
*'The Oak and the Thunder-god," in Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft,
xvi. (1913).
The Religious Experience of the Roman People. London, 1911.
The Roman Festivals of the Period of the Republic. London, 1899.
t Was the Flaminica Dialis priestess of Juno?" in The Classical Review,
ix. (1895).
Fox well, Ernest, of St. John's College, Cambridge. Private communication
(xi. 10 n. 1 ).
Foy, W., in Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).
Fraas, F., Synopsis Plantarum Florae Classicae. Munich, 1845.
Fragmenta historicorum Graecorum. Ed. C. Miiller. Paris, 1868-1883.
Fragmenta Philosophorum Graecorum. Ed. F. G. A. Mullach. Paris, 1875.
France, Anatole, " Le roy boit," in Annales Politiques et Litter air es, 5 Janvier,
1902.
France, H., "Customs of the Awuna Tribes," in Journal of the African Society,
No. 17 (October 1905).
Francis, W., in Census of India, 1901, vol. xv. Madras, Part I. Madras, 1902,
Frankel, Max, Die Inschriften von Pergamon. Berlin, 1890-1895.
Fraser, E. H., "The Fish-skin Tartars," in Journal of the China Branch of the
Royal Asiatic Society for the Year i8qf->iSty2, N.S. xxvi.
Fraser, J., "The Aborigines of New South Wales," \n Journal and Proceeding*
tfthe Royal Society of New South Wales, xvi. (1882).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 43
Fraser, W., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh,
1793-
Fraser^s Magazine.
Frazer, ]. G., "A Suggestion as to the Origin of Gender in Language," in
The Fortnightly Review, January 1900.
41 Attis and Christ," in The Athenaeum, No. 4184, January 4th, 1908.
" Beliefs and Customs of the Australian Aborigines," in Folk-lore, xx.
(1909).
"Folk-lore at Balquhidder," in The Folk-lore Journal^ vi. (1888).
" Folk-lore in the Old Testament," in Anthropological Essays presented ta
E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.
" Hide-measured Lands," in The Classical Review, ii. (1888). x
" Howitt and Fison," in Folk-lore, xx. (1909).
in The Athenaeum, Nov. 2 1st, 1891.
in Man, vi. (1906).
Lectures on the Early History of the Kingship. London, 1905.
" Notes on Harvest Customs," in The Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).
" On certain Burial Customs as illustrative of the Primitive Theory of the
Soul," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).
" On Some Ceremonies of the Central Australian Tribes," in the
Proceedings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement oj
Science for the Year 1900. Melbourne, 1901.
Passages of the Bible chosen for their Literary Beauty and Interest* Second
Edition. London, 1909.
Pausanias's Description of Greece, translated with a commentary. London,
1898.
Psych js Task. Second Edition. London, 1913.
" Some Popular Superstitions of the Ancients," in Folk-lore, \. (1890).
"Statues of Three Kings of Dahomey," in Man, viii. (1908).
" Taboo" and "Thesmophoria," in Encyclopaedia Britannica, Ninth Edition,
vol. xxiii.
The Belief in Immortality and the Worship of the Dead, vol. i. London,
"The Language of Animals," in The Archaeological Review, i. (April and
May 1888).
"The Leafy Bust at Nemi," in The Classical Revieiv, xxii. (1908).
" The Origin of Circumcision, "in 7"he Independent Review, November 1904.
"The Prytaneum, the Temple of Vesta, the Vestals, Perpetual Fires,"
in The Journal of Philology, xiv. (1885).
"The Youth of Achilles," in The Classical Review^ vii. (1893).
Totemism. Edinburgh, 1887.
Totemism and Exogamy. London , 1910.
Frazer, Mrs. J. G. (Lady Frazer). Private communication (iii. 324 . 4 ). See
also Grove, Mrs. Lilly.
Freeman, E. A., History of the Norman Conquest of England. Third Edition.
Oxford, 1877.
Freeman, R. A., Travels and Life in Ashanti and Jaman. Westminster, 1898.
Frere, Mary, Old Deccan Days. Third Edition. London, 1881.
Freycinet, L. de, Voyage autour du Monde. Paris, 1829.
Fri<5, V., " Eine Pilcomayo-Reise in den Chaco Central," in Globus> Ixxxix.
(1906).
Fric, V., and Radin, P., "Contributions to the Study of the Bororo Indians,"
in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. ( 1 906).
Friederich, R., " Voorloopig Verslag van het eiland Bali," in Verhandelingen
van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen t xxiil
(1849).
Friend, Rev. Hilderic, Flowers and Flower Lore. Third Edition. London, 1886.
44 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Fries, C., "Das ' Koppensnellen ' auf Nias," in Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift*
February 1908.
Fritsch, Gustav, Die Eingebortnen Sud~Afrika?s. Breslau, 1872.
Fritze, H. von, "Zum griechischen Opferritual," \njahrbuch des Kaiserlichen
Deutschen Archdologischen Instituts, xviii. (1903).
Frobenius, L., Die Masken und Geheimbunde Afrikas. Halle, 1898. (Nova
Acta, Abhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol> Deutschen Akademie
der Naturforscher, vol. Ixxiv. No. I.)
Frodsham, Dr., Bishop of North Queensland, in letter to the Author (v. 103 #. 3 ).
Froehner, W., Muste Nationale du Louvre, Les Inscriptions Grecques. Paris,
1880.
Fulgentius, Mythographiae, in Auctores Mythographi Latini. Ed. Aug. van
Staveren. Leyden and Amsterdam, 1742.
Fulton, R., " An Account of the Fiji Fire- walking Ceremony, or Vilavilairevo,
with a probable explanation of, the mystery," in Transactions and
Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute, xxxv. (1902).
Furness, W. H., Folk-lore in Borneo, a Sketch. Wallingford, Pennsylvania,
1899. Privately printed.
" The Ethnography of the Nagas of Eastern Assam," in Journal of the,
Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
The Home-life of Borneo Head-hunters. Philadelphia, 1902.
The Island of Stone Money, Uap of the Carolines. Philadelphia and
London, 1910.
Furnivall, J. S., in letter to the Author, dated Pegu Club, Rangoon, 6/6 (sic)
(vii. 191 w. 1 ).
Furtwangler, Adolf, Die antiken Gemmen. Leipsic, 1900.
" Herakles," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und romischtn
Mythologie, i.
Meisterwerke der griechischen Plastik. Leipsic Berlin, 1893.
"Futuna, or Home Island and its People," in. Journal of the Polynesian Society,
vol. i. No. I (April 1892).
Fytche, Lieut. -General A., Burma, Past and Present. London, 1878.
G * * *, Mathias, Lettres sur les lies Marquises. Paris, 1843.
Gabb, Wm. M., "On the Indian Tribes and Languages of Costa Rica," in
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia,
xiv. Philadelphia, 1876.
Gabet, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xx. (1848).
Gabriele, S., " Usi dei contadini della Sardegna/' in Archivio per lo Studio delle
Tradizioni Popolari, vii. ( 1 880).
Gaertringen, F. Hiller von, in Aus der Anomia. Berlin, 1890.
Gage, Thomas, A New Survey of the West Indies. Third Edition. London, 1677.
Gagniere, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxxii. (1860).
Gaidoz, H., "Bulletin critique de la Mythologie Gauloise," in Revue de
Vhistoire des Religions, ii. Paris, 1880.
" Le dieu gaulois du soleil et le symbolisme de la roue," in Revue Archto-
logiqut, 3emeSe*rie, iv. (1884).
"Les Langues coupe'es," in IWlusine, Hi. (1886-1887).
Un Vieux Rite mtdical. Paris, 1892.
Gait, E. A., in Census of India, iqoi, vol. vi. Calcutta, 1902.
in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1898), quoted by Major P. R. T.
Gurdon, The Khasis. London, 1907.
Gaius, Institution**. Ed. P. E. Huschke. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1878.
Gallieni, " Missions dans le Haut Niger et a Se*gou," in Bulletin de la SociM de
Gtographie (Paris), 8eme Se*rie, v. (1883).
Galton, (Sir) Francis, " Domestication of Animals," in Transactions of the Ethno-
logical Society of London^ N.S., HI (1865).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 45
Gallon, (Sir) Francis continued.
Narrative of an Explorer in Tropical South Africa. Third Edition.
London, 1890.
In letter to the Author (v. 29 .).
Gandavo, Pero de Magalhanes de, Histoire de la province de Sancta-Cruz.
Paris, 1837. In H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, relations, et mf moires
originaux pour servir a Vhistoire de la dtcouverte de VAmerique.
^Original published at Lisbon in 1586.
Garcilasso djs la Vega, Royal Commentaries of the Yncas. Translated by (Sir)
Clements R. Markham. Hakluyt Society. London, 1869-1871.
Gardiner, Professor J. Stanley. Private communication (ii. 1 54 sq t ).
Gardner, E. A. Private communication (v. 232 .).
Gardner, F., " Philippine (Tagalog) Superstitions," in Journal of American
Folk-lore, xix. (1906).
Gardner, Percy, Catalogue of Greek Coins, the Seleucid Kings of Syria. London,
1878.
New Chapters in Greek History. London, 1892.
Types of Greek Coins. Cambridge, 1883.
Garnett, Lucy M. J., The Women of Turkey and their Folklore: The Christian
Women. London, 1890.
Garson, J. G., "On the Inhabitants of Tierra del Fuego," in Journal of th
Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).
Garstang, Professor J., MS. notes communicated to the Author (v. 135 .).
" Notes of a Journey through Asia Minor," in Annals of Archaeology and
Anthropology, i. Liverpool and London, 1908.
The Land of the Hittites. London, 1910.
"The Sun God[dess] of Arenna," in Annals of Archaeology and Anthro-
pology, vi. Liverpool, 1914.
The Syrian Goddess. London, 1913.
Gason, Samuel, in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race. Melbourne, 1886-1887.
in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).
' ' The Dieyerie Tribe, " in Native Tribes of South A ustralia. Adelaide, 1879.
Gasquet, F. A,, Parish Life in Mediaeval England. London, 1906.
Gathas, The, translated by L. H. Mills. The Zend-Avesta, part iii. Oxford,
1887. (The Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxxi.)
Gatschet, A. S,, in letter to the Author (xi. 276 . 1 ).
A Migration Legend of the Creek Indians. Vol. I., Philadelphia, 1884.
Vol. II., St. Louis, 1888.
The Karankawa Indians, the Coast People of Texas (Archaeological and
Ethnological Papers of the Peabody Museum, Harvard University, vol. i.
No. 2).
The Klamath Indians of South-Western Oregon. Washington, 1890. (Con*
tributions to North American Ethnology, vol. ii. part i. )
Gay, G, "Fragment d'un voyage dans le Chili et au Cusco patrie des anciens
Incas," in Bulletin dela Socittt de Gtographie (Paris), Deuxieme Se'rie,
xix. (1843).
Gazette archtologique.
Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. Bombay, 1877-1904.
Geddes, (Sir) W. D., in his edition of Plato's Phaedo. London and Edinburgh*
1863.
Geiger, W., Altiranische Kultur im Altertum. Erlangen, 1882.
Geikie, J., Prehistoric Europe. Edinburgh, 1881.
Gciseler, Die Oster-Insel. Berlin, 1883.
Gell, Sir W., The Topography of Rome and its Vicinity. London, 1834.
Gellius, Aulus. Nodes Atticae. Ed. M. Hertz. Leipsic, 1861-1871.
Gellius, Cnaeus. Roman historian. Fragments in Historicorum Romanoruin
Fragmenta, ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1883.
46 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Geminus, Elementa Astronomiae, Ed. C. Manitius. Leipsic, 1898,
Genesis, The Book of.
Gengler, Dr. J., "Der Kreuzschnabel als Hausarzt," in Globus, xci. (1907).
Gennep, A. van, '* Janus Bifrons," in Revue des traditions populaires^ xxii. (1907).
Tabou et Totemisme a Madagascar. Paris, 1904.
Gennep, J. L. van, " Bijdrage tot de kennis van den Kangean-Archipel," in
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie ',
xlvi. (1896).
Gentlemaris Magazine^ The.
Geographical Journal^ The.
Geographi Graeci Minores. Ed. C. Mitller. Paris, 1882.
Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-1879.
Geoponica. Ed. J. N. Niclas. Leipsic, 1781.
Georgeakis, G., et Pineau, L., Le Folk-lore de Lesbos. Paris, 1894.
Georgi, J. G., Beschreibung aller Nationen des russischen Reichs. St. Peters-
burg, 1776.
Georgius Syncellus, Chronographia, Ed. G. Dindorf. Bonn, 1829.
Gerard, Miss E., The Land beyond the Forest. Edinburgh and London, 1888.
Gerhard, E., Gesammelte akademische Abhandlungen. Berlin, 1866-68.
Germain, Adrien, "Note zur Zanzibar et la Cote Orientale d'Afrique," in
Bulletin de la Socittt de Gtographie (Paris), 5eme Se"rie, xvi. (1868).
Germania, N.R.
Gervasius von Tilbury, Otia Imperialia. Ed. F. Liebrecht. Hanover, 1856.
Geurtjens, H., " Le Ce're'monial des voyages aux lies Keij," in Anthropos, v.
(1910).
Gibbon, Edward, Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. Edinburgh, 1811.
Gibbs, George, in Contributions to North American Ethnology. Washington,
1877.
" Notes on the Tinneh or Chepewyan Indians of British and Russian
America," in Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution (1866).
Gilbert, G., Handbuch der griechischen Staatsalterthiimer. Second Edition.
Leipsic, 1893.
Gilbert, O., Geschichte und Topographie der Stadt Rom im Altertum. Leipsic,
1883-1890.
Giles, Professor H. A. Private communication (iv. 275).
^Chinese Dictionary^ quoted by W. G. Aston, Shinto^ the Way of the
Gods. London, 1905.
Giles, P., Manual of Comparative Philology. Second Edition. London, 1901.
Gilhodes, Ch., " La Culture mate'rielle des Katchins (Birmanie)," in Anthropos %
v. (1910).
Gilij, F. S., Saggio di Storia Americana. Rome, 1781.
Gill, Captain W., The River of Golden Sand. London, 1880.
Gill, W. Wyatt, Jottings from the Pacific. London, 1885.
Life in the Southern Isles. London, N.D.
Myths and Songs of the South Pacific. London, 1876.
Gillen, F. J., '* Notes on some Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the
McDonnei Ranges belonging to the Arunta Tribe," in Report on the
Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia, Part iv.
Anthropology. London and Melbourne, 1896. See also s.v. Spencer,
Baldwin.
Ginzel, F. K., Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen Chronologic,
vol. i. Leipsic, 1906.
Giornale della Societa Asiatica Italiana.
Giovanni, G. di, C/si, credenze c pregiudizt del Canavese. Palermo, 1889.-
Giraldus Cambrensis, The Historical JVorks, containing The Topography cj
Ireland^ etc. Revised and edited by Thomas Wright. London, 1887.
See also s.v. Hoare, Sir Richard Colt.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 47
Giran, Paul, Magie et Religion Annamites. Paris, 1912.
Giraud-Teulon, A., Les Origines du manage et de lafamille. Geneva and Paris.
Girschner, Max, " Die Karolineninsel Namoluk und ihre Bewohner," in
Baessler-Archiv, ii. (1912).
Gitte'e, A. , De hand en de vingeren in het volksgeloof.
Glanvil, Joseph, Saducismus Triumphatus or Full and Plain Evidence concerning
Witches and Apparitions. London, 1 68 1 .
Glaumont, "La culture de 1'igname et du taro en Nouvelle-Cale'donie," in
V Anthropologie^ viii. (1897).
" Usages, moeurs etcoutumes des Neo-Cal^doniens,"in^^^rf'^M^^ra/A/> f
vii. (1889).
Glave, E. J., Six Years of Adventure in Congo Land. London, 1893.
Globus. Illustrierte Zitschrift fiir Lander- und Volkerkunde.
*Glossarium Isidore Mart., cap. ii., cited by W. Mannhardt, Antike Wald- und
Feldkulte.
Glover, T. R., in letter to the Author (ii. 231 n. 6 ).
*Gliikstad, Pastor Chr., Sundalen og Oksendalens Beskrivelse. Christiania.
Gmelin, J. G., Reise durch Sibirien. Gottingen, 1751-1752.
Gobin, C. le, Histoire des Isles Marianes. Paris, 1700.
Godden, Miss G. M., " Naga and other Frontier Tribes of North-Eastern
India," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).
Goeje, Professor M. J. de, in Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnographic ', xvi.
(1904).
Goes, Damiao de, "Chronicle of the Most Fortunate King Dom Emanuel," in
Records of South- Eastern Africa, collected by G. McCall Theal, vol. iii.
(1899).
Goldie, H., Calabar and its Mission. New Edition, with additional chapters by
the Rev. John Taylor Dean. Edinburgh and London, 1901. Preface
to original edition dated 1890.
Goldie, W. H., "Maori Medical Lore," in Transactions and Proceedings of the
New Zealand Institute, xxxvii. (1904).
Goldmann, Dr. Emil, Die Einfuhrung der deutschen Herzogsgeschlechter Kdmtens
in den Slovenischen Stammesverband, ein Beitrag zur Rechts- und Kultur*
geschichte. Breslau, 1903.
Goldziher, Ignaz, "Der Diwan des (Sarwal b. Aus Al-Hutej' a," in Zeitschrift
der Deutschen Morgenldndischen Gesellschaft, xlvi. (1892).
**Der Seelenvogel im islamischen Volksglauben," in Globus^ Ixxxiii. (1903).
Muhammedanische Studien. Halle a. S., 1888-1890.
Golther, W., Handbuch der germanischen Mythologie, Leipsic, 1895.
Gomes, Rev. E. H., Seventeen Years among the Sea Dyaks of Borneo. London,
1911.
"Two Sea Dyak Legends," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society, No. 41 (January 1904). Singapore.
Gomme, Mrs. A. B., "A Berwickshire Kirn-dolly," in Folk-lore, xii. (1901).
"Harvest Customs," in Folk-lore^ xiii. (1902).
Gonzenbach, Laura, Silicianische Mdrchen. Leipsic, 1870.
Goodrich-Freer, Miss A., " More Folk-lore from the Hebrides," in Folk-lore^
xiii. (1902).
"The Powers of Evil in the Outer Hebrides," in Folk-lore, x. (1899).
Googe, Barnabe, The Popish Kingdom. Reprinted London, 1880.
Gordon, Rev. E. M., \n Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal %
New Series, i. (1905).
Indian Folk Tales. London, 1908.
" Some Notes concerning the People of Mungell Tahsil, Bilaspur District, w
vh Journal of 'the Asiatic Society of 'Bengal, Ixxi. Part iii. Calcutta, 1903.
Gordon, W. R., "Words about Spirits," in (South African) Folk-lore Journal^
ii. Cape Town, 1880.
48 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Gore, Captain, cited by Capt. W. C. Robinson (iv. 139 n. 1 ).
*Gospel to the Hebrews (apocryphal), quoted by Origen.
Gottschling, Rev. E., "The Bawenda, a Sketch of their History and Customs,"
in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).
Goudie, Gilbert, in letter to Sheriff-Substitute David J. Mackenzie (ix. 169 . 2 ).
Goudswaard, A., De Papoewcts van de Geelvinksbaai. Schiedam, 1863.
Gouldsbury, C., and Sheane, H., The Great Plateau of Northern Rhodesia,
London, 1911.
Cover, Ch. E., The Folk-songs of Southern India. London, 1872.
"The Pongol Festival in Southern India," in Journal of the Royal Asiatic
Society, N.S., v. (1870).
Go wing, L. F., Five Thousand Miles in a Sledge. London, 1889.
Gowland, W., "Dolmens and other Antiquities of Corea," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xxiv. ( 1895)7
Graafland, N., De Minahassa. Rotterdam, 1869.
" Eenige aanteekeningen op ethnographisch gebied ten aanzien van het
eiland Rote," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, xxxiii. (1889).
Grabowsky, F., " Der Bezirk von Hatzfeldthafen und seine Bewohner," in
Petermanns Mitteilungen, xli. (1895).
" Der Distrikt Dusson Timor in SUdost-Borneo und seine Bewohner," in
Das Ausland, 1 884, No. 24.
" Der Tod, das Begrabnis, etc,, bei den Dajaken," in Internationales Archiv
ftir Ethnographic, ii. (1889).
" Die Theogonie der Dajaken auf Borneo," in Internationales Archiv fur
Ethnographie, v. (1892).
14 Uber verschiedene weniger bekannte Opfer bei den Oloh Ngadju in
Borneo," in Internationales Archiv fiir Ethnographie , i. (1888).
Graetz, H., Geschichte derjuden. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1866.
Graevius, J. G., Thesaurus Antiquitatum Romanarum. Leyden, 1694-1699.
Grainge, H. W., "Journal of a Visit to Mojanga on the North-West Coast," in
Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, No. I (Reprint of the
First Four Numbers). Antananarivo and London, 1885.
Gramberg, J. S. G., " De Troeboekvisscherij," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-
Land- en Volkenkunde, xxiv. (1887).
" Eene maand in de Binnenlanden van Timor," in Verhandelingen van het
Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxxvi. (1872).
Grandidier, A., "Des rites fune*raires chez les Malgaches," in Revue d* Ethno-
graphie, v. (1886).
Madagascar," Bulletin de la Socitt de Gtographie (Paris), Cinquieme
Se*rie, xvii. (1869); also in Sixieme Se"rie, iii. (1872).
Grangeon, Damien, " Les Chams et leurs superstitions," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xxviii. (1896).
Granger, Professor Frank, "A Portrait of the Rex Nemorensis," in The Classical
Review, xxi. (1907), xxii. (1908).
" Early Man," in The Victoria History of the County of Nottingham, i.
Edited by William Page. London, 1906.
The Worship of the Romans. London, 1895.
Grant, Rev. J., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh,
1791-1799.
Grant, J. A., A Walk across Africa. Edinburgh and London, 1864.
Grant, W., " Magato and his Tribe," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xxxv. (1905).
Grant, W. Colquhoun, " Description of Vancouver's Island," in Journal of tht
Royal Geographical Society, xxvii. (1857).
Grant, W. M., in Journal of American Folk-lore, i. (1888).
Graphic, The.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 49
Gratius Faliscus, Cynegeticon, in Corpus Poetarum Latin orum, ed. J. P,
Postgate. London, 1894-1905.
Gray, G. B., Studies in Hebrew Proper Names. London, 1896.
Gray, Archdeacon J. H., China. London, 1878.
Gray, L. H., "The Double Nature of the Iranian Archangels," in Archiv fur
Religionsvjissenschaft t vii. (1904).
Gray, W., " Some Notes on the Tannese," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethno-
graphic, vii. (1894).
Greenidge, A. J. H., Roman Public Life. London, 1901.
Gregor, Rev. Walter, "Notes on Beltane Cakes," in Folk-lore^ vi. (1895).
Notes on the Folk-lore of the North-East of Scotland. London, 1881.
" Preliminary Report on Folklore in Galloway, Scotland," in Report of the
British Association for 1896.
*'Quelques coutumes du Nord-est du Comte* d'Aberdeen," in Revue des
Traditions populaires, iii. (October 1888). Translated into French by
M. Loys Brueyre.
Gregorius Cyprius, Proverbia> in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et
F. Schneidewin. Gottingen, 1839-1851.
Gregorovius, F., Corsica. London, 1855.
Gregory, Professor J. W., "Is the Earth drying up?" in The Geographical
Journal^ xliii. (1914).
Gregory of Tours, De gloria confessorum^ in Migne's Patrologia Latina> Ixxi.
Historia Francorum, in Migne's Patrologia Latina t Ixxi.
Histoire eccltsiastique des Francs. Traduction de M. Guizot. Nouvelle
Edition. Paris, 1874.
Greig, James S., in letter to the Author (xi. 187 n. s ).
Grenfell, B. P., and Hunt, A. S., in Egyptian Exploration Fund Archaeological
Report, 1902-1903.
New Classical and other Greek and Latin Papyri, Oxford, 1897.
*Grem'er, Dom, Histoire de la Province de Picardie, quoted by limile Hublard,
Fetes du Temps Jadis y les Feux du Cartme. Mons, 1899.
Gressmann, H., Altorientalische Texte und Bilder zum Alten Testamente.
Tubingen, 1909.
Greve, s,w, "Hyakinthos" and "Linos," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der
griechisehen und romischen Mythologie.
Grey, (Sir) George, Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in North- [Vest and
Western Australia. London, 1841.
Grierson, G. A., Bihar Peasant Life. Calcutta, 1885.
Griffis, W. E., Corea, the Hermit Nation. London, 1882.
Grihya Sutras, The. Translated by H. Oldenberg. Oxford, Part L, 1886, and
Part II., 1892. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. xxix. and xxx.)
Grimm, Jacob, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition. Berlin, 1875-1878.
Deutsche Rechtsalterthumer. Third Edition. Gottingen, 1881.
Deutsche Sagen. Second Edition. Berlin, 1865-1866.
Deutsches Wdrterbuch.
Household Tales. Translated by Margaret Hunt. London, 1884.
Kinder- und Hausmdrchen. Seventeenth Edition. Berlin, 1880.
41 Ueber die Marcel lischen Formeln," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen
Akademie der IVissenschaften zu Berlin (1855).
" Ueber Marcellus Burdigalensis," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen
Akademie der IVissenschaften zu Berlin (1847).
Grimme, H. , Das israelitische Pfingstfest und der Plejadenkult. Paderborn, 1 907.
Grimshaw, Beatrice, From Fiji to the Cannibal Islands. London, 1907.
Grinnell, G. B., Blackfoot Lodge Tales. London, 1893.
"Cheyenne Woman Customs," in American Anthropologist ^ New Serici,
iv. New York, 1902.
Pawnee Hero-Stories and Folk-tales. New York,~ 1889.
50 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Grohmann, Joseph Virgil, Aberglauben und Gebrduche aus Bbhmen und Mahren*
Prague and Leipsic, 1864.
Groome, F. H., In Gipsy Tents. Edinburgh, 1880.
Groome, W. Wollaston, "Suffolk Leechcraft," in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
Groot, Professor J. J. M. de, "De Weertijger in onze Kolonien en op het
oostaziatische Vasteland," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volken^
kunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, xlix. (1898).
Les F$tes annuellement cfltbrtes a Emoui (Amoy}. Paris, 1886.
Sectarianism and Religious Persecution in China. Amsterdam, 1903.
The Religion of the Chinese. New York, 1910.
The Religious System of China, Leyden, 1892-
Grose, Francis, A Provincial Glossary. New Edition. London, 1811.
Grossman, Captain, cited in Ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Washington, 1892.
Grout, Rev. Lewis, Zulu-land, or Life among the Zulu Kafirs. Philadelphia, N.D.
Grove, Miss Florence, in letter to the Author (xi. 287 n. 1 ).
Grove, Mrs. Lilly (Lady Frazer), Dancing. London, 1895.
Grubb, Rev. W. Barbrooke, An Unknown People in an Unknown Land.
London, 1911.
Grunau, Simon, Preussische Chronik. Herausgegeben von Dr. M. Perlbach.
Leipsic, 1876.
Grundtvig, Svend, Ddnische Volksmdrchen. (Jbersetzt von Willibald Leo.
Leipsic, 1878.
Ddnische Volksmdrchen. Ubersetzt von A. Strodtmann. Zweite Sammlung.
Leipsic, 1879.
Grlinwedel, A., " Sinhalesische Masken," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethno-
graphie, vi. (1893).
Gruppe, O., s.v. "Orpheus," in W. H. Reseller's Lexikon der'griechischen und
romischen Mythologie, iii.
Griitzner, H., " tJber die Gebrauche der Basutho," in Verhandlungen der Berliner
Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1877).
Grynaeus, Simon, Novus Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum.
Paris, 1532.
*Guagnini, Sarmatiae Europaeae descriptio (1578), quoted by L. Leger, La
Mythologie slave. Paris, 1901.
Guagninus, Alexander, " De ducatu Samogitiae," in Respublica sive status reg)ii
Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae, etc. Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.
Gubernatis, Angelo de, La Mythologie des Plantes. Paris, 1878-1882.
Usi Nuziali in Italia e presso gli altri Popoli Indo-Eurcpei. Second
Edition. Milan, 1878.
Gudemann, M., Geschichte des Erziehungswesens und der Cultur der abend-
landischen Juden. Vienna, 1880-1888.
Guerlach, " Chez les sauvages Ba-hnars," in Les Missions Catholiques, xvi.
(1884), xix. (1887).
44 Chez les sauvages de la Cochinchine Orientale, Bahnar, Reungao, Sevang,"
in Les Missions Catholiques, xxvi. (1894).
44 Moeurs et superstitions des sauvages Ba-hnars," in Les Missions Catholiques^
xix. (1887).
Guerry, " Sur les usages et traditions du Poitou," in Mtmoires et dissertations
publics par la Sociltl Royale des Antiquaires de France, viii. (1829).
Guevara, Jose, " Historia del Paraguay, Rio de la Plata, y Tucuman," in Pedro
de Angelis's Coleccion de Obras y Documentos relativos a la Historia
antiguay moderna de las Provincias del Rio de la Plata, vol. ii. Buenos*
Ayres, 1836.
Guignes, De, Voyages a Peking, Manille et rile de France. Paris, 1808.
Guillain, Documents sur rhistoire, la gtogtaphic, et le commerce de PAfriqm
Orientale. Paris, N.D.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 51
Guilleme, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, Ix, (1888).
" Au Bengoueolo," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).
"Credenze religiose del Negri di Kibanga nell' Alto Congo," in Archivio
per lo studio delle tradizioni popolari, vii. (1888).
Guis, Le R. P., " Les Canaques, ce qu'ils font, ce qu'ils disent," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xxx. (1898).
" Les Canaques, Mort-Deuil," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).
"Les Nepu ou Sorciers," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxvi. (1904).
"Les Papous," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxvi. (1904).
Guise, R. E., "On the Tribes inhabiting the Mouth of the Wanigela River,
New Guinea," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute , xxviii. (1899).
Gumilla, J., Histoire naturelle, civile et gtographique de VOrtnoque. Avignon,
1758.
Gunkel, H., Genesis ubersetit und erkldrt. Gottingen, 1901,
Schopfung und Chaos in Urzeit und Endzeit. Gottingen, 1895.
" Ober die Beschneidung im alten Testament," in Archiv fur Papyrus-
forschung, ii. (1903).
Gunthorpe, Lieut -Colonel, "On the Ghosf or Gaddf Gaolfs of the Deccan," in
Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay ', i.
Guppy, H. B., The Solomon Islands and their Natives. London, 1887.
Gupte, B. A., "Harvest Festivals in honour of Gauri and Ganesh," in Indian
Antiquary , xxxv. (1906).
Gurdon, Major P. R. T., 7'he Khasis. London, 1907.
Guthrie, Miss E. J., Old Scottish Customs. London and Glasgow, 1885,
Gutmann, Bruno, " Feldbausitten und Wachstumsbrauche der Wadschagga," in
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, xlv. (1913).
" Trauer und Begrabnissitten der Wadschagga," in Globus, Ixxxix. (1906).
Gutschmid, A. von, Kleine Schriften. Leipsic, 1889-1894.
H. H., in The Century Magazine, May 1883.
Habakkuk, The Book of the Prophet.
Habbema, J. , " Bijgeloof in de Praenger-Regentschappen," in Bijdragen tot d&
Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, li. (1900).
Haddon, A. C, "A Batch of Irish Folk-lore," in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Head-hunters, Black, White, and Brown. London, 1901.
"Legends from Torres Straits," in Folk-lore, i. (1890).
in Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v.
Cambridge, 1904.
"The Ethnography of the Western Tribe of Torres Straits," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xix. ( 1 890).
" The Religion of the Torres Straits Islanders," in Anthropological Essays
presented to E. B. Tylor. Oxford, 1907.
The Study of Man. London and New York, 1898.
Haddon, A. C, and Browne, C. R., "The Ethnography of the Aran Islands,"
in Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, ii. (1893).
Haddon, Kathleen, Cat's Cradles from Many Lands. London, 1911.
Hagen, B., "Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Battareligion," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxviii. (1883).
Unter den Papuas. Wiesbaden, 1899.
Hager, C., Kaiser Wilhelms- Land und der Bismarck- ArchipeL Leipsic, N.D.
Haggard, Lieutenant Vernon H., in Folk-lore, xiv. (1903).
Hahl, A., "Das mittlere Neumecklenburg," in Globus, xci. (1907).
Hahl, Dr., " Mitteilungen liber Sitten und rechtliche Verhaltnisse auf Ponape,"
a in Ethnologisches Notizblatt, ii. Heft 2. Berlin, 1901.
" Ober die Rechtsanschauungen der Eingeborenen eines Teiles der Blanche-
bucht und des Innern der Gazelle Halbinsel," in NachrichUn iiber Kaiser
Wilhelms- Land und den Bismarck- Archipel (1897).
5* THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Hahn, C. v., "Religiose Anschauungen und Totengedachtnisfeier der Chew*
suren," in Globus, Ixxvi. (1899).
Hahn, Dr. C. H., in (South African] Folklore Journal, ii. (1880).
Hahn, Rev. F., "Some Notes on the Religion and Superstitions of the Ora^s,"
v& Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Ixxii. part iii. Calcutta, 1904.
Hahn, J., "Das Land der Herero," in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde
tu Berlin, iii. (1868).
Hahn, J. G, von, Albanesische Studien. Jena, 1854.
Griechische und albanesische Mdrchen. Leipsic, 1 864.
Hahn, Josaphat, " Die Ovaherero," in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde
zu Berlin, iv. (1869).
Hahn, Theophilus, " Die Buschmanner," in Globus, xviii.
Tsuni- || Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. London, 1881.
Haig, Captain Wolseley, " Notes on the Velama Caste in Barar," in Journal oj
the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Ixx. part iii. (1901).
Haigh, A. E., The Attic Theatre. Oxford, 1889.
Halde, J. B. du, The General History of China. Third Edition. London, 1741.
Hale, A., "On the Sakais," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xv.
(1886).
Hale, Horatio, "Iroquois Sacrifice of the White Dog," in American Anti-
quarian, vii. (1885).
The United States Exploring Expedition, Ethnography and Philology.
Philadelphia, 1846.
HaleVy, "Travels in Abyssinia," in Publications of the Society of Hebrew
Literature, Second Series, vol. ii.
Halkin, J., Quelques Peuplades du district de VUeU. Li^ge, 1907.
Hall, Charles F., Life with the Esquimaux. London, 1864.
Narrative of the Second Arctic Expedition made by Charles F. Hall*
Edited by Professor J. E. Nourse. Washington, 1879.
*Hall, Dr. C. H. H., in the Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal.
Hall, Rev. G. H., quoted in The Denham Tracts, edited by J. Hardy. London,
1892-1895.
Hallett, H. S., A Thousand Miles on an Elephant in the Shan States. Edin-
burgh and London, 1890.
Haltrich, Josef, Deutsche Volksmdrchen aus dem Sachsenlande in Siebenburgen.
Fourth Edition. Vienna and Hermannstadt, 1885.
Zur Volkskunde der Siebenbiirger Sachscn. Vienna, 1885.
Hamberger, P. Alois, in Anthropos, v. (1910).
Hamilton, Alexander, "A New Account of the East Indies," in J. Pinkerton's
Voyages and Travels, viii.
Hamilton, Gavin, " Customs of the New Caledonian Women," in Journal of 'the
Anthropological Institute, vii. (1878).
Hamilton, Professor G. L. Private communication (v. 57 n. 1 ).
Hamilton, Mary, Greek Saints and their Festivals. Edinburgh and London,
1910.
Hamilton, Mr. (British Envoy at the Court of Naples), Letter in Journal of the
Royal Geographical Society, ii. (1832).
Hamilton, W. J., Researches in Asia Minor, Pontus, and Armenia. London,
1842.
Hampson, R. T., Medii Aevi Kalendarium. London, 1841.
Handbook of American Indians north of Mexico. Edited by F. W. Hodge.
Washington, 1907-1910 (Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin 30).
Hanway, Jonas, An Historical Account of the British Trade over the Caspian
Sea: with the Author's Journal of Travels. Second Edition. London,
I754-
W. L., "The Loucheux Indians," in Report of the Smithsonian
Institutiotifor 1866.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 53
Hardy, J., " Wart and Wen Cures," in Folk-lore Record, i. (1878).
Hardy, Thomas, in Folk-lore, viii. (1897).
Harkness, Captain H., Description of a Singular Aboriginal Race inhabiting the
Summit of the Neilgherry Hills. London, 1832.
Harland, John, and Wilkinson, T. T., Lancashire Folk-lore. Manchester and
London, 1882.
Harmon, D. W., quoted by Rev. Jedidiah Morse, Report to the Secretary of War
of the United States on Indian Affairs, Appendix. New-haven, 1822.
Harnack, A., Lehrbuch der Dogmengeschichte. Freiburg i. B., 1886-1890.
Harper, R. F., Assyrian and Babylonian Literature. New York, 1901.
Harpocration, Lexicon. Ed. G. Dindorf. Oxford, 1853.
Harrebome'e, G. J., " Een ornamentenfeest van Gantarang (Zuid-Celebes)," in
Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xix.
(1875).
Harris, John, Complete Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1744-
1748.
Harris, J. Rendel, in letter to the Author (i. 15 .).
MS. notes of Folk-lore collected in the East.
The Annotators of the Codex Bezae. London, 1901.
The Cult of the Heavenly Twins. Cambridge, 1 906.
The Dioscuri in the Christian Legends. London, 1903.
Harris, W. B., "The Berbers of Morocco," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xxvii. (1898).
Harris, W. Cornwallis, The Highlands of Aethiopia. London, 1844.
Harrison, Rev. C., "Religion and Family among the Haidas," in Journal of 'the
Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892).
.Harrison, Miss J. E., " Mystica Vannus lacchi," in Journal of Hellenic Studies,
xxiii. (1903).
Mythology and Monuments of Ancient Athens. London, 1 890.
Prolegomena to the Study of Greek Religion. Second Edition. Cambridge,
1908.
Harte, Bret, Complete Poetical Works. London, 1 886.
" Friar Pedro's Ride."
" Relieving Guard."
"The Angelas, heard at the Mission Dolores, 1868."
Hartford Seminary Record.
Harthoorn, S. E., "De Zending op Java en meer bepaald die van Malang," in
Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, iv.
(1860).
Hartknoch, Chr., Alt und neues Preussen. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1684.
Selectae dissertationes historicae de variis rebus Prussicis, bound up with his
edition of P. de Dusburg's Chronicon Prussiae. Frankfort and Leipsic,
1679-
Hartland, E. S., in Folk-lore, i. (1890), iv. (1893), vii. (1896), viii. (1897).
Primitive Paternity. London, 1909-1910.
The Legend of Perseus. London, 1 894- 1896.
"The Physicians of Myddfai," in Archaeological Review, \. (1888).
"The Sin-eater," in Folk-lore, iii. (1892).
Hartter, G., " Der Fischfang im Evheland," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie^
xxx viii. (1906).
Hartung, O., "Zur Volkskunde aus Anhalt," in Zeitschrift des Vereins fur
Volkskunde, vii. (1897).
Harvard Studies in Classical Philology.
Hasselt, A. L. van, "Nota betreffende de rijstcultuur in de Residence
Tapanoeli," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^
xxxvi. (1893).
Volksbeschrijving van Midden-Sumatra. Leyden, 1882.
54 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Hasselt, J. L. van, " Aanteekeningen aangaande de gewoonten der Papoeas in
de Dorebaai, ten opzichte van zwangerschap en geboorte," in Tijdschrift
voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliii. (1901).
" Die Papuaslamme an der Geelvinkbai, Neu-Guinea," in Mitteilungen der
Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena y ix. (1891).
*' Eenige Aanteekeningen aangaande de bewoners der N. Westkust van
Nieuw Guinea, meer bepaaldelijk den Stam der Noefooreezen," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxi. (1886),
xxxii. (1889).
Hasselt, Th. J. F. van, " Gebruik van vermomde Taal door de Nufooren," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlv. (1902).
in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ xlvi. (1903).
Hastings, Dr. J., Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Edinburgh, 1908-
Hatton, Frank, North Borneo. 1886.
Haug, Martin, Essays on the Sacred Language, Writings, and Religion of the
Parsees. Third Edition. London, 1884.
Haupt, Karl, Sagenbuch der Lausitz. Leipsic, 1862-1863.
Haupt, P., Purim. Leipsic, 1906.
Haussoulier, B., in Recueil d* Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxieme
Se'rie. Paris, 1898.
Havamal, in K. Simrock's Die Edda (Eighth Edition), and K. Mtillenhoffs
Deutsche Alter turns kunde, v.
Havard, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, vii. (1834).
Hawes, Mrs. (Miss Boyd). Private communication (v. 232 .).
Hawkins, Benjamin, "A Sketch of the Creek Country," in Collections of the
Georgia Historical Society, iii., part i. Savannah, 1848.
Haxthausen, August Freiherr von, Studien uber die inner en Zustdnde, das Volks-
leben und insbesondere die landlichen Einrichtungen Russlands. Hanover,
1847.
Transkaukasia. Leipsic, 1856.
*Hay, Sir John Drummond, Western Barbary, its Wild Tribes and Savage
Animals (1844), quoted in Folk-lore, vii. (1896).
Hazeu, G. A. J., "Kleine bijdragen tot de ethnografie en folklore van Java,"
in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlvi.
(1903)-
Hazelwood, in J. E. Erskine's Cruise among the Islands of the Western Pacific.
London, 1853.
Head, B. V., Coins of Ephesus. London, 1880.
Historia numorum. Oxford, 1887.
Headlam, W., in Classical Review, xv. (1901).
*Heanley, Rev. R. M., "The Vikings : traces of their Folklore in Marshland."
A Paper read before the Viking Club, London, and printed in its
Saga-Book, vol. iii. Part I., Jan. 1902.
Hearn, Captain G. R., " Passing through the Fire at Phalon," in Man, v.
(1905).
Hearn, Lafcadio, Glimpses of Unfamiliar Japan. London, 1894.
Hearn, Dr. W. E., The Aryan Household. London, 1859.
Hearne, Samuel, Journey from the Prince of Wales* s Fort in Hudson *s Bay to
the Northern Ocean. London, 1795.
*Hearne, Thomas, Robert of Gloucester's Chronicles (Oxford, 1724), quoted by
(Sir) J. Rhys, Celtic Heathendom.
Heberdey, R., und Wilhelm, A., " Reisen in Kilikien," in Denkschriften det
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften t Philosophisch-historische
Classe^ xliv. (Vienna, 1896), No. vi.
Hebrew and English Lexicon. Edited by F. Brown, S. R. Driver, and Ch. A,
Briggs. Oxford, 1906.
Hebrews, The Epistle to the.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 55
Heckewelder, Rev. John, " An Account of the History, Manners, and Customs
of the Indian Nations who once inhabited Pennsylvania and the neigh-
bouring States," in Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee
of the American Philosophical Society ', vol. i. Philadelphia, 1819.
Hecquard, H., Reise an die Kuste und in das Innere von West-Afrika. Leipsic,
1854.
Hegel, G. W. F., Vorlesungen uber die Philosophic der Religion. (Vol. xi. of
the first collected edition of Hegel's works. Berlin, 1832.)
Lectures on the Philosophy of Religion. Translated by the Rev. E. B.
Spiers, D.D., and J. Burdon Sanderson. London,^ 1895.
Hehn, V., Kulturpflanzen und Haustiere in ihrem Ubergang aus Asien.
Seventh Edition. Berlin, 1902.
Heiberg, Sigurd K., in letter to Miss Anderson of Barskimming (x. 171 . 3 ).
Heijmering, G., "Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Rottie," in Tijdschrift fur
Ne$rlands Indie (1843).
"Zeden en gewoonten op het eiland Timor," Tijdschrift voor Norlands
Indie (1845).
" Heilige Haine und Baume der Finnen," in Globus^ lix. (1891).
Heimskringla. Done into English by W. Morris and E. Magnusson. The Saga
Library, vol. iii.
Heimskringla, The > or Chronicle of the Kings of Nonuay. Translated from the
Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson, by S. Laing. London, 1844. *
Heine, H., The Pilgrimage to Kevlaar (Die Wallfahrt nach Kevlaar, in Buck
der Lieder).
" Ich hatte einst ein schones Vaterland"
Heinrich, A. , Agrarische Sitten und Gebrauche unter den Sachsen Siebenbiirgens.
Hermannstadt, 1880.
Helbig, W., in Bulletino deW Institute di Corrispondenza Archeologica, 1885,
Die Italiker in der Poebene. Leipsic, 1879.
Fuhrer durch die bjfentlichen Sammlungen klassischer Altertumer in Rom.
Second Edition. Leipsic, 1899.
in Notizie degli Scavi, 1885.
Helderman, W. D., "De tijger en het bijgeloof der Bataks," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiv. (1891).
Heliodorus, Aethiopica. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.
Helladius, in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
Hellanicus, cited by the Scholiast on Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Frag-
ments in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mliller, vol. i.
Hely, B. A., "Notes on Totemism, etc., among the Western Tribes," in British
New Guinea, Annual Report for 1894-1895.
Hemingway, Mr., quoted by E. Thurston, Castes and Tribes of Southern India.
Henderson, J., "The Medicine and Medical Practice of the Chinese," in Journal
of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ', New Series, L
Shanghai, 1865.
Henderson, William, Notes on the Folk-lore of the Northern Counties of England
and the Borders* London, 1879.
Hennepin, L., Description de la Louisiane. Paris, 1683.
Nouvelle Decouverte d*un tres grand pays situe'dans FAmtrique. Utrecht, 1 697.
Nouveau voyage dun pais plus grand que F Europe. Utrecht, 1 698 .
*Henry, Travels among the Northern and Western Indians, quoted by the Rev.
Jedediah Morse, in Report to the Secretary of War of the United States
on Indian Affairs. Appendix. Newhaven, 1822.
^Travels, quoted by J. Mooney, " Myths of the Cherokee," in Nineteenth
Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology^ Part i.
Washington, 1900.
Henry, A., "The Lolos and other Tribes of Western C
Anthropological Institute ) xxxiii. (1903).
5d THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Henry, Miss Tenira, in * Journal of the Polynesian Society , rol. ii. No. 2, quoted
by Andrew Lang, Modern Mythology.
Henry, W. A., " Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Bataklanden," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde y xvii.
Henshaw, Richard, Agent for Native Affairs at Calabar, quoted by Mr. John
Parkinson, in Man> vi. 1906.
Henzen, in Annali dell* Institute^ 1856.
Henzen, G. [W.], Acta Fratrum Arvalium. Berlin, 1874.
Henzen, W., in Hermes -, vi. (1872).
Hepding, H., Attis> seine My then und sein Kult. Giessen, 1903.
Heraclides Cum anus, in Athenaeus.
Heraclides Ponticus, in ffragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mliller, vol. ii.
Heraclitus, griechisch und deutsch, von H. Diels. Second Edition, Berlin,
1909 ; also in Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker^ ed. H. Diels, vol. i.
Hericourt, C. E. X. d', Voyage sur la cdte orientale de la Mer Rouge dans le pay 3
cVAdel et le royaume de Choa. Paris, 1841.
Hermann, K. F., Lehrbuch der gottesdienstlichen Alterthiimer der Griechen.
Second Edition. Heidelberg, 1858.
Lehrbuch der griechischcn Privatalterthiimer. Ed. H. Blumner. Freiburg
\. Baden und Tubingen, 1882.
" (Jber griechische Monatskunde," in Abhandlungen der historisch-
philologischen Classe der Kdniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu
Gdttingen, ii. (1843-44).
Hermann, P., Nordische Mythologie. Leipsic, 1903.
Hermes.
Herndon, W. Lewis, Exploration of the Valley of the Amazon. Washingtoni
1854.
Herodas, Mimes. Ed. J. Arbuthnot Nairn. Oxford, 1904.
Herodian. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855.
Herodotus. Ed. J. C. F. Baehr. Editio Altera. Leipsic, 1856-1861.
Erklart von H. Stein. Berlin, 1877-1883.
Zweites Buch mit sack lie hen Erlduterungen herausgegeben von Alfred
Wiedemann. Leipsic, 1890.
Herold, Lieutenant, " Bericht betreffend religiose Anschauungen und Gebrauche
der deutschen Ewe-Neger," in Mittheilungen von Forschungsreisenden
und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schutzgebieten, v, Berlin, 1 892.
Herrera, Antonio de, quoted by A. Bastian, in Die Culturldnder des alten
Amerika. Berlin, 1878.
The General History of the Vast Continent and Islands called America.
Translated by Captain John Stevens. London, 1725-1726.
Herrick, Robert, Works. Edinburgh, 1823.
" Hesperides."
"The Hock-cart or Harvest Home."
"Twelfth Night, or King and Queene."
Herrmann, E., '* tfber Lieder und Brauche bei Hochzeiten in Karnten," in
Archiv fiir Anthropologie^ xix. (1891).
Herrmann, P., Deutsche Mythologie. Leipsic, 1906.
Nordische Mythologie. Leipsic, 1903.
Hertz, W., Der Werwolf. Stuttgart, 1862.
"Die Sage vora Giftmadchen," in Gesammelte Abhandlungen. Stuttgart
and Berlin, 1905.
Herve, G., "Quelques superstitions de Morvan," in Bulletins de la Socitfe
dAnthropologie de Paris > 4eme se*rie, iii. (1892).
Hervey, D. F. A., in Indian Notes and Queries (December, 1886).
"The Mentra Traditions," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society, No. 10. Singapore, 1883.
Herzog, H., Schweizerische Volksfeste 9 Sitten und Gebrauche. Aarau, 1884.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 57
Herzog, J. J., und Plitt, G. F., Real-Encyclopadie fUr protestantische Theologie
und Kirche. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1877.
Hesiod. Ed. F, A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1883.
Theogony.
Works and Days.
Hesychius, Lexicon. Ed. M. Schmidt. Editio Altera. Jena, 1867.
Hesychius Milesius, in Fragnienta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mliller,
vol. iv.
Hetherwick, Rev. A., "Some Animistic Beliefs among the Yaos of British
Central Africa," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute^ xxxii.
(1902).
Heuzey, L., Le Mont Olympe et PAcarnanie. Paris, 1860.
Hewitt, J. B. N., "New Fire among the Iroquois," in The American Anthro-
pologist ', ii. (1889).
Hewitt, Mrs., "Some Sea-Dyak Tabus," in Man, viii. (1908).
Hcyting, Th. A. L., " Beschrijving der onderafdeeling Groot Mandeling en
Batang-Natal," in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig
Genootschap, Tweede Serie, xiv. (1897).
Hibbert Journal, The.
Hibeh Papyri, Part I. Edited by B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. London,
1906.
* 'Hibernian Magazine, July 1817, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer, British
Popular Customs. London, 1876.
Hicks, E. L., "Inscriptions from Western Cilicia," in Journal of Hellenic
Studies, xii. (1891).
Hickson, S. J., A Naturalist in North Celebes. London, 1889.
Higgins, Rev. J. C, Notes furnished to the Author (x. 207 . 2 ).
High History of the Holy GraaL Translated from the French by Sebastian
Evans. London, 1898.
Hildebrandt, J. M., " Ethnographische Notizen Uber Wakamba und ihre Nach-
barn," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, x. (1878).
Hill, G. F., Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Cyprus. London, 1904.
Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycaonia, Isauria, and Cilicia. London,
1900.
Catalogue of the Greek Coins of Lycia, Pamphylia^ and Pistdia. Londottf
1897.
in letters to the Author (v. 35 . 2 , 126 . 2 , 162 .*, 165 .).
Hill, Miss Nina, in letter to the Author (ii. 95 .).
Hillebrandt, A., Ritual- Litter at ur, Vedische Opfer und Zauber. Strasburg, 1897.
Hillner, Johann, Volksthiimlicher Brauch und Glaube bei Geburt und Taufe
im Siebenburger Sachsenlande. Apparently a programme of the High
School (Gymnasium] at Schassburg in Transylvania for the year 1876-
1877-
Hill-Tout, C., "Ethnological Report on the Stseelis and Skaulits Tribes of the
Halokmelem Division of the Salish of British Columbia," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).
in " Report of the Committee on the Ethnological Survey of Canada," Report
of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Bradford,
1900.
* Report on the Ethnology of the Stlatlum Indians of British Columbia,"
Yh Journal of the Anthropological Institute ) xxxv. (1905).
The Far West, the Home of the Salish and Dnt. London, 1907.
Himerius, Orationes. Ed. Fr. Diibner. Paris (Didot), 1878.
Hinde, S. L., and Hinde, H., The Last of the Masai. London, 1901.
Hippocrates, Opera. Ed. C. G. Kuhn. Leipsic, 1825-1827.
De aere^ locis et aquis.
De morbo sacro (quoted by E. Rohde, Psyche^ Third Edition).
VOL. XII E
58 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Hippolytus, Commentary on Daniel. Ed. G. N. Bonwetsch and II. Achelis,
Leipsic, 1897.
Refutatio omnium haeresium. Ed. L. Duncker and F. G. Schneidewin,
Gdttingen, 1859.
Hipponax, cited by Strabo.
quoted by Athenaeus.
quoted by J. Tzetzes, Chiliades. Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826.
Hirn, Y., Origins of Art. London, 1900.
Hirt, H., Die Indogermanen. Strasburg, 1905-1907.
"Die Urheimat der Indogermanen," in Indogermanische Forschungen, i.
(1892).
Hislop, Rev. Alexander, The Two Baby Ions. Edinburgh, 1853.
" Histoire des rois de 1'Hindoustan apres les Pandaras, traduite du texte hindou-
stani de Mir Cher-i Alt Afsos, par M. 1'abbe* Bertrand," in. Journal
Asiatique, 4eme Serie, iii. Paris, 1844.
History of the Sect of the Maharajas or Vallabhacharyas. Published by Trilbner.
London, 1865.
*Hitchin, History of Cornwall, quoted by William Hone, Every-Day Book.
London, preface dated 1827.
Hoare, Sir Richard Colt, The Itinerary of Archbishop Baldwin through Wales
A.D. MCLXXXVin., by Giraldus de Barri. London, 1806. See also s. v.
Giraldus Cambrensis.
Hobley, C. W., " British East Africa, Anthropological Studies in Kavirondo and
Nandi," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiii. (1903).
Eastern Uganda. London, 1902.
" Further Researches into Kikuyu and Kamba Religious Beliefs and
Customs," in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xli. (1911).
The Ethnology of A- Kamba and other East African Tribes. Cambridge, 1910.
in letter to the Author (ii. 316 . 3 ).
Hocker, N., Des Mosellandes Geschichten, Sagen und Legenden. Trier, 1852.
in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).
Hodgson, Adam, Letters from North America. London, 1824.
Hodson, T. C., "Thegenna amongst the Tribes of Assam," \\\ Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).
The Meitheis. London, 1908.
The Naga Tribes of Manipur. London, 1911.
" The Native Tribes of Manipur," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xxxi. (1901).
Hoeck, K., Kreta. Gottingen, 1828.
Hoensbroech, Graf von Paul, 14 Jahre Jesuit. Leipsic, 1909-1910.
Hoe veil, G. W. W. C. Baron van, Ambon en meer bepaaldelijk de Oeliasers.
Dordrecht, 1875.
" lets over 't oorlogvoeren der Batta's," in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-
Indie, N.S., vii. (1878).
in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie, viii. (1895).
" Leti-eilanden," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde,
xxxiii. (1890).
Iloevell, W. R. van, "Sjair Bidasari, een oorspronkelijk Maleisch Gedicht, uit-
gegeven en van eene Vertaling en Anteekeningen voorzien," in
Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en
Wetenschappen, xix. Batavia, 1843.
Hoffman, G., Auszilge aus Syrischen Akten persisischer Martyrer iibersetzt.
Leipsic, 1880.
Hoffman, W. J., "The Menomini Indians," in Fourteenth Annual Report of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1896.
" The Midewiwin or Grand Medicine Society of the Ojibwa," in Seventh
Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1891.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 59
Hoffmann, E., in Rheinisches Museum fur Philologie, N.F., 1. (1895).
Hoffmann, H., Sale Catalogue. Paris, 1888.
Hoffmann-Krayer, E., Feste und Brauche des Schweizervolkes. Zurich, 1913.
"Fruchtbarkeitsriten im schweizerischen Volksbrauch," in Schweizerisches
Archiv fur Volkskunde, xi. (1907).
Hofmayr, P. W., "Religion der Schilluk," in Anthropos, vi. (1911).
Hogarth, D. G., A Wandering Scholar in the Levant. London, 1896.
Devia Cypria. London, 1889.
" Recent Hittite Research," in Journal of the Royal Anthropological
Institute, xxxix. (1909).
Hogarth, D. G., and Munro, J. A. R., " Modern and Ancient Roads in Eastern
Asia Minor, " in Royal Geographical Society Supplementary Papers, vol.
iii. part 5. London, 1893.
Hoggan, Frances, M.D., "The Neck Feast,'' in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Holland, Lieutenant S. C., "The Ainos," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, iii. (1874).
Hollander, J. J. de, Handleiding bij de Beoffening </er Land- en Volkenkunde
van Nederlandsch Qost-Indie. Breda, 1882-1884.
Holle, K. F., "Snippers van den Regent van Galoeh," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvii. (1882).
Holley, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liv. (1882).
"itude sur les Egbas," in Les Missions Catholiques, xiii. (1 88 1).
Hollis, A. C., in letter to the Author (xi. 262 w. 2 ).
MS. notes sent to the Author (v. 68 w. 1 ).
The Masai. Oxford, 1905.
The Nandi, their Language and Folklore. Oxford, 1909.
Holm, A., Geschichte Siciliens im Alterthum. Leipsic, 1870-1874.
Holmberg, H. J., " Ethnographische Skizzen liber die Volker des russischen
Amerika," in Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae, iv. Helsingfors,
1856.
Holmes, Rev. J., "Initiation Ceremonies of Natives of the Papuan Gulf," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
Holtzmann, A., Das Mahabharata ttnd seine Theile. Kiel, 1895.
Holub, E., Siebenjahre in Sud Afrika. Vienna, 1881.
Holzmayer, J. B. , '* Osiliana," in Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen
Gesellschaft zu Dorpat, vii. No. 2. Dorpat, 1872.
Homer, Hymni. Ed. Aug. Baumeister. Leipsic, 1860.
Homeric Hymns. Edited by T. W. Allen and E. E. Sikes. London,
1904.
Hymn to Aphrodite.
Hymn to Apollo.
Hymn to Demeter.
Hymn to Earth.
Hymn to Mercury (Hermes).
Odyssey. Ed. W. W. Merry. Oxford, 1870-1878.
Homeivard Mail.
Hommel, Fritz, Grundriss der Geographic und Geschichte des alten Orients*
Second Edition. Munich, 1904. In Iwan von Mailer's Handbuch
der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft, vol. iii.
Hone, William, Every- Day Book. London, N.D,, preface dated 1827.
Year Book. London, N.D., preface dated January 1832.
Hope, R. C., The Legendary Lore of the Holy Wells of England. London,
1893-
Horace. Ed. A. J. Macleane. Second Edition. London, 1869.
Ars poetica.
Carmen Saeculart.
Epodes.
6o THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Horrack, P. J. de, " Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys," in Records of the Past.
London, N.D.
Horst, D. W., "Rapport van eene reis naar de Noordkust van Nieuw Guinea/'
in Tijdschnjt voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxii.
(1889).
Horton, J. Africanus B., West African Countries and Peoples. London, 1868.
Hose, Bishop, "The Contents of a Dyak Medicine Chest," in Journal of the
Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ', No. 39, June 1903.
Hose, Dr. Charles, "In the Heart of Borneo," in The Geographical Journal,
xvi. (1900).
Notes on the Natives of British Borneo. (In manuscript.)
"The Natives of Borneo," in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute, xxiii.
(1894).
"Various Modes of computing the Time for Planting among the Races of
Borneo," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
No. 42. Singapore, 1905.
Hose, Ch., and McDougall, W., The Pagan Tribes of Borneo. London,
1912.
" The Relations between Men and Animals in Sarawak," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xxxi . (1901).
Hose, C., and Shelford, R., "Materials for a Study of Tatu in Borneo," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).
Hosea, The Book of the Prophet.
Houghton, B., in Indian Antiquary, xxv. (1896).
Houghton, E. P., "On the Land Dayaks of Upper Sarawak," in Memoirs of the
Anthropological Society of London, iii. (1870).
Housman, Professor A. E., in letter to the Author (x. 221).
Howitt, A. W., " Further Notes on the Australian Class Systems," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).
" On Australian Medicine-Men," -in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xvi. (1887).
"On some Australian Beliefs," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xiii. (1884).
"On some Australian Ceremonies of Initiation," \n Journal of the Anthropo-
logical Institute, xiii. (1884).
44 On the Migration of the Kurnai Ancestors," in Journal of the Anthropo-
logical Institute, xv. (1886).
"The Dieri and other Kindred Tribes of Central Australia," in Journal oj
the Anthropological Institute, xx. (1891).
" The Jeraeil, or Initiation Ceremonies of the Kurnai Tribe," in Journal oj
the Anthropological Institute, xiv. (1885).
The Native Tribes of South- East Australia. London, 1904.
Howitt, Mary E. B., Folklore and Legends of some Victorian Tribes. (In
manuscript.)
Hubert, H., and Mauss, M., "Esquisse d'une the*orie ge'ne'rale de la magie," in
UAnnte Sociologique, vii. Paris, 1904.
" Essai sur le sacrifice," in L'Annte Sociologique, ii. Paris, 1899.
Hublard, 6mile, FStes du Temps Jadis, les Feux du Carhne. Mons, 1899.
Hubner, quoted by W. H. Dall, " On Masks, Labrets, and certain Aboriginal
Customs," in Third Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology.
Washington, 1884.
Hue, UEmpife chinois. Fourth Edition. Paris, 1862.
Fifth Edition. Paris, 1879.
Souvenirs d*un voyage dans la Tartarie et le Thibet. Sixieme Edition.
Paris, 1878.
Hueber, " A travers I'Australie," in Bulletin de la Socittc de Geographic (Paris),
Seme Se"rie, ix. (1865).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 61
Huelsen, Ch., Die Ausgrabungen auf dem Forum Romanum. Second Edition.
Rome, 1903.
Hiigel, Baron Charles, Travels in Kashmir and the Panjab. London, 1845.
Hughes, Miss E, P. Private communication (xi. 10 w. 1 ).
Humann, K., und Puchstein, O., Reisen in Kleinasien und Nordsyrien. Berlin,
1890.
Humbert, A., Le Japon illustrl. Paris, 1870.
Humboldt, A. de, Voyage aux regions equinoxiales du Nouveau Continent.
Paris, 1819.
Humboldt, Alex, von, Researches concerning the Instittilions and Monuments of
the Ancient Inhabitants of America. London, 1814.
Kosmos. Stuttgart and Tubingen, 1845.
English version. Edited by E. Sabine.
Hunt, Robert, Popular Romances of the West of England. Third Edition.
London, 1881.
Hunter, W. W., Annals of Rural Bengal Fifth Edition. London, 1872.
Orissa. London, 1872.
Hupe, C., " Korte Verhandeling over de Godsdienst, Zeden enz. der Dajakkers,"
in Tijdschrift voor Neb -lands Indie. Batavia, 1846.
Hurgronje, C. Snouck, De Atjehers. Batavia and Leyden, 1893-1894.
Het Gajolattd en zijne Bewoners. Batavia, 1903.
Hutchinson, Thomas J., Impressions of Western Africa. London, 1858.
" On the Chaco and other Indians of South America," in Transactions of
the Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iii. (1865).
*Hutchinson, W., History of Northumberland, quoted by J. Brand, Popular
Antiquities of Great Britain, ii., Bohn's Edition.
View of Northumberland. Newcastle, 1778.
Hyde, Douglas, A Literary History of Ireland. London, 1899.
Beside the Fire ', a Collection of Irish Gaelic Folk Stories. London, 1890.
Hyde, Thomas, Historia religionis veterum Persarum. Oxford, 1700.
Hyginus, Astronomica. Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, 1874.
Fabulae. Ed. Bern. Bunte. Leipsic, N.D.
Hylten-Cavallius, quoted by F. Liebrecht, Zur Volkskunde.
Hymns of the Atharva - Veda. Translated by Maurice Bloomfield. Oxford,
1897. (Sacred Books of the East t vol. xlii.)
Hymns of the Rigveda. Translated by R. T. H. Griffith, Benares, 1889-1892.
Hyperides, Orationes. Ed. Fr. Blass. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1 88 1.
Ibbetson, D. C J., Outlines of Panjdb Ethnography. Calcutta, 1883.
Report on the Revision of Settlement of the Panipat, Tahsil, and Karnal
Parganah of the Karnal District. Allahabad, 1883.
Ibn Batoutah, Voyages. Texte Arabe, accompagne' d'une traduction par C.
De'fre'mery et B. R. Sanguinetti. Paris, 1853-1858.
Ideler, L., Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen Chronologie. Berlin,
1825-1826.
" leso-Ki, ou description de 1'lle d'lesso, avec une notice sur la rlvolte de
Samsay-in, compose'e par Pinterprete Kannemon," printed in Malte-
Brun's Annales des Voyages, xxiv. Paris, 1814.
"lets over het bijgeloof in de Minahasa," in Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch*
Indie t 3eme Se'rie, iv. (1870).
Ihering, R. von, Vorgeschichte der Indoeurop&er. Leipsic, 1894.
Ihm, s.vv. " Abnoba" and " Arduinna," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopadie
der classischen Altertumswissenschaft.
II Fetha Nagast o legislazione dei re, codice ecclesiastico e civile di Abissinia*
Tradotto e annotate da Ignazio Guidi. Rome, 1899.
Illustrated Missionary News, The.
Im Thurn, (Sir) Everard F., Among the Indians of Guiana. London, 1883.
62 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Imhoof-Blumer, F., " Coin-types of some Kilikian Cities," in Journal of Hellenic
Studies, xviii. (1898).
Kleinasiatische Munzen. Vienna, 1901-1902.
s.v. "Kronos," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und rbmischcn
Mythologie^ ii.
Monnaies Grecques. Amsterdam, 1883. ( Verhandelingen der Koninklijke
Akademie von We tense happen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, xiv.)
"Zur MUnzkunde Kilikiens," in Zeitschrift fur Numismatik, x. (1883).
Imhoof-Blumer, F., and Gardner, P., Numismatic Commentary on Pausanias.
Imhoof-Blumer, F., und Keller, O., Tier- und Pflanzenbilder auf Munzen und
Gemmen des klassischen Altertums. Leipsic, 1889.
Immerwahr, W., Die Kulte und My then Arkadiens. Leipsic, 1891.
Immisch, O., in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und romischen
Mythologie t ii.
Independent Review, The.
India in the Fifteenth Century -, being a Collection of Voyages to India in the
Century preceding the Portuguese Discovery of the Cape of Good Hope.
Edited by R. H. Major. Hakluyt Society. London, 1857.
Indian Antiquary, The.
Indian Museum Notes, issued by the Trustees, vol. i. No. 3. Calcutta, 1890.
Indian Notes and Queries.
Indiculus Superstitionum et Paganiarum. Published with a Commentary by
H. A. Saupe. Leipsic, 1891.
Indogermanische Forschungen.
Ingulfus, Historial quoted in G. H. Pertz's Monumenta Germaniae historica, i.
Inscriptiones Graecae Siliciae et Italiae. Ed. G. Kaibel. Berlin, 1890.
Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie.
International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions. Edited by
J. Jacobs and A. Nutt. London, 1892.
Ipolyi, A. von, " Beitrage zur deutschen Mythologie aus Ungarn," in Zeitschrift
fur deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).
Irby, C. L. , and Mangles, J. , Travels in Egypt and Nubia, Syria and the Holy
Land. London, 1844.
Irenaeus, quoted by H. Usener, Das Weinachtsfest.
* Irish Times, The.
Irle, Missionar J., Die Herero, tin Beitrag zur Landes- Volks- und Missions-
kunde. GiUersloh, 1906.
Irving, Washington, Sketch-Book. Bohn's Edition.
Isaacs, Nathaniel, Travels and Adventures in Eastern Africa. London,
1836.
Isaeus, Speeches. Ed. William Wyse. Cambridge, 1904.
Isaiah, The Book of the Prophet.
Isocrates, Orationes. Ed. G. E. Benseler. Leipsic, 1867-1871.
Evagoras.
Panegyricus.
Iyer, L. K. Anantha Krishna, The Cochin Tribes and Castes. Madras, 1909-
1912.
*J. W., in The Gentleman's Magazine, vol. Ixi., February 1791, quoted by
J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain, i., and by (Mrs.) E. M.
Leather, The Folk-lore of Herefordshire.
Jablonski, P. E., Pantheon Aegyptiorum. Frankfort, 1750-1752.
Jackson, A. V. Williams, "Notes from India, Second Series," in Journal of tht
American Oriental Society, xxiii. (1902).
Jackson, F. Arthur, " A Fijian Legend of the Origin of the Vilavilairevo or Fire
Ceremony,** in Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. iii. No. 2 (June
1804).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 63
Jackson, J., in J. E. Erskine's Journal of a Cruise among the Islands of the
Western Pacific. London, 1853.
Jackson, Rev. Sheldon, " Alaska and its Inhabitants," in The American
Antiquarian, ii. Chicago, 1879-1880.
*Jacob, Mceurs et Coutumes du moyen age> quoted by L. J. B. Berenger-Feraud,
Superstitions et Survivances^ iv. Paris, 1896.
Jacob, G., Altar abisches Beduinenleben. Second Edition. Berlin, 1897.
Jacob's von Edessa, Canones^ Ubersetzt und erlautert von C. Kayser. Leipsic,
1886.
Jacobs, Julius, Eenigen tijdonder de Baiters. Batavia, 1883.
Jacobsen, Captain, cited in Internationales Archiv fur Ethno^raphie t i. (1888).
Jacobsen, J. Adrian, " Geheimbtinde der Kiistenbewohner Nord west -America's,"
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^ Ethno-
logic und Urgeschichte (1891).
Reisen in die Inselwelt des Banda-Meeres. Berlin, 1896.
Jecottet, E., Etudes sur les Langues du Haut-Zambeze, Troisieme Partie.
Paris, 1901.
Jagor, " (Jber die Badagas im Nilgiri-Gebirge," in Verhandlungen der Berliner
Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie (1876).
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^ 1877 (bound
with Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, ix.).
Jagor, F., " Bericht uber verschiedene Volksstamtne in Voiderindien," in
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie^ xxvi. (1894).
Jahn, Otto, Archaologische Beitrage. Berlin, 1847.
in Archaologische Zeitung, vii. (1849).
Jahn, Ulrich, Die deutschen Opfergebrduche bei Ackerbau und Viehzucht. Breslau,
1884.
Hexenwesen und Zauberei in Pommern. Breslau, 1886.
Volkssagen aus Pommern und Rugen. Stettin, 1 886.
Jahrbuch des kaiserlichen deutschen Archdologischen Instituts.
Jahresbericht der geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern. Bern, 1900.
Jamblichus, Adhortatio ad philosophiam. Ed. M. Theophiius Kiessling.
Leipsic, 1813.
De mysteriis. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1857.
De vita Pythagorae. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.
James, Edwin, Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains.
London, 1823.
James, M. E., "The Tide," in Folklore, ix. (1898).
James, Dr. M. R., in The Classical Review ', vi. (1892).
Jamieson, John, Etymological Dictionary of the Scottish Language. New
Edition. Edited by J. Longmuir and D. Donaldson. Paisley, 1879-
1882.
Jastrow, M., Die Religion Babyloniens und Assy riens. Giessen, 1905-1912.
s.v. " Hittites," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, ii.
The Religion of Babylonia and Assyria. Boston, U.S.A., 1898.
fatakaS) The, or Stories of the Buddha *s former Births. Translated into
English by the late Professor E. B. Cowell, Dr. W. H. D. Rouse, and
other scholars. 6 vols. Cambridge, 1895-1907.
JaUssen, Antonin, Coutttmes des Arabes au pays de Moab. Paris, 1908.
" Coutumes Arabes," in Revue Biblique^ ler avril 1903.
Jelfnek, Br., " Materialien zur Vorgeschichte und Volkskunde Bohmens," in
Mittheihtngen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien> xxi. (1891).
Jenks, A. E., The Bontoc Igorot. Manila, 1905.
Jensen, P., Assyrisch-Babylonische Mythen und Epen. Berlin, 1900.
Die Kosmologie der Babylonier. Strasburg, 1 890.
" Elamitische Eigennamen," in Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde (Ut
Morgenlandes y vi. (1892).
64 TH GOLDEN BOUGH
Jensen, P. continued.
Hittiter und Armenier. Strasburg, 1898.
quoted by Th. Noldeke, in Encyclopaedia Biblica, s.v. " Esther," vol. ii
London, 1901.
Jeremiah, The Book of the Prophet.
Jeremias, A., Das Alte Testament im Lichte des Alien Orients. Second Edition.
Leipsic, 1906.
Die babylonisch-assyrischen Vorstellungen vom Leben nach dem Tode.
Leipsic, 1887.
hdubar-Nimrod. Leipsic, 1891.
s.w. " Marduk " and *' Nergal," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechi-
schen und romischen Mythologie.
Jerome, Commentarium in Epistolam ad Galatas, in Migne's Patrologia Latina,
vol. xxvi.
Commentarium in Ezechielem, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxv.
Epistolae, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xxii.
on Jeremiah vii. 31, quoted in Winer's Biblisches Realworterbuch, s.v.
"Thopeth." Second Edition,
quoted by E. Meyer, in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenlandischen Gesell-
schaft, xxxi.
quoted by F. C. Movers, in Die Phoenizier. Bonn, 1841.
Jerome of Prague, quoted by Aeneas Sylvius, Opera. Bale, 1571.
Jessen, s.v. '* Marsyas," in W. II. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen una
romischen Mythologie, ii.
Jessen, E. J., De Finnorum Lapponumqtie Norvegicorum religione pagana
tractatus singularis. (Bound up with C. Leemius's De Lapponibus
Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita, et religione pristina comment atio.
Copenhagen, 1767.)
Jessopp, A., and James, M. R., Life and Miracles of St. William of Norwich.
Cambridge, 1896.
Jesup North Pacific Expedition, Memoir of the American Museum of Natural
History. New York.
Jette*, Fr. Julius, S. J., " On the Medicine-Men of the Ten'a," in Journal of the
Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).
" On the Superstitions of the Ten'a Indians," in Anthropos, vi.
(1911).
Jevons, Dr. F. B., "Greek Law and Folklore," in The Classical Review^ ix.
(1895).
Introduction to the History of Religion. London, 1896.
Plutarch's Romane Questions. London, 1892.
Jewitt, John R. See s.v. Narrative.
Joannes Lydus. Ed. I. Bekker. Bonn, 1837.
De magistratibus.
De mensibus.
Job, The Book of.
Jochelson, W., " Die Jukagiren im aussersten Nordosten Asiens," ^n Jahresbericht
der Geographischen Gesellschaft von Bern, xvii. Bern, 1900.
M The Koryak, Religion and Myths," in Memoir of the American Museum
of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition, vol. vi. part i.
Leyden and New York, 1908.
Jochim, E. F., " Beschrijving van den Sapoedi Archipel," in Tijdschrift wot
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxvi. (1893).
Joest, W., " Bei den Barolong," in Das Ausland, i6th June 1884.
"Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Eingebornen der Insel Formosa und Ceram,"
in Verhandhmgen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^ Ethnologie %
und Urgeschichte (1882).
in B, Schenbe's DU 4inos,
BIBLIOGRAPHY 65
fohannis Apostoli de transit* Beatae Mariae Virginis Liber : ex recensione et
cum interpretatione Maximiliani Engeri. Elberfeldae, 1854.
John, Alois, Sitte, Branch und Volksglaube im deutschen Westbohmen. Prague,
1905.
John of Antioch, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum> ed. C. Milller,
vol. iv. %
Johns, Rev. C. H. W. , Babylonian and Assyrian Laws, Contracts, and Letters.
Edinburgh, 1904.
in private communications to the Author (ix. 357 #. 2 , 367 . 2 and 8 j.
" Notes on the Code of Hammurabi," in The American Journal of Semitic
Languages and Literatures, xix. (January, 1903).
" Purim," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, iii. London, 1902.
* Johnson, Bishop James, "Yoruba Heathenism," quoted by R. E. Dennett, At
the Back of the Black A/an's Mind. London, 1906.
Johnson, Dr. Samuel, A Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland. (The
Works of Samuel Johnson, LL.D., vol. vi. Edited by the Rev. R.
Lynam. Lonuon, 1825).
Journey to the Western Islands of Scotland. Baltimore, 1810.
Johnston, C., in Journal of the American Oriental Society, xviii., First Half
(1897).
Johnston, (Sir) Harry H., "A Visit to Mr. Stanley's Stations on the River
Congo," in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society ', N.S., v.
(1883).
British Central Africa. London, 1897.
Liberia. London, 1906.
"On the Races of the Congo," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute^
xiii. (1884).
The River Congo. London, 1884.
The Uganda Protectorate. Second Edition. London, 1904.
Johnston, &. F., Lion and Dragon in Northern China. London, 1910.
Johnstone, Rev. A., in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, xxi.
Edinburgh, 1791-1799.
Johnstone, H. B., "Notes on the Customs of the Tribes occupying Mombasa
Sub-district, British East Africa," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xxxii. (1902).
Jolly, J., Recht und Sitte, in G. Biihler's Grundriss der indoarischen Philologie.
Jones, Bryan J., in Folk-lore^ vi. (1895).
Jones, Peter, History of the Ojebway Indians. London, N.D.
Jones, W., Finger-r ing Lore. London, 1877.
Jones, W. H., and Kropf, L. L., The Folk-tales of the Magyar. London,
1889.
Jonghe, Ed. de, Is.s Soci^ts Secretes au Bas- Congo. Brussels, 1907. (Extract
from the * Revue des Questions Scientifiques y October 1907.)
Jordan, H., Die Kbnige im alien Italien. Berlirii 1884.
Topographie der Stadt Rom im Altertum. Berlin, 1878-1907.
Jordanus, Friar, The Wonders of the East. Translated by Colonel Henry Yule.
Hakluyt Society. London, 1863.
Jornandes, Romana et Getica. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1882.
Josephus, Opera. Ed. Im. Bekker. Leipsic, 1855-1856.
Antiquitates Judaicae.
Bellum Judaicum.
Contra Apionem.
Joshi, Pandit Janardan, in North Indian Notes and Queries^ iii. (September
1893).
Joshua, The Book of.
Joske, A. B., "The Nanga of Viti-levu," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethng-
grafhie % li. (1889).
66 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Joubert, quoted by Matthew Arnold, Essays in Criticism. First Series,
London, 1898.
Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales.
Journal Asiatique.
Journal des Savants.
Journal of American Folk-lore.
Journal of Hellenic Studies.
Journal of Philology.
Journal of Roman Studies.
Journal of Sacred Literature and Biblical Record. New Series, London, 1865.
Journal of the African Society.
Journal of the American Oriental Society.
Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay.
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Journal of the China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society for the Year 1891-92
N.S.
Journal of the Eastern Archipelago and Eastern Asia.
Journal of the Ethnological Society of London.
Journal of the Indian Archipelago.
Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. New Series,
Journal of the Polynesian Society.
Journal of the (Royal) Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland.
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland.
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society.
Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society.
Joustra, M., "De Zending onder de Karo-Batak's," in Mededeelingen van wege
het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xli. (1897).
" Het leven, de zeden en gewoonten der Bataks," in Mededeelingen van
wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).
' Naar het landschap Goenoeng," in Mededeelingen van wege het Neder-
landsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlv. (1901). '
Joyce, P. W., A Social History of Ancient Ireland. London, 1903.
Joyce, T. A., "The Weeping God," in Essays and Studies presented to William
Ridgeway. Cambridge, 1913. See also s. v. Torday, E.
Juan de la Concepcion, Historia general de Philipinas. Manilla, 1788-1792.
Jubainville, H. d'Arbois de, Cours de la literature celtique. Paris, 1883-1902.
Les Druides et les Dieux Celtiques a forme tfanimaux. Paris, 1906.
Judges, The Book of.
Julg, B., Kalmiickische Mdrchen. Leipsic, 1866.
Mongolische Marchen-Sammlung^ die nenn Mdrchen des Siddhi-Kiir.
Innsbruck, 1868.
Julian, Opera. Ed. F. C. Hertlein. Leipsic, 1875-1876.
Convivium.
Epistola ad Themistium.
Julian, C., in Daremberg et Saglio's Dictionnaire des antiquitts grecques et
romaineSy ii.
Julien, Stanislas, Le Livre des Recompenses et des Peines, traduit du Chinois.
Paris, 1835.
Julius Capitolinus, Gordiani tres> in Scriptores Historiae Augustae. Ed.
H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.
Junghuhn, Fr., Die Battaldnder auf Sumatra. Berlin, 1847.
Junod, Henri A., Les Ba-ronga. Neuchdtel, 1898.
Les Chants et les Contes des Ba-ronga. Lausanne, N. D.
" Les Conceptions physiologiques des Bantou Sud-Africains et leurs tabous,' 1
in Revue d 'Ethnographic et de Sociologie, i. (1910).
The Life of a South African Tribe. Neuchitel, 1912-1913.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 67
Justin, Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic, 1862.
Justin Martyr, Apologias. Ed. G. Krilger. Tubingen and Leipsic, 1904.
Cohortatio ad Graecos. Ed. P. Maran. The Hague and Paris, 1742.
Dialogus cum Tryphone^ in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, vi.
Juvenal, Satires. Ed. A. J. Macleane. London, 1867.
Thirteen Satires. With a Commentary by John E. B. Mayor.
Second Edition. London and Cambridge, 1869-1878.
Kaempfer, Engelbert, History of Japan. Translated from the original Dutch
manuscript by J. G. Scheuchzer. London, 1728.
" History of Japan," in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels^ vii.
Kaindl, Dr. R. F., "Aus dem Volksglauben der Rutenen in Galizien," ia
Globus, Ixiv. (1893).
" Aus der Volkstiberlieferung der Bojken," in Globus, Ixxix. (1901).
Die Huzulen. Vienna, 1894.
" Neue Beitrage zur Ethnologic und Volkeskunde der Huzulen," in Globus,
Ixix. (1896).
" Viehzucht und Viehzauber in den Ostkarpaten," in Globus, Ixix. (1896).
" Volksiiberlieferungen der Pidhireane," in Globus, Ixxiii. (1898).
" Zauberglaube bei den Huzulen," in Globus, Ixxvi. (1899).
" Zauberglaube bei den Rutenen in der Bukowina und Galizien, "in Globus,
Ixi. (1892).
"Zur Volkskunde der Rumanen in der Bukowina," in Globus> xcii. (1907).
*Kamp, Jens, Danske Folkeminder. Odense, 1877. (Referred to in *Fei1bergs
Bidrag til en Ordbog aver Jyske Almuesmal. Ferdje hefte. Copenhagen,
1888.)
Karadschitsch, W. S., Volksmarchen der Serben. Berlin, 1854.
Karaka, D. J., History of the Modern Parsis. Londbn, 1884.
Karasek, A., "Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Waschambaa," in Raessler-Archiv, \.
Leipsic and Berlin, 1911.
Karppe, referred to in Encyclopaedia Biblica, s.v. " Creation."
Kate, H. Ten, " Notes ethnographiques sur les Comanches," in Revue d'Ethno*
graphic. ', iv. (1885).
Katha Sarit Sagara. Translated by C. H. Tawney. Calcutta, 1880.
KaurTmann, Fr., Balder, My thus und Sage. Strasburg, 1902.
Kaul, Pandit Harikishan, Report, in Census of India, /?//, vol. xiv. Punjab^
Part I, Lahore, 1912.
Kausika Sutra. (W. Caland, Altindisches ZauberrituaL Amsterdam, 1900.)
Kay, Stephen, Travels and Researches in Caffraria. London, 1833.
Kazarow, G., " Karnevalbrauche in Bulgarien," in Archiv fur Religionswisscn-
schaft, xi. (1908).
Keating, Geoffrey, D.D., The History of Ireland. Translated from the
original Gaelic and copiously annotated, by John O'Mahony. New
York, 1857.
Keating, William H., Narrative of an Expedition to the Source of St. Peter's
River. London, 1825.
Keats, John. Last Sonnet.
Keller, Ferdinand, The Lake Dwellings of Switzerland and other Parts of
Europe. Second Edition. London, 1878.
Keller, Franz, The Amazon and Madeira Rivers. London, 1874.
Keller, J., " Ober das Land und Volk der Balong," in Deutsches Kolonialblatt,
I Oktober 1895.
Keller, O., Thiere des classischen Alterthums. Innsbruck, 1887.
* Kelly, John, LL.D., English and Manx Dictionary. Douglas, 1866. (Re-
ferred to by J. A. MacCulloch, s.v. " Calendar," in Dr. James
Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics^ iii. Edinburgh,
1910.)
68 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Kelly, Walter K., Curiosities of Indo-European Tradition and Folk-lore
London, 1863.
Kemble, John Mitchell, The Saxons in England. London, 1849.
New Edition. London, 1876.
*Kennan, G., Tent Life in Siberia (1870). (Referred to by J. F. McLennan,
Studies in Ancient History. London, 1886.)
Kennedy, A. R. S., Leviticus and Numbers, Edinburgh, N.D. (in the Century
Kennedy, Patrick, Legendary Fictions of the Irish Celts. London, 1866.
Kennett, R. H., The Composition of the Book of Isaiah in the Light oj
History and Archaeoiogy. London, 1910.
K[ern], H., " Bijgeloof onder de inlanders in den Oosthoek van Java," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvi. (1880).
Kern, H., "Een Spanisch schrijver over den godsdienst der heidensche
Bikollers," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Neder-
landsch- Indie, xlvii. (1897).
Kern, O., in Aus der Anomia, Archdologische Beitrdge Carl Robert zur Erinne-
rung an Berlin dargebracht. Berlin, 1 890.
Die Inschriften von Magnesia am Maeander. Berlin, 1900.
s.v. "Dionysus," in Pauly - Wissowa's Real-Encyclopadie der dassischen
Altertumswissenschaft, v.
*Keysler, Antiquitates Septentrionales. (Referred to by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft
des Feuers und des Gottertranks. Second Edition. Giitersloh, 1886.)
Keysser, Ch., " Aus dem Leben der Kaileute," in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-
Guinea, iii. Berlin, 1911.
Kidd, Dudley, Savage Childhood, a Study of Kajir Children. London, 1906.
The Essential Kafir. London, 1904.
Kielhorn, Professor F., "The Sixty- Year Cycle of Jupiter," in The Indian
Antiquary ', xviii. (1889).
Kinahan, G. H., " Notes on Irish Folk-lore," in Folk-lore Record, iv. (1881).
King, C. W., The Gnostics and their Remains. Second Edition. London,
1887.
King, J. E., "Infant Burial," in The Classical Review, xvii. (1903).
King, Captain J. S., "Notes on the Folk-lore and some Social Customs of the
Western Somali Tribes," in The Folk-lore Journal, vi. (iSSS).
King, L. W., A History of Sumer and Akkad. London, 1910.
Babylonian Religion and Mythology. London, 1899.
Kinglake, A. W., Eothen. Temple Classics Edition.
Kings, The First Book of the.
Kings, The Second Book of the.
Kingsley, Mary H., in. Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxix. (1899).
Travels in West Africa. London, 1897.
Kirchmeyer, Thomas, Regnum Papisticum. Translated into English by Barnabe
Googe. See above, s.v. Googe.
Kirkland, Rev. Mr., quoted by W. M. Beauchamp, "The Iroquois White Dog
Feast," in American Antiquarian, vii. (1885).
Kirkpatrick, A. F., The First Book of Samuel, Cambridge, 1891 ; The Second
Book of Samuel, Cambridge, 1893 (in Cambridge Bible for Schools and
Colleges).
Kitching, Rev. A. L., On the Backwaters of the Nile. London, 1912.
Kittel, R., Biblia Hebraica. Leipsic, 1905-1906.
Klausen, R. H., Aeneas und die Penaten. Hamburg and Gotha, 1839-1840.
Kleintitschen, P. A., Die Kiistenbewohner der Gazellehalbinsel. Hiltrup bei
Munster, N.D., preface dated Christmas, 1906.
Klerks, E. A., " Geographisch en ethnographisch opstal over de landschappen
Korinlje, Serampas en Soengai Tenang," in Tijdschrift voor Indische
Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ xxxix. (1897).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 69
Klose, H., Togo unter deutscher Flagge. Berlin, 1899.
Klunzinger, C. B., Bilder aus Oberagypten, der Wuste und dem Rothen Meerc*
Stuttgart, 1877.
Upper Egypt, its People and Products. London, 1878.
Knaack, G., " Zur Meleagersage," in Rheinisches Museum, N.F., xlix. (1894).
Knebel, J., " Amulettes javanaises," in Tijdschrift voor Indische 7^aal- Land- en
Volkenkunde, xl. (1898).
" De Weertijger op Midden-Java, der Javaan naverteld," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xli. (1899).
" Varia Javanica," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^
xliv. (1901).
Knight-Bruce, G. W. H., Memories of Mashonaland. London and New York,
1895.
in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1890.
Knoop, O., Volkssagen, Erzahlungen, Aberglauben, Gebrauche und Mar chen aus
, dem dstlichen Hinterpo?nmem. Posen, 1885.
Knowles, J. W.., Folk-tales of Kashmir* Second Edition. London, 1893.
Koch, Theodor, "Die Anthropophagie der sudamerikanischen Indianer," in
Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographic, xii. (1899).
Koch-Grunberg, Th., " Frauenarbeit bei den Indianern Nordwest-Brasiliens," in
Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxviii.
(1908).
Zweijahre unter den Indianern. Berlin, 1909-1910.
[Codding, W., "Die batakschen Gotter und ihr Verhaltniss zum Brahmanismus,"
in Allgemeine Missions-Zeitschrift, xii. (1885).
Kohl, J. G., Die deutsch-russischen Ostseeprovinzen. Dresden and Leipsic, 1841.
Kitschi-Gami. Bremen, 1859.
Kohlbrugge, J. H. F., " Die Tenggeresen, ein alter Javanischen Volksstamm,"
in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-
Indie, liii. (1901).
" Naam^eving in Insulinde," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volken-
kunde van Neder lands ch- Indie, li. (1900), lii. (1901).
Kohler, J., "Das Banturecht in Ostafrika," in Zeitschrift fur vergleichende
Rechtsivissenschaft, xv. (1902).
" Das Recht der Herero," in Zeitschrift fur vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft^
xiv. (1900).
Kohler, J. A. E., Volksbrauch, Aberglauben, Sagen und andre alte Uberliffe-
rungen im Voigtlande. Leipsic, 1867.
ECohler, Dr. Reinhold, Kleinere Schriften. Weimar, 1898.
in Orient und Occident, ii. Gottingen, 1864.
in L. Gonzenbach's Sicilianische Marchen. Leipsic, 1870.
" Sage von Landerwerbung durch zerschnittene Haute," in Orient und
Occident, iii.
Koike, Masanao, "Zwei Jahren in Korea," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethno-
graphic, iv. (1891).
Kolbe, W., Hessische Vclks-Sitten und Gebrauche im Lichte der heidnischen
Vorzeit. Second Edition. Marburg, 1888.
Kolben, Peter, The Present State of the Cape of Good Hope. Second Edition.
London, 1738.
^Kolberg, Oskar, in Mazowsze, vol. iv., quoted by F. S. Krauss, " Altslavische
Feuergewinnung," in Globus, lix. (1891).
Koldewey, R., "Das sogenannte Grab des Sardanapal zu Tarsus," in Aus der
Anomia. Berlin, 1890.
Die Hettitische Inschrift gefunden in der Konigsburg von Babylon. Leipsic,
1900. (Wissenschaftliche Verbffentlichungen der Deutschen Orieitt-
Gesellschaft, Heft I.)
Kollmann, P., The Victoria Nyama. London, 1899.
70 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Kostromitonow, "Bemerkungen tiber die Indianer in Ober-Kalifornien," in K. F.
v. Baer and Gr. v. Helmersen's Beitrdge zur Kenntniss des russischen
Reiches, i. St. Petersburg, 1839.
Kotzebue, O. von, Entdeckungs-Reise in die Sud-See und nach der Berings-
Strasse. Weimar, 1821.
Reise urn die Welt. Weimar, 1830.
Kowalewsky, M., in Folk-lore, i. (1890).
Krahmer, "Der Anadyr-Bezirk nach A. W. Olssufjew," in Petermanrts Mitthei-
lungen, xlv. (1899).
Kramer, Fr., " Der Gotzendienst der Niasser," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal-
Land- en Volkcnkunde, xxxiii. (1890).
Kranz, A., Natur- und Kulturleben der Zulus. Wiesbaden, 1880.
Krapf, J. L., Travels, Researches, and Missionary Labours during an Eight ee /
Years' Residence in Eastern Africa. London, 1860.
Krascheninnikow, S., Beschreibung des Landes Kamtschatka. Lemgo, 1766.
Krause, Aurel, Die Tlinkit- Indianer. Jena, 1885.
Krause, E., " Aberglaubische Kuren und songstiger Aberglaube in Berlin und
nachster Umgebung," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xv. (1883).
" Das Sommertags-Fest in Heidelberg," in Verhandlungen der Berliner
Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, 1895.
Krause, G. A., *' Merkwiirdige Sitten der Haussa," in Globus, Ixix. (1896).
Krause, R., Sitten, Gebrauche und Aberglauben in Westpreussen. Berlin, pre-
face dated March 1904.
Krauss, Friedrich S., ** Altslavische Feuergewinnung," in Globus, lix. (1891).
" Der Bauopfer bei den Siidslaven," in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen
Gesellschaft in Wien, xvii. (1887).
" Haarschurgodschaft bei den Siidslaven," in Internationales Archiv fur
Ethnographic, vii. (1894).
JCroatien und Slavonien. Vienna, 1889.
Sagen und Mar chen der Siidslaven. Leipsic, 1883-1884.
Sitte und Brauch der Siidslaven. Vienna, 1885.
"Slavische Feuerbohrer," in Globus, lix. (1891).
41 Vampyre im slldslavischen Volksglauben," in Globus, Ixi. (1892).
Volksglaube und religioser Brauch der Siidslaven. Mlinster i. W., 1890.
Kreemer, J., " De Loeboes in Mandailing," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, Ixvi. (1912).
M Hoe de Javaan zijne zieken verzorgt," in Mededeelingen van wege het
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschapt xxxvi. (1892).
** Regenmaken, Oedjoeng, Tooverij onder de Javanen," in Mededeelingen
van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxx. (1886).
" Tiang-deres," in Alededeelingen van wege kef Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, xxvi. (1882).
Krefft, Gerard, **On the Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Lower
Murray and Darling," in Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New
South Wales, 1862-1865. Sydney, 1866.
Kretschmer, P., Einleitung in die Geschichte der griechischen Sprache. Got-
tingen, 1896.
Kreutzwald, Fr., und Neus, H., Mythische und magische Lieder der Ehsten.
St. Petersburg, 1854.
Krick, Missionary, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxvi. (1854).
Krieger, Max, Neu- Guinea. Berlin, N.D., preface dated 1899.
*Kristensen, E. T., lydske Folkeminder. (Referred to in *Feilberg's Bidrag til
en Ordbog over Jyske AlmuesmaL Fjerde hefte. Copenhagen, 1888.)
Kroeber, A. L., "The Religion of the Indians of California," in University of
California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology, vol.
iv. No. 6. Berkeley, September 1907.
*Krohn, J., Suotnen suvun pakanillinen jumalen palvelus. Helsingfors, 1894.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 71
Kropf, A., "Die religiosen Anschauungen der Kaffern," in Verhandlungen der
Berliner Gesellschaft fUr Anthropologie, Ethnologic und Urgeschichte
(1888).
Kruijt (Kruyt), A. C, " De Rijstmoeder in den Indischen Archipel," in Ver-
slagen en Mededeelingen der JFConinklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen,
Afdeeling Letterkunde, Vierde Reeks, v. Amsterdam, 1903.
" De weerwolf bij de Toradja's van Midden-Celebes," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde> xH. (1899).
11 Een enander aangaande het geestelijk en maatschappelijk leven van den
Poso-Alfoer," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, xxxix. (1895), xl. (1896), xli. (1897), xliv. (1900).
" Eenige ethnografische aanteekeningen omtrent de Toboengkoe en de
Tomori," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, xliv. (1900).
"Gebruiken bij den rijstoogst in enkele streken op Oost-Java," in Mede-
deelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvii.
(1903).
Het Animisme in den Indischen Archipel. The Hague, 1906.
" Het ijzer in Midden-Celebes," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volken-
kunde van Nederlandsch-Indie\ liii. (1901).
" Het koppensnellen der Toradja's van Midden-Celebes, en zijne Beteekenis,"
in Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Weten-
schappen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, IV. Reeks, III. Deel. Amsterdam,
1899.
" Het rijk Mori," in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijks-
kundig Genootschap, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).
. ' Het wezen van het Heidendom te Posso," in Mededeelingen van wege het
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvii. (1903).
" Mijne eerste ervaringen te Poso," in Mededeelingen van wege het Neder-
landsche Zendelinggenootschap, xxxvi. (1892).
" Regen lokken en regen verdrijven bij de Toradja's van Midden Celebes,"
in Tijdschrift voor Indhche Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xliv.
(1901).
"Van Paloppo naar Posso," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche
Zendelinggenootschap) xlii. (1898).
See also s.v. Adriani, N.
Kubary, J. [S.], " Die Bewohner der Mortlock-Inseln," in Mittheilungen der Gco-
graphischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg (1878-1879).
"Die Religion der Pelauer," in A. Bastian's Allerlei aus Yolks- und
Menschenkunde. Berlin, 1888.
Die socialen Einrichtungen der Pelauer. Berlin, 1885.
"Die Todtenbestattung auf den Pelau-Inseln," in Original- Mittheilungen
aus der ethnologischen Abtkeilung der koniglichen Museen zu Berlin^ i.
Berlin, 1885.
Ethnographische Beitrdge zur Kenntniss des Karalinen Archipels. Leyden,
1895-
Kuhn, Adalbert, Die Herabkunft des Feuers und des Gbttertranks. Second
Edition. GUtersloh, 1886.
Mdrkische Sagen und Mdrchen. Berlin, 1843.
Mythologische Studien, vol. ii. Gutersloh, 1912.
Sagen> Gebrduche und Mdrchen aus IVestfalen. Leipsic, 1859.
" Wodan," in Zeitschrift fur deutsches Alterthum, v. (1845).
Kuhn, A., und Schwartz, W., Norddeutsche Sagen, Mdrchen und Gebrauche,
Leipsic, 1848.
Kiihnau, R., Schlesische Sagen. Berlin, 1910-1913.
Kilhner-Blass, Grammatik der griechischen Sprache.
Ktthr, E. L. M., in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographic > ii. (1889).
72 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
KUhr, E. L. M. continued.
"Schetsen uit Borneo's Westerafdeeling," in Bijdragen tot de 7W- Land-
en Volkcnkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie ', xlvii. (1897).
Ktikenthal, W., Forschungsreise in den Molukken und in Borneo. Frankfort,
1896.
Kunstmann, Fr., "Valentin Ferdinand's Beschreibung der Serra Leoa," in
Abhandhmgen der historischen Classe der Koniglichen Bayerischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, ix. Munich, 1866.
Kurze, G., " Sitten und Gebrauche der Lengua-Indianer," in Mitteilungen der
Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena y xxiii. (1905).
La Bresst Louhanttaise, Bulletin Mensuel, Organe de la Socie'te' a"* Agriculture ei
d* Horticulture de V Arrondissement de Louhans. 1906.
La Mission lyonnaise d* exploration commercial en Chine '93-97. Lyons,
1898.
La Nature.
Labat, J. B., Nouveau Voyage aux isles de PAmeriqne. Paris, 1713.
Relation historique de F&hiopie Occident ale. Paris, 1732.
Voyage du Chevalier des Marchais en Guinte, Isles voisines^ et a Cayenne.
Paris, 1730. Amsterdam, 1731.
Labbe*, P., Un Bagne Russe, file de Sakhaline. Paris, 1903.
Labuan, The Bishop of, "Wild Tribes of Borneo," in Transactions of the
Ethnological Society of London ^ New Series, ii. (1863).
Lacombe, Father, in Missions Catholiques^ ii. ,(1869).
*Lacombe, Leguevel de, Voyage a Madagascar (Paris, 1840), quoted by A. van
Gennep, J^abou et Toifmisme cl Madagascar. Paris, 1904.
Lactantius, Opera. Ed. J. G. Walchius. Leipsic, 1715.
De mortibus persecutorum.
Divinae Institutiones.
Divinarum Institutionum Epitome*
Lactantius Placidus, Commentatio in Statii Thebaida. Ed. R. Jahnke. Leipsic,
1898.
Narrationes Fabttlae, in Auctores Mythographi Latini^ ed. Aug. van
Staveren. Leyden and Amsterdam, 1742.
Lafaye, G., Histoire du culte des divinite's d' Alexandrie. Paris, 1884.
Lafitau, J. F., Mceurs des sauvages Ameriquains. Paris, 1724.
Lafond, G., in Bulletin de la Socittt de Gtographie(?ax\s), 2cme s^rie, ix. (1838).
Lagarde, P, A. de, " Purim," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Gbttingen, xxxiv. (1887).
* 'Reliquiae juris ecclesiastici antiqtiissimae.
Lagrange, M. J. , tudes sur les Religions Stmitiques. Second Edition. Paris,
1905.
Lake, H., and Kelsall, H. J., *'The Camphor-tree and Camphor Language ol
Johore," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society,
No. 26 (January 1894).
Lambert, Father, vn Les Missions Catholiques y xi. (1879), xxv. (1893).
" Moeurs et superstitions de la tribu Be'lep," in Les Missions Catholiques^
xii. (1880).
Maturs et superstitions des Nto-Cattdoniens. Noumea, 1900.
Lamberti, " Relation de la Colchide ou Mingre'lie," in Voyages au Nord> vil
Amsterdam, 1725.
Lammert, G., Volksmedizin und mediziniscker Aberglaube aus Bayern. Wlirz.
burg, 1869.
Lampridius, in Scriptores Historiae Augusta*. Ed. H. Peter. Leipsic, 1884.
Alexander Sevcrus.
Commodus.
Lampson, M. W., in letter to Lord Avebury (iv. 273).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 73
Lanciani, R., in the Athenaeum, Oct. 10, 1885.
New Tales of Old Rome. London, 1901.
Ruins and Excavations of Ancient Rome. London, 1897.
Landa, Diego de, Relation des choses de Yucatan. Texte espagnol et traduction
fran9aise par TAbbe Brasseur de Bourbourg. Paris, 1864.
Landes, A., " Contes et Mgendes annamites," in Cochinchine fran$aise : excursions
et reconnaissances, Nos. 20, 23, and 25. Saigon, 1885-1886.
" Contes Tjames," in Cochinchine fran^aise, excursions et reconnaissances ^
No. 29. Saigon, 1887.
Lane, E. W., Arabic -English Lexicon. London and Edinburgh, 1863-1885.
Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians. Paisley and London,
1895.
Lang, Andrew, in Athenaeum, 26th August and 1 4th October 1899.
Custom and Myth. London, 1884.
in Folk-lore, xii. (1901), xiv. (1903).
Modern Mythology. London, 1897.
Myth, Ritual, and Religion. London, 1887.
Lang, J. D., Queensland. London, 1861.
Lange, R., "Bitten um Regen in Japan," in Zeitschrift des Vereins fur Volks-
kunde, iii. (1893).
Langley, S. P., in Folk-lore, xiv. (1901).
"The Fire -walk Ceremony in Tahiti," in Report of the Smithsonian
Institution for 190 1. Washington, 1902.
Langsdorff, G. H. von, Reise um die Welt. Frankfort, 1 812.
UAnnte Sociologique.
U Anthropologie.
Lanzone, R. V., Dizionario di Mitologia Egizia. Turin, 1881-1884.
Lasch, R., "Die Ursache und Bedeutung der Erdbeben im Volksglauben und
Volksbrauch," in Archiv fur Religionswissenschaft, v. (1902).
" Rache als Selbstmordmotiv," in Globus, Ixxiv. (1898).
Lasicius (Lasiczki), Johan, " De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum,"
in Respublica sive Status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae, Prussiae, Livoniae,
etc. Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.
"De diis Samagitarum caeterorumque Sarmatarum," ed. W. Mannhardt,
in Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch- Literarischen Gesellschaft, xiv.
Mitau, 1868.
Lassen, Christian, Indische Alterthumskunde. First and Second Editions.
Leipsic, 1858-1874.
Latcham, R. E., "Ethnology of the Araucanos," in Journal of the Royal
Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909).
Latham, Charlotte, "Some West Sussex Superstitions lingering in 1868,
collected at Fittleworth," in Folklore Record, i. (1878).
Latham, R. G., Descriptive Ethnology. London, 1859.
Lauth, " Ober den agyptischen Maneros," in Sitzungsberichte der Koniglichen
Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen (1869).
Lavalle'e, A., "Notes ethnographiques sur diverses tribus du Sud-Est de 1'Inde-
Chine," in Bulletin de fEcole Fran$aise d 'Extreme- Orient, i. Hanoi,
1901.
Lawes, W. G., "Ethnological Notes on the Motu, Koitapu, and Koiari Tribes
of New Guinea," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, viii.
(1879).
"Notes on New Guinea and its Inhabitants," in Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Society (1880).
l.awrie, Rev. Dr. George, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland^
iii. Edinburgh, 1792.
laws of Manu. Translated by G. BUhler. Oxford, 1886. (Sacred Books of
the East, vol. xxv.)
VOL. XII F
74 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Lawson, J. C., Modern Greek Folklore and Ancient Greek Religion. Cambridge,
1910.
Lay of the Nibelungs. Translated by Alice Horton. London, 1898.
Le Braz, A., La Ltgende de la Alort en Basse-Bretagnc. Paris, 1893.
Le Brun, Histoire critique des pratiques super stitieuses. Amsterdam, 1733.
Le Gen til, Voyage dans les Mers de rinde. Paris, 1781.
J*e Mesurier, C. J. R., "Customs and Superstitions connected with the Cultiva-
tion of Rice in the Southern Province of Ceylon," in Journal of thi
Royal Asiatic Society, N.S., xvii. (1885).
Le Museon, N.S.
Le Petit, *' Relation des Natchez," in Recueil de voyages au Nord, ix.
Le Roy, Mgr., "Les Pygmies," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxix. (1897;
Le Temps.
Le Tour du Monde.
Nouvelle Serie.
Leake, W. M. , Journal of a Tour in Asia Minor. London, 1824.
Travels in Northern Greece. London, 1835.
Leared, A., Morocco and the Moors. London, 1876.
Leather, Mrs. Ella Mary, in Folk-lore, xxiv. (1913).
The Folk-lore of Herefordshire. Hereford and London, 1912.
Lechaptois, Mgr., Aux Rives du Tanganika. Algiers, 1913.
Lecky, W. E. H., History of England in the Eighteenth Century. London,
1892.
History of European Morals from Augustus to Charlemagne. Third Edition.
London, 1877.
History of the Rise and Influence of the Spirit of Rationalism in Etirops.
New Edition. London, 1882.
Leclere, A., Le Buddhisme att Cambodge. Paris, 1899.
Lecceur, Jules, Esquisses du Bocage Normand. Conde-sur-Noireau, 1883-1887.
Lederbogen, W., "Duala Marchen," in Mitteilungen des Seminars fiir Orienta-
lische Sprachen zu Berlin, v. (1902), Dritte Abteilung.
Leemius, C., De Lapponibus Finmarchiae eorumque lingua, vita et religione
pristina (ommentatio. Copenhagen, 1767.
Lefe*bure, E., "La Vertu et la vie du nom en Egypte," in Mtlusine, viii. (1897).
Le my the Osirien. Paris, 1874-1875.
" Le Paradis Egyptien," in Sphinx, iii. Upsala, 1900.
Lefebvre, Th., Voyage en Abyssinie. Paris, N.D. (preface dated June, 1845).
Leger, L., La Mythologie slave. Paris, 1901.
Leges Graecorum sacrae. Ed. J. de Prott et L. Ziehen. Leipsic, 1896-1906.
Leggat, F. W., quoted by H. Ling Roth, in The Natives of Sarawak and
British North Borneo. London, 1896.
Leg rand, Emile, Contes populaires grecs. Paris, 1 88 1.
Lehmann-Haupt, Professor C. F. Private communications (ix. 415 n. 1 ).
Die historische Semiramis und ihre Zeit. Tubingen, 1910.
in the English Historical Review ', April 1913.
Israel, seine Entwicklung im Rahmen der Weltgeschichte. Tubingen,
1911.
&amassumuktn, Konigvon Babylonien, 668-648 v. Chr. Leipsic, 1892.
s.v. "Semiramis," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und
rbmischen Mythologie, iv.
Lehner, Stefan, "Bukaua," in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea t iii. Berlin,
1911.
Leipiiger Studienfiir classischen Philologie. Leipsic, 1884.
Leitch, Archie. Private communication (vii. 158 w. 1 ).
Leitner, G. W., The Languages and Races of Dardistan. Third Edition.
Lahore, 1878.
Lejeune, Father, "Dans la foret," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxvii. (1895).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 75
Lekkerkerker, C., " Enkele opmerkingen over sporen van Shamanisme bij
Madoereezen en Javanen," in Tijdschrift voor Indischc Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde^ xlv. (1902).
*Leland, Collectanea, Bagford's letter quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities,
ii. Bohn's Edition. London, 1882-1883.
Lemke, E., Volksthumliches in Ostpreussen. Mobrungen, 1884-1887.
Lenormant, Fran9ois, s.w. " Bacchus " and "Ceres," in Daremberg et Saglio,
Dictionnaire des Antiquitls Grecques et Romaines.
" II mito di Adone-Tammuz nei documenti cuneiformi," in Atti del IV*
Congrcsso Internazionale degli Orientalisti. Florence, 1880.
Lenormant, F., and Pettier, E., s.v. " Eleusinia," in Daremberg et Saglio,
Dictionnaire des Antiquite's Grecques et Romaines^ ii.
Lentner and Dahn, in Bavaria , Landes- und Volkskunde der Konigreichs Bayem^
i. Munich, 1860.
Lenz, H. O., Botanik der alien Griechen und Rbmer. Gotha, 1859.
Lenz, O., Skizzen aits Westafrika. Berlin, 1878.
Leo the Great, Sermon es, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, liv.
Leonard, Major A. G., The Lower Niger and its Tribes. London, 1906.
Leoprechting, Karl Freiherr von, Aus dem Lechrain. Munich, 1855.
Lepsius, R., Die Chronologie der Aegypter. Berlin, 1849.
Letters from Egypt, Ethiopia, and the Peninsula of Sinai. London, 1853.
" Uber den ersten agyptischen Gotterkreis und seine geschichtlich-mytho-
logische Entstehung,'* in Abhandlungen der kbniglichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin (1851).
Lerius (Lery), J., Historia Navigationis in Brasiliam, quae et America dicitur*
1586.
Lerouze, in Mlmoires de FAcadtmie Celtique, iii. (1809).
Leskien, A., und Brugmann, K., Litauische Volkslieder und Mdrchen. Stras-
burg, 1882.
Leslie, David, Among the Zulus and Amatongas. Second Edition. Edinburgh,
1875.
Leslie, Lieut. -Colonel Forbes, The Early Races of Scotland and their Monuments.
Edinburgh, 1866.
Lett, H. W., "Winning the Churn (Ulster)," in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).
Letteboer, J. H., " Eenige aanteekeningen omtrent de gebruiken bij zwanger-
schap en geboorte onder de Savuneezen," in Mededeelingen van wege
het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).
" Lettre de Mgr. Bruguiere, eveque de Capse, a M. Bousquet, vicaire-g^ndral
d'Aire," in Annales de r Association de la Propagation de la Fot t v.
Paris and Lyons, 1831.
" Lettre du cure de Santiago Tepehuacan a son e*vque sur les mceurs et coutumes
des Indiens soumis a ses soins," in Bulletin de la Social de Gtographie
(Paris), Deuxieme S^rie, ii. (1834).
Lettres edifiantes et curieuses. Nouvelle Edition. Paris, 1780-1783.
Levchine, A. de, Description des hommes et des steppes des Kirghiz- Kazaks ou
Kirghiz- Kaisaks. Paris, 1840.
LeVi, Sylvain, La Doctrine du sacrifice dans les Br&hmanas. Paris, 1898.*
Leviticus, The Book of.
Levrault, " Rapport sur les provinces de Cantos et du Napo," in Bulletin de la
SoriM de Gtographie (Paris), Deuxieme Serie, xi. (1839).
Lew, H., "Der Tod und die Beerdigungs-gebrauche bei den polnischen Juden,"
in Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien^ xxxii.
(1902).
Lewin, Captain T. H., Wild Races of South- Eastern India. London, 1870.
Lewis, E. W., in letter to the Author (iii. 106 . 2 ).
Lewis, Rev. Thomas, " The Ancient Kingdom of Kongo," in The Geographical
Journal^ xix. (1902).
76 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Lewis and Clarke, Captains, Expedition to the Sources of the Missouri, etc
London, 1814.
Reprinted at London, 1905.
Travels to the Source of the Missouri River. London, 1815.
T^exer, M., " Volksliberlieferungen aus dem Lesachtal in Karnten," in Zeitschrift
fiir deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, hi. (1855).
" Lexicon Mythologicum," appended to the Edda Rhythmica seu Antiquior,
vulgo Saemundina dicta, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.
L'Heureux, Jean, " Ethnological Notes on the Astronomical Customs and
Religious Ideas of the Chokitapia or Blackfeet Indians," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xv. (1886).
Lhwyd, Edward, in a letter quoted by W. Borlase, in Antiquities, Historical and
Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. London, 1769.
Libanius. Ed. J. J. Reiske. Altenburg, 1791-1797.
Lichtenstein, H., Reisen im sudlichen Afrika. Berlin, 1811-1812.
Licinius Imbrex, quoted by Aulus Gellius, xiii. 23 (22). 16.
Liebrecht, F., Des Gervasius von Tilbtiry Otia Imperialia. Hanover, 1856.
" Lapplandische Marchen," in Germania, N.R., iii. (1870).
in Philologus, xxii.
Zur Volkskunde. Ileilbronn, 1879.
*Liebstadt, Marcgrav de, Historia rerum naturalium Brasiliensium. Amsterdam,
1648. (Referred to by Th. Waitz, in Anthropologie der Naturvolker,
iii. Leipsic, 1862.)
Liefrinck, F. A., " Bijdrage tot de Kennis van het eiland Bali," in Tijdschrift
voor Indische Taal~ Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxni. ( 1 890).
*Ligertwood, Miss J., MS. notes, quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, Religion and
Myth. London, 1893,
Lt-Kt. Translated by James Legge. Oxford, 1885. (Sacred Books of the
East, vol. xxvii.)
Linde, S., Dejano summo Romanorum deo. Lund, 1891.
*Lindenbrog, Glossary on the Capitularies, quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche
Mythologie, Fourth Edition.
Lindley, J., and Moore, T., The Treasury of Botany. New Edition. London,
1874.
Lindsay, W. M., The Latin Language. Oxford, 1894.
Liorel, J., Kabylie du Jurjura. Paris, N.D.
Lisiansky, Ury, A Voyage Round the World in the Years 1803, 4, 3, ana 6.
London, 1814.
Little, H. W., Madagascar, its History and People. London, 1884.
*Littmann, E., Publications of the Princeton Expedition to Abyssinia. Leyden,
1910. (Referred to by Th. Noldeke, " Tigre-Texte," in Zeitschrift Jur
Assyriologie, xxiv. 1910.)
^Liverpool Mercury, of June 29th, 1867, quoted by T. F. Thiselton Dyer,
British Popular Customs. London, 1876.
Livingstone, David, Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa.
London, 1857.
Narrative of Expedition to the Zambesi. London, 1865.
Last Journals in Central Africa. London, 1874.
Livinhac, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liii. (1881), Ix. (1888).
Livy. Ed. J. N. Madvig et J. L. Ussing. Copenhagen, 1863-1880.
Ed. W. Weissenborn. Berlin, 1873-1900.
*Ljibenov, P., Baba Ega. Trnovo, 1887. (Quoted by F. S. Krauss, "Alt-
slavische Feuergewinnung," in Globus, lix., 1891.)
Lloyd, L., Peasant Life in Sweden. London, 1870.
" Lo Scoppio del Carro," in Resurrczione, Numero Unico del Sabato Santo
Florence, April 1906.
Lobeck, Chr. Aug., Aglaophamus. Konigsberg, 1829.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 77
Lockhart, J. G., Memoirs of the Life of Sir Walter Scott. First Edition.
Edinburgh, 1837-1838.
Second Edition. Edinburgh, 1839.
Loftus-Tottenham, A. R., quoted by E. Thurston in Castes and Tribes of
Southern India. Madras, 1909.
Logan, James, The Scottish Gael or Celtic Manners. Edited by the Rev. Alex.
Stewart. Inverness, N.D.
Logan, J. R., "The Orang Binua ofjohore," in Journal of the Eastern Archi*
pelago and Eastern Asia, i. (1847).
Logan, W., Malabar. Madras, 1887.
Longus, Pastoralia de Daphnide et Chloe, in Erotici Scriptores, ed. G. A.
Hirschig. Paris (Didot), 1885.
Lord, John Keast, The Nat^lral^st in Vancouver Island and British Columbia.
London, 1866.
Loret, Victor, " L'Egypte au temps du tote'misme," in Conferences faites au
Muste Guimet, Bibliotheque de Vulgarisation, xix. Paris, 1906.
'* Les fetes d'Osiris au mois de Khoiak," in Recueil de Travaux relatifs &
laPhilologie et & F Archtologie Egyptiennes et Assyriennes, iii. (1882), iv.
(1883), v. (1884).
Loria, Dr. L., " Notes on the Ancient War Customs of the Natives of Logea
and Neighbourhood," in British New Guinea, Annual Report for
1894-1895. London, 1896.
Loskiel, G. H., History of the Mission of the United Brethren among the
Indians in North America. London, 1794-
Loth, J., " L'Anne'e celtique," in Revue Celtique, xxv. (1904).
" Les douze jours supple'mentaires (gourdeziou) des Bretons et les douze
jours des Germains et des Indous," in Revue Celtique, xxiv. (1903).
Loubere, De la, Du royaume de Siam. Amsterdam, 1691.
Louis, J. A. H., The Gates of Thibet, a Bird's Eye View of Independent Sikkhim,
British Bhootan, and the Dooars. Second Edition. Calcutta, 1894.
Louve,t, L. E., La Cochinchine religieuse. Paris, 1885.
Louwerier, D., " Dii^ciooxif'e gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht
genomen bij net bouwen hunner huizen," Mededeelingen van wege het
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlviii. (1904).
" Bijgeloovige gebruiken, die door de Javanen worden in acht genomen bij
de verzorging en opvoeding hunner kinderen," in Mededeelingenvanivege
het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlix. (1905).
Low, H., m Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxv. (1896).
Low, Hugh, Sarawak. London, 1848.
Low, Lieut. -Colonel James, " On the Laws of Muung Thai or Siam,' 7 in Journal
of the Indian Archipelago, i. Singapore, 1847.
Low, L., Die Lebensalter in der jUdischen Literatur. Szedegin, 1875.
Lowell, P., Choson, the Land of the Morning Calm, a Sketch of Korea. London,
preface dated 1885.
Loyer, G., " Voyage to Issini on the Gold Coast," in T. Astley's New General
Collection of Voyages and Travels, ii. London, 1745.
Lozano, Pedro, Descripcion chorographica del terreno, rios, arbolts, y animates
de las dilatadissimas Provincias del Gran Chaco, Gualamba, etc.
Cordova, 1733.
Luard, Captain C. Eckford, in Census of India, 1901, vol. i., Ethnographic
Appendices. Calcutta, 1903.
in Census of India, igor, vol. xix. Central India. Lucknow, 1902.
Lucan, Pharsalia. Ed. C. E. Haskins. London, 1887.
Lucian, Opera. Ed. C. Jacobitz. Leipsic, 1866-1881.
Alexander.
Amores,
Anacharsis.
7 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
JLucian continued.
Bacchus.
Bis accusatus.
Calumniae non temere credendutn*
Charidemus.
DC astrologia.
De dea Syria.
DC mortc Peregrini.
DC saltatione.
Dialogi deorum.
Dialogi meretricii.
Hermotimus.
Jupiter Tragoedus*
Lexiphanes.
Muscac encomium.
Necyomanteia.
Philopatris.
Philopseudes.
Rhetorum praeceptor*
Saturnalia.
Somnium.
Tragodopodagra.
Lucius, Prof. E., Die Anfange des Heiligenkultes in der ckristlichen Kircht*
Tubingen, 1904.
Lucretius, De rerum natura. Ed. II. A. J. Munro. Third Edition. Cam-
bridge, 1873.
Luders, O., Die dionysiscken Kilnstler. Berlin, 1873.
Lumholtz, C., Among Cannibals. London, 1889.
" Symbolism of the Huichol Indians," in Memoirs of the American Museum
of Natural History ', vol. iii. May 1900.
Unknown Mexico. London, 1903.
Luschan, F. von, "Einiges liber Sitten und Gebrauche der Eingeborenen Neu-
Guineas," in Verhandhmgen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie,
Ethnologic, und Urgeschichte (1900).
Luzel, F. M,, Contes populaires de Basse- Bretagne. Paris, 1887.
VeilleesBretonnes. Morlaix, 1879.
Lyall, Sir Alfred C., Asiatic Studies. First Series. London, 1899.
Lyall, Sir Charles J., in his Introduction to The Khasis, by Major P. R. T.
Gurdon.
Lycophron, Alexandra (Cassandra). Griechisch und deutsch von C. von
Holzinger. Leipsic, 1895.
Lyell, Sir Charles, Principles of Geology. Twelfth Edition. London, 1875.
The Geological Evidence of the Antiquity of Man. Fourth Edition.
London, 1873.
Lynker, Karl, Deutsche Sagen und Sitten in hessischen Gauen. Second Edition.
Cassel and Gottingen, 1860.
Lyon, G. F., Private Journal. London, 1824.
Lysias, Orationes. Ed. C. Scheibe. Leipsic, 1852.
Contra Andocidcm.
Lyttelton, Dr., Bishop of Carlisle, quoted by William Borlase, Antiquities,
Historical and Monumental, of the County of Cornwall. London, 1 769.
Maan, G., " Enige mededeelingen omtrent de zeden en gewoonten der Toerateya
ten opzichte van den rijstbouw, " in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land-
en Volkenkunde, xlvi. (1903).
Maass, A., Beiliebensivurdigen Wilden, ein Bcitrag zur Kenntniss der Mentawai-
Insulancr. Berlin, 1902.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 79
Maass, Ernst, Die Tagesgotter. Berlin, 1902.
Orpheus. Munich, 1895.
Macalister, Mrs. Alexander. Private communication (vii. 157 n. 9 ).
Macalister, Professor R. A. Stewart, Bible bide- lights from the Mound of Gezer.
London, 1906.
Reports on the Excavations of Gezer. London, N.D. Reprinted from the
Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund.
The Philistines, their History and Civilization. London, 1913.
M* Alpine, N., Gaelic Dictionary. Seventh Edition. Edinburgh and London,
1877.
Macarius, Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et
F. G. Schneidewin. Gottingen, 1839-1851.
Macaulay, T. B., History of England. First Edition. London, 1855.
Macbain, A., Etymological Dictionary of the Gaelic Language. Inverness, 1896.
Maccabees, The Second Book of.
MacCauley, C., " Seminole Indians of Florida," in Fifth Annual Report of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1887.
M'Caw, S. R., " Mortuary Customs of the Puyallups," in The American Anti-
quarian and Oriental Journal, viii. (1886).
McCHntock, Walter, The Old North Trail. London, 1910.
McCullagh, J. B., in The Church Missionary Gleaner ', xiv. No. 164 (August
1887).
MacCulloch, J. A., "Calendar," in Dr. James Hastings's Encyclopaedia of
Religion and Ethics, iii. Edinburgh, 1910.
, The Religion of the Ancient Celts. Edinburgh, 1911.
M'Culloch, Colonel W. J., quoted by G. Watt, "The Aboriginal Tribes of
Manipur," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xvi. (1887).
Macdonald, A., "Midsummer Bonfires," in Folk-lore, xv. (1904).
"Some former Customs of the Royal Parish of Crathie, Scotland," in
Folk-lore, xviii. (1907).
Macdonald, George, Catalogue of Greek Coins in the Hunterian Collection.
Glasgow, 1899-1905.
Macdonald, Rev. James, " East Central African Customs," in Journal of th
Anthropological Institute, xxii. (1893).
Light in Africa. Second Edition. London, 1890.
" Manners, Customs, Superstitions, and Religions of South African Tribes,"
v& Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xix. (1890), xx. (1891).
MS. notes sent to the Author (iv. 183 . 2 ).
Religion and Myth. London, 1 893.
Macdonell, A. A., Vedic Mythology. Strasburg, 1897.
Macdonell, Lady Agnes, in letter to the Author (ix. 164 n. 1 ).
in The Times, May 3rd, 1913,
Macdougall, Rev. J., Folk and Hero Tales. London, 1891. (Waifs and Strays
of Celtic Tradition, No. III.)
MacFarlane, Dr., quoted by A. C. Haddon, in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xix. (1890).
Macfarlane, Mr., of Faslane, Gareloch. Private communication (viii. 158 . 2 ).
M'Gillivray, A. A., in H. R. Schoolcraft's Indian Tribes of the United States.
Philadelphia, 1853-1856.
Macgillivray, J. , Narrative of the Voyage of H. M.S. Rattlesnake. London, 1852.
Macgowan, D. S., M.D., "Self-immolation by Fire in China," in The Chinese
Recorder and Missionary Journal, xix. (1888).
McGregor, A. W., quoted by W. S. Routledge and K. Routledge, With n
Prehistoric People, the Akikuyu of British East Africa. London, 1910.
MacGregor, Sir William, British New Guinea. London, 1897.
"Lagos, Abeokuta, and the Alake," in Journal of the African Society ,
No. 12 (July 1904).
8o THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Maclnnes, Rev. D., Folk and Hero Tales. London, 1890.
Mackay, Alexander, quoted by Alexander Carmichael, Carmina Gadelica
Edinburgh, 1900.
McKellar, Mr., quoted by the Rev. W. Ridley, in "Report on Australian
Languages and Traditions," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
ii. (1873)-
Mackenzie, A., " Descriptive Notes on Certain Implements, Weapons, etc.,
from Graham Island, Queen Charlotte Islands, B.C.," in Transactions
of the Royal Society of Canada, ix. ( 189 1 ).
Mackenzie, Alexander, Voyages from Montreal through the Continent of North
America. London, 1801.
Mackenzie, Sheriff-Substitute David J. Private communications (ix. 169 n* 2 ).
*Mackenzie, E., An Historical, Topographical, and Descriptive View of the
County of Northumberland. Second Edition. Newcastle, 1825.
(Quoted in County Folk-lore, vol. iv. Northumberland. Collected by
M. C. Balfour. London, 1904.)
Mackenzie, Captain J. S. F., "The Village Feast," in Indian Antiquary,
iii. (1874).
Mackenzie, John, Ten Years North of the Orange River. Edinburgh, 1871.
Mackinlay, J. M., Folk-lore of Scottish Lochs and Springs. Glasgow, 1893.
Maclagan, R. C., M.D., "Corn-maiden in Argyleshire," in Folk-lore, vii.
(1896).
"Notes on Folk-lore Objects collected in Argyleshire," in Folk-lore, vi.
(1895).
"Sacred Fire," in Folk-lore, ix. (1898).
Maclean, Colonel, A Compendium of Kafir Laws and Customs. Cape Town,
1866.
McLennan, J. F., Studies in Ancient History. London, 1886.
The Patriarchal Theory. Edited and completed by D. McLennan.
London, 1885.
M'Mahon, A. R., 7'ke Karens of the Golden Chersonese. London, 1876.
MacPhail, Rev. M., "Folk-lore from the Hebrides," in Folk-lore, xi. (1900).
"Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis," in Folk-lore, vi.
(1895).
Macpherson, Captain, in North Indian Notes and Queries, ii.
Macpherson, W. , Memorials of Service in India from the Correspondence of the,
late Major S. C. Macpherson. London, 1865.
Macridy-Bey, Th., La Porte des Sphinx a Eyuk. (Mitteilungen der Vorder-
asiatischen Gesellschaft, 1908, No. 3, Berlin.)
Macrobius, Opera. Ed. L. Jan. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1848-1852.
Commentarium in Somnium Scipionis.
Saturnalia.
McTaggart, J. McT. Ellis, Some Dogmas of Religion. London, 1906.
Madras Government Museum Bulletin.
Maeletius (Maletius, Meletius, Menecius, Ian Malecki), Jo., "De religione et
sacrificiis et idolatria veterum Borussorum, Livonum, aliarumque vicina-
rum gentium," in De Russorum Mtiscovitamm et Tartarorum religione,
sacrificiis, nuptiarum, funerum ritu. Spires, 1582.
Reprinted in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum, vol. ii. (Riga and
Leipsic, 1848), and in Mitteilungen der Litterarischen Gesellschaft
Masovia, viii. (Lotzen, 1902).
Magazin kerausgegeben von der Lettisch-Literarischen Gesellschaft. Mitau, 1868.
*Magaxin pittoresque. Paris, 1840.
Magoun, H. W., "The Asuri-Kalpa ; a Witchcraft Practice of the Atharva
Veda," in American Journal of Philology, x. (1889).
Magyar, Ladisiaus, Reisen in Siid'Afrika in den Jahren 1849-1857. Buda
Pesth and Leipsic, 1859.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 81
Mahabharata. Condensed into English by Romesch Dutt. London, 1898.
Mahaffy, J. P., The Empire of the Ptolemies. London, 1895.
Maimonides, quoted and translated by D. Chwolsohn, Die Ssabier und dei
Ssabismus. St. Peteisburg, 1856.
Makrfzl, quoted by Lagarde, " Purim," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Gesell*
schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, xxxiv. (1887).
Malalas, Joannes, Chronographia. Ed. L. Dindorf. Bonn, 1831.
Malcolm, Sir John, History of Persia. London, 1815.
Maler, T., " Me*moire sur 1'etat de Chiapa (Mexique)," in Revue <T Ethnographic >
iii. (1885).
Mallat, J., Les Philippines Paris, 1846.
Malte-Brun, Annales des Voyages. Paris, 1814.
Man, a Monthly Record of Anthropological Science.
Man, E. H., " Notes on the Nicobarese," in Indian Antiquary -, xxviii. (1899).
On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. London, N.D.
Mandlesloe, J. A. de, in J. Harris's Voyages and Travels, \. London, 1744.
Manilius, Astronomica. Ed. M. Bechert, in Corpus Poetart4m Latinorum, ed.
J. P. Postgate. London, 1894-1905.
Mann, J. F., "Notes on the Aborigines, of Australia," in Proceedings of ths
Geographical Society of Australasia, i. (1885).
Manners and Customs of the Japanese in the Nineteenth Century : from recent
Dutch Visitors to Japan, and the German of Dr. Ph. Fr. von Siebold.
London, 1841.
Mannhardt, W., Antike Wald- und Feldkulte. Berlin, 1877.
"Das alteste March en," in Zeitschrift filr deutsche Mythologie und Sitten-
kunde, iv. (1859).
Der Baumkultus der Germanen und ihrer Nachbarstdmme. Berlin, 1875.
Die Gotter der deutschen und nordischen Volker t Berlin, 1860.
Die Korndamonen. Berlin, 1868.
Germanische My then. Berlin, 1858.
in Magazin herausgegeben von der Lettisch- Littrarischen Gesellschaft, xiv.
(1868).
Mythologische Forschungen. Strasburg, 1884.
Roggenwolf und Roggenhund. Second Edition. Danzig, 1 866.
Manning, J., "Notes on the Aborigines of New Holland," in Journal and
Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales, xvi. /Sydney,
1883.
Manning, Percy, in Folk-lore, iv. (1893), vu *- ( I ^97)
Manning, Thomas. See s.v. Narratives.
Mansfeld, Alfred, Urwald Dokumente, vier Jahre unter den Crossjlussnegern
Kameruns. Berlin, 1908.
Mansveld, G. (Kontroleur van Nias), " lets over de namen en Galars onder de
Maleijers in de Padangsche Bovenlanden, bepaaldelijk in noordelijk
Agam," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde,
xxiii. (1876).
Manuscrit Ramirez : Histoire de Vorigine des Indiens qui habitent la Nouvelle
Espagne selon leurs traditions. Public* par D. Charnay. Paris,
1903.
Marcellinus on Hermogenes, in Rhetores Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart
and Tubingen, 1832-1836.
Marcellus, De medicamentis. Ed. G. Helmreich. Leipsic, 1889.
Marchoux, "Ethnographic, Porto-Novo," in Revue Scientifique t Quatriemc
S&ie, iii. (1895).
Marcus Antoninus, Commentarii. Ed. J. Stich. Leipsic, 1882.
Marett, R. R., The Threshold of Religion. London, N.D.
Margoliouth, D. S., Mohammed and the Rise of Islam. New York, 1905.
Mariette-Bey (Pacha), A., Denderah. Paris, 1873-1880.
82 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
*Marilaun, Anton Kerner von, Pflanzenleben. 1888.
The Natural History of Plants. Translated and edited by F. W. Oliver.
London, 1894-1895.
Marindin, G. E. M., s.v. " Oscilla," in W. Smith's Dictionary of Greek and
Roman Antiquities. Third Edition. London, 1890-1891.
Mariner, W. , An Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands. Edited by John
Martin. Second Edition. London, 1818.
Tonga Islands, Vocabulary (appended to the preceding).
Marini, Gio. Filippo de, Historia et relatione del Tunchino et del Giappone.
Rome, 1665.
Mariny, Relation nouvelle et curieuse des royaumes de Tunquin et de Lao.
Traduite de 1'Italien du P. Mariny (sic) Remain. Paris, 1666.
M 'armor Parium, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum y vol. i. Paris (Didot),
1874. Ed. C. Muller.
Marno, Ernst, Reisen im Gebiete des blauen und weissen Nil. Vienna, 1874.
Marquardt, Joachim, Privatleben der Romer. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1886.
Romische Staatsverwaltung. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1885.
Marriott, H. P. Fitzgerald, The Secret Tribal Societies of West Africa. Re-
printed from Ars quatuor Coronatorum, the Transactions of a Masonic
Lodge of London.
Marsden, W., History of Sumatra. Third Edition. London, 1811.
Marshall, A. S. F., in letter to Professor A, C. Seward (vi. 136 . 3 ).
Marshall, W. E., Travels amongst the Todas. London, 1873.
Marston, Major M., in Rev. Jedidiah Morse's Report to the Secretary of War oj
the United States on Indian Affairs^ Appendix. Newhaven, 1822.
Marti, D. K. , Kurzer Hand- Cowmen tar zum alien Testament. Freiburg i. B.
Martial, Epigrammata. Ed. L. Friedlaender. Leipsic, 1886.
Martianus Capella. Ed. Franciscus Eyssenhardt. Leipsic, 1866.
Martin, C., " Ober die Eingeborenen von Chiloe," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie^
ix. (1877).
Martin, Father, in Lettres tdifiantes et curieuses, Nouvelle Edition, xi. Paris,
1781.
Martin, K., " Bericht Uber eine Reise ins Gebiet des Oberen-Surinam," in
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie ^
xxxv. (1886).
Bericht uber eine Reise nach Nederlandsch West-Indien t Erster Theil.
Leyden, 1887.
Martin, M., "A Description of the Western Islands of Scotland," in John
Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels^ iii.
Description of the Western Islands of Scotland. London, 1673 [1703].
Martin, Th. Henry, in Revue Archologique> N.S., xiii. (1866).
Martinengo-Cesaresco, E., in The Academy^ No. 671, March 14, 1885.
Martins, C. F. Phil, von, Beitrdge zur Ethnographie und Sprachenkunde
AmerikdS) zumal Brasiliens. Leipsic, 1867.
* Marty rologium Romanum Vetus, quoted by W. Smith and S. Cheetham,
Dictionary of Christian Antiquities > i.
Mason, Rev. F., D.D., " On Dwellings, Works of Art, Law, etc., of the Karens,"
in Journal of the Asiatic Societv of Bengal \ xxxvii. (1868).
"Physical Character of the Karens," in Journal of the Asiatic Society oj
Bengal, New Series, No. cxxxi. Calcutta, 1866.
Mason, quoted in A. Bastian's Die Volker des ostlichen Asien.
Maspero, Sir Gaston, tudes de Mythologie et o? Archtologie gyptiennes. Paris,
1893-1912.
Histoire ancienne. Fourth Edition. Paris, 1886.
ffistoire ancienne des peuples deF Orient classique: les origines. Paris, 1895.
Histoire ancienne des peuples de F Orient classique: les premieres m$Ues del
peuples. Paris, 1897.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 83
Maspero, Sir Gaston continued.
Histoire ancienne des peuples de f Orient classiquc : les Empires. Paris,
1899.
in Journal des Savants, annexe 1899.
" Le rituel du sacrifice fune'raire," in Etudes de Mythologie et d* Archtologie
J-Lgyptiennes, i.
Les Contes populaires de PEgypte ancienne. Third Edition. Paris, N.n.
quoted by Miss R. E. White, in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).
Massaja, F. G., in Bulletin de la Society de Gtographie (Paris), Seme Se*rie, i.
(1861).
Massaja, G., / miei trentacinque anni di missione neW alta Etiopia. Rome and
Milan, 1885-1893.
Massaja, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Fot, xxx. (1858).
Masson, Bishop, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi > xxiv. (1852).
Masui, Th. , Guide de la Section de fEtat Independent du Congo a F Exposition dt
Bruxelles-Tervueren en 1897. Brussels, 1897.
Mateer, Rev. S., Native Life in Travancore. London, 1883.
The Land of Charity. London, 1871.
Matheson, R., in The Folk-lore Journal, vii. (1889).
Mathew, J., Eaglehawk and Crow. London and Melbourne, 1899.
Mattei, Le Commandant, Bas-Niger, Btnoue', Dahomey. Paris, 1895.
Matthes, Dr. B. F., Beknopt Verslag miiner reizen in de Binnenlanden van
Celebes, in dejaren 185? en 1861. ( Verzameling van Berigten betreffende
de Bijbelverspreiding) Nos. 96-99. )
Bijdragen tot de Ethnologic van Zuid- Celebes. The Hague, 1875.
Einige Eigenthiimlichkeiten in den Festen und Geivohnheiten der Makassaren
und Buginesen. Leyden, 1884. Separate reprint from Travaux de la
6eme Session du Congres Internationale des Orientalistes a Leide, vol. ii.
Makassaarsch-Hollandsch Woordenboek. Amsterdam, 1859.
" Over de Ada's of gewoonten der Makassaren en Boegineezen," in Verslagen
en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen ,
Afdeeling Letterkunde, Derde Reeks, ii. Amsterdam, 1885.
Over de Bissoes of heidensche priesters en priesteressen der Boeginezen.
Amsterdam, 1872. Reprinted from the Verhandelingen der Koninklijke
Akademie van Wet ens chap pen, Afdeeling Letterkunde, Deel vii.
Matthews, John, A Voyage to the River Sierra-Leone. London, 1791.
Matthews, Washington, Ethnography and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians*
Washington, 1877.
" Myths of Gestation and Parturition," in American Anthropologist ', New
Series, iv. New York, 1902.
"The Mountain Chant : a Navajo Ceremony," in Fifth Annual Report of
the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1887.
Mauch, C., Reisen im Inneren von Sud-Afrika. Gotha, 1874. (Petermanns
Mittheilungen, Erganzungsheft, No. 37.)
Maud, Captain Philip, " Exploration in the Southern Borderland of Abyssinia,"
in The Geographical Journal \ xxiii. (1904).
Maund, E. A., " Zambesi, the new British Possession in Central South Africa,"
in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society, 1 890.
Maundrell, Henry, A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, A.D. 1697.
Fourth Edition. Perth, 1800.
"A Journey from Aleppo to Jerusalem at Easter, A.D. 1697," in Bonn's
Early Travellers in Palestine. Edited by Thomas Wright. London, 1 848.
Maurer, Konrad, Islandische Volkssagen der Gegenwart. Leipsic, 1860.
Vorlesungen iiber altnordische Rechtsgeschichte. Leipsic, 1907.
Maury, A., Histoire des Religions de la Grhe Antique. Paris, 1857-1859.
Maury, L. F. Alfred, " Les Populations primitives du nord de PHindoustan," in
Bulletin de la Socittf de Gfographie (Paris), 4eme S^rie, vii. (1854).
*4 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Maximilian, Prinz zu Wied, Reise in das Innere Nord- America. Coblenz,
1839-41.
Reise nach Brasilien. Frankfort, 1820-1821.
Maximus Tyrius, Dissertations. Ed. Fr. Diibner. Paris (Didot), 1877.
Maxwell, W. E., "The Folk-lore of the Malays," in Journal of the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 7 (June 1881).
Mayer, M., s.v. "Kronos," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und
rdmischen Mythologie, ii. Leipsic, 1890-1897.
Mayne, J. D., A Treatise on Hindu Law and Usage. Third Edition. Madras
and London, 1883.
Mayne, Commander R. C, Four Years in British Columbia and Vancouver
Island* London, 1862.
Mazzuconi, Father, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi> xxvii. (1855).
Meakin, Budgett, The Moors. London, 1902.
Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap.
Mcerburg, J. W., "Proeve einer beschrijving van land en volk van Midden-
Manggarai (West-Flores), Afdeeling Bima," in Tijdschrift voor Indische
Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxxiv. (1891).
Meerwaldt, J. H,, " Gebruiken der Bataks in het maatschappelijk leven," in
Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap >, xlix.
(1905), li. (1907).
Meier, Ernst, Deutsche Sagen, Sitten und Gebrauche aus Schwaben. Stuttgart,
1852.
" Ober Pflanzen und Krauter," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und
Sittenkunde, i. Gbttingen, 1853.
Meier, Josef, " Mythen und Sagen der Admiralitats-insulaner," in Anthropos,
iii. (1908).
Meiners, C., Geschichte der Religionen. Hanover, 1806-1807.
Meissner, Bruno, "Zur Entstehungsgeschichte des Purimfestes," in Zeitschrift
der deutschen morgenldndischen Gesellschaft^ 1. (1896).
Mela, Pomponius, Chorographia. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1867.
Meldon, Major J. A., "Notes on the Bahima of Ankole," in Journal of the
African Society -, No. xxii. (January 1907).
Melito, " Oration to Antoninus Caesar," in W. Cureton's Spicilegium Syriacuin.
London, 1855.
Meltzer, s.v. " Dido," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und rdmischen
Mythologie^ i.
Mtlusine.
*Mdville, H., Van Diemcrts Land (Hobart Town, 1833), quoted by H. Ling
Roth, The Aborigines of Tasmania. London, 1890.
Memoir of the American Museum of Natural History^ Thejesup North Pacific
Expedition.
Mlmoires de rAcadtmie Celtique.
Mtmoircs de FAcadtmie des Inscriptions et Belles- Lettres.
Mlmoires de la Socittt des Antiquaires de Picardie.
Mfmoires de la Socitte' de Linguistique de Paris.
Mtmoires de la Sociltt Finno-Ougrienne.
Mlmoires et dissertations publiles par la Socittt Roy ale des Antiquaires de
France.
Memoirs of the Anthropological Society of London.
Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.
Memorials of the Empire of Japon in the XVI. and XVII. Centuries. Edited
by T. Rundall. Hakluyt Society. London, 1850.
Menander of Ephesus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. MUller,
vol. iv.
Quoted by Eusebius, Chronicorum liber prior. Ed. A. Schoene.
Quoted by Josephus, Contra Apionem.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 85
Menander Protector, in Fragtnenta Historicorum Graccorum, ed. C. Muller,
vol. iv.
Menecius, J., in Scriptores rerum Livonicarum^ ii. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.
See above, s.v. Maeletius.
Mensignac, C. de, Recherches ethnographiques sur la Salive ct le Crachat.
Bordeaux, 1892.
Merensky, A., Beitrage zur Kenntnis Sud-Afrikas. Berlin, 1875.
"Das Konde-volk im deutschen Gebiet am Nyassa-See," in Verhandhmgen
der Berliner Gescllsc haft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologic und Urgeschichtt
(1893).
Mergel, J., Die Medizin der Talmudisten. Leipsic and Berlin, 1885.
Merker, Captain M., Die Masai. Berlin, 1904.
RechtsverhaltnisseundSittenderWadschagga. Gotha, 1902. (Petermann*
Mitteilungen, Erganzungsheft, No. 138.)
Merolla, G., Relazione del viaggio nel regno di Congo. Naples, 1726.
Merolla, J., "Voyage to Congo," in John Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels^
xvi.
Merz, Dr., " Bericht liber seine erste Reise von Amoy nach Kui-kiang," in
Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin, xxiii. (1 888).
Messerschmidt, L,, Corpus Inscriptionum Hettiticarum. Berlin, 1900.
The Hittites. London, 1903.
* ' Metlahkatlah) quoted by Sir John Lubbock, Origin of Civilisation. Fourth
Edition. London, 1882.
Metz, F., The Tribes inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills. Second Edition.
Mangalore, 1864.
Meyer, C., Der Aberglaube des Mittelalters. Bale, 1884.
Meyer, Eduard, "Agyptische Chronologic," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften^ 1904.
s.vv. "Anaitis," " Astarte," " Dolichenus," " Isis," and " Melqart," in
W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie.
s.v. " Atys," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopadie der dassischen Altertums-
wissenschaft, ii.
Geschichte des Altertums, vol. i. Stuttgart, 1884.
Vol. i. 2. Second Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1909.
" Nachtrage zur agyptischen Chronologic," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen
Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften vomjahre 1907. Berlin, 1 908.
quoted by J. Kohler, "Das Recht der Herero," in Z,eitschrift fur ver-
gleichende Rechtswissenschaft^ xiv. (1900).
" Uber einige semitische Gotter," in Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgen-
landischen Gesellschaft^ xxxi.
Meyer, Elard Hugo, Badisches Volksleben im nettnzehnten Jahrhundert. Stras-
burg, 1900.
Indogermanische My 'then , ii. Achilleis. Berlin, 1877.
Mythologie der Germanen. Strasburg, 1903.
Meyer, H. E. A., ' Manners and Customs of the Aborigines of the Encounter
Bay Tribe, South Australia," in The Native Tribes of South Australia.
Adelaide, 1879.
*Meyer, Kuno, Hibernia Minora and Glossary^ referred to by P. W. Joyce, A
Social History of Ancient Ireland. London, 1903.
Meyer, W., " Ein Labyrinth mit Versen," in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen
philologischen und historischen Classe der Koniglichen Bayerischen
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Mimchen (1882).
Meyrac, Albert, Traditions t coutumes, Ugendes et contes des Ardennes. Charle*
ville, 1890.
Micah, The Book of the Prophet.
Michel, Ch., Recueil d* Inscriptions Grecques. Brussels, 1900.
Supplement. Paris, 1912.
86 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
i
Michov, Matthias A., "De Sarmatia Asiana atque Europea," in Sirribn
Grynaeus's Novis Orbis regionum ac insularum veteribus incognitarum.
Paris, 1532.
in J. Pistorius's Polonicae historiae corpus. Bale, 1582.
Middleton, John Henry, in Journal of Hellenic Studies, ix. (1888).
The Remains of Ancient Rome. London and Edinburgh, 1892.
Miesen, J. H. W. van der, " Een en ander over Boeroe," in Mededeelingen van
wege het Nederlandsche Zendehnggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).
Migne, J. P., Patrologia Graeca. Paris, 1857-1866.
Patrologia latina. Paris, 1844-1864.
Mijatovich, Chedo, Servia and the Servians. London, 1908.
Mijatovich Madam Csedomille, Serbian Folk-lore. Edited by the Rev. W.
Denton. London, 1874.
Mikhailoviskij, Professor V. M., "Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia,"
vs. Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).
Miklucho-Maclay, N. von, " Ethnologische Bemerkungen Uber die Papuas der
Maclay-Kuste in Neu-Guinea," in Natwirkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder-
landsch Indie, xxxv. (1875), xxxvi. (1876).
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologic
und Urgeschichte, 1880.
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^ 1882. Bound
with Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xiv.
Miller, Hugh, My Schools and Schoolmasters. Edinburgh, 1854.
Scenes and Legends of the North of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1889*
Millin, Aubin-Louis, Voyage dans les Department du Midi de la France. Paris,
1807-1811.
Milman, II. H., History of Latin Christianity. Fourth Edition. London,
1883-1905.
Milne, J., Earthquakes. London, 1886.
Milne, Mrs. Leslie, Shans at Home. London, 1910.
Milner, Annie, in William Hone's Year Book. London, preface dated January,
1832.
Milner, John, The History ', Civil and Ecclesiastical \ and Survey of the Antiquities
of Winchester. Winchester, N.D.
Milton, John, " Apology for Smectymnuus," in Complete Collection of the
Historical, Political, and Miscellaneous Works of John Milton. London,
1738.
Paradise Lost.
Mindeleff, C., in Seventeenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American
Ethnology, part 2. Washington, 1898.
Minucius Felix, Octavius. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1867.
*Mirror, The.
* Mission Evangelica al reyno de Congo por la serafica religion de los Capuchinos.
Madrid, 1649.
Mission Pavie, Indo- Chine 1879-95, Gtographie et Voyages. Paris, 1900.
Mission scientifique du Cap Horn, 1882-83. Paris, 1891.
"Mission Voulet-Chanoine," in Bulletin de la Society de Gtographie (Paris),
Seme Se>ie, xx. (1899).
Missions Catholiques, Les.
Mitchell, (Sir) Arthur, A.M., M.D., On various Superstitions in the North-West
Highlands and Islands of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1862. (Reprinted
from the Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland, vol. iv. )
Mitchell, T. L., Three Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia.
London, 1838.
Mitra, Sarat Chandra, in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay , iv.
No. 7 (1898).
in North Indian Notes and Queries^ v.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 87
Mitra, Sarat Chandra continued.
" Notes on two Behari Pastimes," in Journal of the Anthropological Society
of Bombay ) iii.
" On some Ceremonies for producing Rain," in Journal of the Anthropological
Society of Bombay, iii. (1893).
"On the Har Parauri, or the Behari Women's Ceremony for producing
Rain," in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and
Ireland, N.S. xxix, (1897).
** On Vestiges of Moon-Worship in Behar and Bengal," in Journal of the
Anthropological Society of Bombay, ii.
Mittheilungen der Afrikanischen Gesellschaft in Deutschland.
Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien,
Mittneilitngt. n der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Sud und Sud- Ostasiens. Yokohama.
Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient- Gesellschaft zu Berlin.
Mittheilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft in Hamburg.
Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zujena.
Mittheilungen des Kaiser lich Deutschen Archaeologischen Instituts, Athenischi
Abtheilung.
Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Kbniglichen Geog)'aphischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Mitteilungen der Litterarischen Gesellschaft Masovia. Lotzen, 1902.
Mitteilungen des Seminars fur orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin.
Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft.
Mittheilungen von Forschungsreisenden und Gelehrten aus den deutschen Schuti*
gebieten.
Mockler-Ferryman, A. F., British Nigeria. London, 1902.
Up the Niger. London, 1892.
Modi, Jivangi Jimshedji, B.A., "On the Chariot of the Goddess, a Supposed
Remedy for driving out an Epidemic," in Journal of the Anthropological
Society of Bombay, vol. iv. No. 8. Bombay, 1899.
Modigliani, E., L' Isola delle Donne. Milan, 1894.
Un Viaggio a Ntas. Milan, A 1890.
Moerenhout, J. A., Voyages aux lies du Grand Octan. Paris, 1837.
Moflfat, Dr. R., Missionary Labours and Scenes in Southern Africa. London,
1842.
Mofras, Duflos de, ' Fragment d'un Voyage en Californie," in Bulletin de la
Soci^U de Glographie (Paris), 2eme Sdrie, xix. (1843).
Moggridge, Mr., reported in Archaeologia Cambrensts, Second Series, iii., and
in. Journal of the Anthropological Institute, v. (1876).
Mogk, Eugen, " Mythologie," in H. Paul's Grundriss der germanischen Philo-
logie, iii. Second Edition. Strasburg, 1900.
" Sitten und Gebriiuche im Kreislauf des Jahres," in R. Wuttke's Sachsische
Volkskunde. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.
Molina, " Fables and Rites of the Yncas," in Rites and Laws of the Yncas,
translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R. MarMiam. Hakluyt Society,
London, 1873.
Molina, J. I., Geographical, Natural, and Civil History of Chili. London,
1809.
Mommsen, August, Chronologie. Leipsic, 1883.
Delphika. Leipsic, 1878.
Feste der Stadt A then im Altertum. Leipsic, 1898.
Heortologie. Leipsic, 1864.
tJbcr die Zeit der Olympien. Leipsic, 1891.
Mommsen, Theodor, in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, vol. i. Pars prior.
Editio Altera. Berlin, 1893.
History of Rome. New Edition. London, 1894.
Romisches Staatsrecht. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1887.
Romisches Strafrecht. Leipsic, 1899.
88 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Monatsberichte der Kbniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Moncelon, L., in Bulletins de la Socittt d* Anthropologie de Paris, 3eme Se*rie, ix.
(1886).
Monckton, W., " Some Recollections of New Guinea Customs," in Journal of
the Polynesian Society^ v. (1896).
Mone, F. J., Geschichte des Heidenthtims im nordlichen Europa. Leipsic and
Darmstadt, 1822-23.
Monk, James Henry, D.D., Life of Bent ley. Second Edition. London, 1833.
Monnier, Desire, Traditions populaires compares. Paris, 1854.
Monseur, E., in Bulletin de Folklore , 1903.
Le Folklore Wallon. Brussels, N.D.
in Revue de FHistoire des Religions, xxxi. (1895).
Montaigne, Essais. Paris (Charpentier), N.D.
Montanus, Die deutschen Volksfeste t Volksbrduche und deutscher Volksglaube.
Iserlohn, N.D.
Monteiro, J. J., Angola and the River Congo. London, 1875.
Montet, E., "Religion et Superstition dans I'Amerique du Sud," in Revue de
rHistoire des Religions , xxxii. (1895).
Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati daW Institute di Corrispondenza Archeologica.
Monumenti inediti, pubblicati dair Instituto di Corrispondenza Archeologica.
Mooney, James, "Calendar History of the Kiowa Indians," in Seventeenth
Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology , Part I. Washing-
ton, 1898.
" Cherokee Theory and Practice of Medicine," in American Journal of
Folk-lore, iii. (1890).
" Myths of the Cherokee," in Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of
American Ethnology ', Part I. Washington, 1900.
" Sacred Formulas of the Cherokees," in Seventh Annual Report of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1891.
"The Indian Navel Cord," in Journal of American Folk-lore, xvii.
(1904).'
Moor, Captain Edward, "Account of an Hereditary Living Deity," in Asiatic
Researches, vii. London, 1803.
*Moorcroft and Trebeck, Travels in the Himalayan Provinces of Hindustan
and the Panjdb, quoted in North Indian Notes and Queries , i. 57,
No. 428.
*Moore, Manx Surnames^ quoted by (Sir) John Rhys, "Manx Folk-lore and
Superstitions," in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).
*Moore, Edward, Hindu Infanticide, cited by H. A. Rose, in Indian Antiquary^
xxxi. (1902).
Moore, Dr. G. F., s.w. "Asherah," " Massebah," and " Molech, Moloch," in
Encyclopaedia Biblica.
Moore, George Fletcher, Descriptive Vocabulary of the Language in Common
Use amongst the Aborigines of Western Australia. Published along
with the Author's Diary of Ten Years' Eventful Life of an Early
Settler in Western Australia, but paged separately. London, 1884.
Moore, Father H. S., in The Cowley Evangelist, May 1908.
Moore, Thomas, Life of Lord Byron, prefixed to the collected edition of Byron's
works. London, 1832-1833.
"More about Fire- walking," in Journal of the Polynesian Society, vol. x.
No. I (March 1901).
Moresby, Captain John, Discoveries and Surveys in New Guinea. London,
1876.
Moresinus, Thomas, Papatus sen Depravatae Religionis Origo et Incrementum.
Edinburgh, 1594.
Moret, Alexandre, Du Caractere religieux de la Royautt Pharaoniquc. Paris,
1902.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 89
Moret, Alexandra continued.
"Du sacrifice en ]gypte," in Revue de FHistoire des Religions, Ivii.
(1908).
Kings and Gods of Egypt. New York and London, 1912.
Le Rituel du culte divin journalier en gypte. Paris, 1902.
My stores Egyptiens. Paris, 1913.
Morga, A. de, The Philippine Islands, Moluccas, Siam, Cambodia, Japan, and
China. Hakluyt Society. London, 1868.
Morgan, A., in Journal of American Folk-lore, x. (1897).
Morgan, E. Delmar, "Notes on the Lower Congo," in Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Society, N.S., vi. (1884).
Morgan, L. H., Ancient Society. London, 1877.
League of the Iroquois. Rochester, U.S. America, 1851.
Morgan, Professor M. H., " De ignis eliciendi modisapud antiques," in Harvard
Studies in Classical Philologv, i. (1890).
Morice, Rev. Father A. G., Au pays de I 3 Ours Noir : chez les sauvages de la
Colombie Britannique. Paris and Lyons, 1897.
"Notes, archaeological, industrial, and sociological, on the Western
Denes," in Transactions of the Canadian Institute, iv. (1892-1893).
" The Canadian Denes," in Annual Archaeological Report, 1905. Toronto,
1906.
"The Western Dene's, their Manners and Customs," in Proceedings of th*
Canadian Institute, Toronto, Third Series, vii. (1888-1889).
Morley, H., Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First. London, 1890.
Morning Post, The.
Morris, D. F. van Braam, in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volken*
kunde, xxxiv. (1891).
Morris, M. C. F., Yorkshire Folk-talk. London, 1892.
Morrison, Rev. C. W., cited by Dr. Frodsham, in letter to the Author
(v. 103 . 3 ).
Morritt, in Robert Walpole's Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic 7^urkey.
Second Edition. London, 1818.
Morse, Rev. Jedidiah, Report to the Secretary of War of the United States en
Indian Affairs. Newhaven, 1822.
Moschus, Carmma. Ed. Chr. Ziegler. Tubingen, 1868.
Mosheim, J. L., Ecclesiastical History, translated by Archibald Maclaine, D.D.
London, 1819.
Mouhot, H., Travels in the Central Parts of Indo- China. London, 1864.
Moulton, Professor J. H., in letters to the Author (vii. 131 . 4 , ix. 373 w. 1 ).
Early Religious Poetry of Persia. Cambridge, 1911.
Early Zoroastrianism. London, 1913.
Two Lectures on the Science of Language. Cambridge, 1903.
Moura, J., Le Royaume du Cambodge. Paris, 1883.
* ' Mourning for the Dead among the Digger Indians, " in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, iii. (1874).
Movers, F. C., Die Phoenizier. Bonn, 1841-1856.
Much, M., Die Heimat der Indogermanen. Jena and Berlin, 1904.
Muir, John, Original Sanscrit Texts. London, 1858-1872.
Mullen, B. H,, " Fetishes from Landana, South- West Africa," in Man, *.
(1905).
Mullenhoff, Karl, Deutsche Altertumskunde. Berlin, 1870-1900.
Sagen, Mdrchen und Lieder der Herzogthumer Schleswig, Holstein und
Lauenburg. Kiel, 1845.
" Ober den Schwerttanz," in Festgaben fur Gustav Homeyer. Berlin,
1871.
Mttller, C., Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum. Paris, 1868-1883.
Geographi Graeci Minor es. Paris, 1882.
VOL. XII G
90 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Mdller, F. Max, Lectures on the Science of Language. Sixth Edition. London,
1871.
Selected Essays on Language, Religion , and Mythology. London, 1881.
MUller, I wan von, Handbuch der klassischen Altertumswissenschaft.
Miiller, J. B., " Les Moeurs et usages des Ostiackes," in Recueil de voiages au
Nord y viii. Amsterdam, 1727.
MUller, J. G., Geschichte der amerikanischen Urreligionen. Bale, 1867.
Mdller, K. O., Aeschylos Eumeniden. Gottingen, 1833.
Denkmaler der alien Kunst. Second Edition. Ed. Fr. Wieseler.
Gottingen, 1854.
Die Dorter. Second Edition. Breslau, 1844.
Die Etrusker. Ed. W. Deecke. Stuttgart, J 877.
Kunstarchaeologische Werke. Berlin, 1873.
Orchomenus und die Minyer. Second Edition. Breslau, 1844.
Prolegomena zu einer wissenschaftlichen Mythologie. Gottingen, 1825.
" Sandon und Sardanapal," in Kunstarchaeologische Werke, iii.
Miiller, P. E., on Saxo Grammaticus, Historia Danica. Copenhagen, 1839-
1858.
Miiller, S., Reizen en Onderzoekingen in den Indischen ArchipeL Amsterdam,
1857.
MUller, W. " Uber die Wildenstamme der Insel Formosa," in Zeitschrift fur
Ethnologic, xlii. (1910).
Miiller, Willibald, Beitrage zur Volkskunde der Deutschen in Mahren. Vienna
and Olmlitz, 1893.
Miiller, W. Max, Asien und Europa. Leipsic, 1893.
"Der Biindnisvortrag Ramses' II. und des Chetitirkonigs," in Mitteilungen
der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, No. 5. Berlin, 1902.
in Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Gesellschaft, 1900, No. I.
MUller- Wieseler, Denkmaler der alien Kunst. See Miiller, K. O.
*Mtinchener Neuesten Nachrichten, No. 235, May 2ist, 1909, quoted by
L. Curtius, " Christi Himmelfahrt,"in Archivfur Religionswissenschaft,
xiv. (1911).
Mundy, Captain Rodney, Narrative of Events in Borneo and Celebes , from the
Journal of James Brooke ) Esq., Rajah of Sarawak. London, 1848.
Munro, R., Ancient Scottish Lake Dwellings or Crannogs. Edinburgh, 1882.
The Lake Dwellings of Europe. London, Paris, and Melbourne, 1890.
MUnzer, s.v. "Cincius," in Pauly-Wissowa's Iteal-encyclopddie der classischen
Altertumswissenschaft, iii.
Munzinger, W., Ostafrikanische Studien. Schaffhausen, 1864.
Sitten und Recht der Bogos. Winterthur, 1859.
Murdoch, J., "Ethnological Results of the Point Barrow Expedition," in Ninth
Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington, 1892.
Murr, J., Die Pflanzemvelt in der griechischen Mythologie. Innsbruck, 1890.
Murray, Handbook for Essex, Suffolk, etc.
Murray, Sir James A. H. Private communication (vii. 151 w. 3 ). See also s.v.
New English Dictionary.
Murray, Margaret A., The Osireion at Abydos. London, 1904.
Murray- Aynsley, H. G. M., in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Murray- Aynsley, Mrs. J. C., "Secular and Religious Dances," in Folk-lore
Journal, v. (1887).
Museo Italiano di Antichith Classica.
Musters, G. C., in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xli. (1871).
At Home with the Patagonians. London, 1871.
" Notes on Bolivia," in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xlvii.
(1877).
'On the Races of Patagonia," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute*
i. (1872).
BIBLIOGRAPHY gi
Mutch, Captain J. S., quoted by Fr. Boas, in Bulletin of the American Museum
of Natural History, x v. (1901).
Myres, Professor J. L. Private communication (vii. 62 w. 6 ).
Mythographi Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1843. ( Th e full title
of this work is MvOoypAtpoi. Scriptores Foeticae Historiae Graeci.}
Mythographi Vaticani. Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis, 1834. See s.v. Scriptores
rerum mythicarum.
Nachrichten uber Kaiser- Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck- ArchipeL
Nachtigal, G., " Die Tibbu," in Zeitschrift fur Erdkunde zu Berlin, v. (1870).
SahdrA und SM&n. Leipsic, 1879-1889.
Nadaillac, Marquis de, l}Amlrique Prthistoriquc. Paris, 1883.
Nanjundayya, H. V. , The Ethnographical Survey of Mysore, vi. Komati Caste.
Bangalore, 1906.
Napier, James, Folk Lore, or Superstitious Beliefs in the West of Scotland within
this Century. Paisley, 1879.
Narrative of Captain James Fawckner's Travels on the Coast of Benin, West
Africa. London, 1837.
Narrative of the Adventures and Sufferings of John R. Jewitt. Middletown,
1820. Edinburgh, 1824.
" Narrative of the Adventures of Four Russian Sailors, who were cast in a
storm upon the uncultivated island of East Spitzbergen." Translated
frftm the German of P. L. Le Roy, in John Pinkerton's Voyages and
Travels, vol. i.
Narrative of the Captivity and Adventures of John Tanner, during l^hirty
Years 1 Residence among the Indians. Prepared for the Press by Edwin
James, M.D. London, 1830.
* 'Narrative of Travels in Europe, Asia, and Africa in the Seventeenth Century
by Evliyd Efendl. Translated from the Turkish by the Ritter Joseph
von Hammer. Oriental Translation Fund,
Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle to Tibet and of the Journey of Thomas
Manning to Lhasa. Edited by (Sir) Clements R. Markham. London,
1876.
Nassau, R. H., Fetichism in West Africa. London, 1904.
Nath, Rai Bahadur Lala Baij, B.A., Hinduism Ancient and Modern. Meerut,
1905.
"Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands." Translated by the Rev.
W. O'Ferrall, in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).
Native Tribes of South Australia, with an introductory chaptei by J. D. Woods.
Adelaide, 1879.
Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie.
Naville, E., La Religion des anciens Egyptiens. Paris, 1906.
Negelein, J. von, " Die volksthllmliche Bedeutung der weissen Farbe," in
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, xxxiii. ( 1 90 1 ).
** Eine Quelle der indische Seelenwanderungvorstellung," in Archiv fur
Religionswissemchaft, vi. (1903).
" Seele als Vogel," in Globus, Ixxix. (1901).
Neil, R. A., of Pembroke College, Cambridge. Private communications
(viii. 22 . 4 , xi. 82 ff. 6 }.
*Nelson, A. E., Central Provinces Gazetteer, Bilaspur District, 1910.
Nelson, E. W., " The Eskimo about Bering Strait," in Eighteenth Annual Report
of the Bureau of American Ethnology, Part I. Washington, 1899.
Nery, F. J. de Santa- Anna, Folklore Brtsilien. Paris, 1889.
Nesfield, J. C., in Panjab Notes and Queries, ii.
Neuhauss, R., Deutsch Neu- Guinea. Berlin, 1911.
Neumann, C., und Partsch, J., Physikalische Geographic von Gritchenland.
Breslau, 1885.
92 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Neumann, J. B., " Het Pane- en Bila-Stroomgebied op het eiland Sumatra,"
Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap^ Tweede
Serie, deel iii. meer uitgebreide artikelen, No. 2 (Amsterdam, 1886) ;
deel iv. No. I (1887).
Neumann, J. E., [? H.], *' Kemali t Pantang, en Rtboe bij de Karo-Bataks," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xlviii. (1906).
Neumann, J. H., " De <?<?<? in de godsdienstige begrippen der Karo-Bataks in
de Doesoen," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, xlvi. (1902).
De ttndi in verband met Si Dajang," in Mededeelingen van wege hei
Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschapy xiviii. (1904).
e * lets over den landbouw bij de Karo-Bataks," in Mededeelingen van wege
het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xlvi. (1902).
Neumann, K., Die Hellenen im Skythenlande. Berlin, 1855.
New, Charles, Life t Wanderings^ and Labours in Eastern Africa. London,
1873-
New English Dictionary. Edited by Sir James A. H. Murray, etc. Oxford,
1888-
Newberry, Professor P. E., in letter to the Author (vi. 109 w. 1 ).
Newbold, T. J., Political and Statistical Account of the British Settlements in
the Straits of Malacca. London, 1839.
Newell, J. E., " Chief's Language in Samoa," in Transactions of the Ninth
International Congress of Orientalists. London, 1893.
Newman, Ch. L. Norris, Matabeleland and how we got it. London, 1895.
Newman, J. H., Sermons preached before the University of Oxford. Third
Edition. London, 1872.
Newman, W. L., in his edition of Aristotle, Politics. Oxford, 1887-1902.
Newton, Alfred, Dictionary of Birds. New Edition. London, 1893-1896.
Neyret, Mgr., Bishop of Vizagapatam, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi,
xxiii. (1851).
Nicander. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in Poetae Bucolici et Didactici. Paris (Didot),
1862.
Alexipharmaca.
Theriaca.
Nicholas, Francis C., "The Aborigines of Santa Maria, Colombia," in American
Anthropologist^ N.S., iii. New York, 1901.
Nicholson, Mrs. C., quoted by R. C. Maclagan, in "Notes on Folk-lore Objects
collected in Argyleshire," Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
Nicholson, J., Folk-lore of East Yorkshire. London, Hull, and Driffield, 1890.
Supplemented by a letter addressed to Mr. E. S. Hartland, and dated
33 Leicester Street, Hull, nth September 1890.
Nicolaus Damascenus, in Fragment a Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller,
vol. iii.
quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 39.
quoted by Stobaeus, Florilegium. Ed. Meineke.
Nicolson, Alexander, A Collection of Gaelic Proverbs and Familiar Phrases,
based on Macintosh's Collection. London and Edinburgh, 1881.
Nicolson, F. W., "The Saliva Superstition in Classical Literature," in Harvard
Studies in Classical Philology, viii. (1897).
Nicolson, J., in The World's Work and Play (February 1906).
Niebuhr, B. G., History of Rome. Third Edition. London, 1837-1838.
Niemann, G. K., " De Boegineezen en Makassaren," in Bijdragen ot de Taal-
Land- en Volkenkundc van Nederlandsch-Indi't, xxxviii. (1889).
Nietzold, J., Die Ehe in Agypten zur ptolemaisch-rb'mischen Zeit. Leipsic,
1903.
Nieuw Guinea^ ethnographisch en natuurkundig onderzocht en beschreven.
Amsterdam, 1862.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 93
Nieuwenhuis, Dr. A. W., In Ctntraal Borneo. Leyden, 1900.
Quer durch Borneo. Leyden, 1904-1907.
"Tweede Reis van Pontianak naar Samarinda," in Tijdschrift van ket
Koninklijke Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap^ II. Serie, xvii.
(1900).
Nieuwenhuisen, J. T., en Rosenberg, H. C. B. von, " Verslag omtrent het Eiland
Nias en deszelfs Bewoners," in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen> xxx. Batavia, 1863.
Nigmann, E., Die Wahehe. Berlin, 1908.
Nilles, N., Kalendarium Manuals utriusque Ecclesiae Orient alts et Occidentals.
Second Edition. Innsbruck, 1896-97.
Nilsson, Professor Martin P., Griechische Feste von religioner Bedeutung.
Leipsic, 1906.
Studia de Dionysiis Atticis. Lund, 1900.
Nind, Scott, "Description of the Natives of King George's Sound (Swan River
Colony)," in Journal of 'the Royal Geographical Society -, i. (1832).
Nineteenth Century, The.
Nino, Antonio de, Usi e Costwni Abruzzesi. Florence, 1879-1883.
Nissen, H., Italische Landeskunde. Berlin, 1883-1902.
Noel, V., " fie de Madagascar : recherches sur les Sakkalava," in Bulletin de la
Societe de Gtographie (Paris), Deuxieme Se'rie, xx. (1843).
Nogues, J. L. M., Les Moeurs d^autrefois en Saintonge et en Aunis. Saintes,
1891.
Noldeke, Professor Theodor, in letter to the Author (ix. 373 n. 1 ).
" Die Selbstentmannung bei den Syrern," in Archiv fur Religionswissen*
schaft, x. (1907).
s.w. tl Esther," and " Names" in Encyclopaedia Biblica.
Geschichte der Perser und Araber zur Zeit der Sassaniden, aus der arabischen
Chronik des Tabari ilbersetzt. Leyden, 1879.
" Tigre-Texte," in Zeitschrift fur Assyriologie^ xxiv. (1910).
Nonius Marcellus, De compendiosa doctrina. Ed. L. Quicherat. Paris,
1872.
Nonnus, Les Dionysiaques. Grec et Franais par le Comte de Marcellus. Paris
(Didot), 1856.
Nonnus Abbas, Ad S. Gregorii orationes ii. contra Jultanum, in Migne's Patro-
logia Graeca, xxxvi.
Norden, E., P. Vergilius Maro, Aeneis Buch VI. Leipsic, 1903.
Nordenskiold, Baron E., " Travels on the Boundaries of Bolivia and Argentina,"
in The Geographical Jotimal, xxi. (1903).
Nore, Alfred de, Coutumes> Mythes et Traditions des provinces de France.
Paris and Lyons, 1846.
Norman, H., The Peoples and Politics of the Far East. London, 1905.
North China Herald.
North Indian Notes and Queries.
* North Star (Sitka, Alaska, December 1888), quoted in Journal of American
Folk-lore, ii. (1889).
Noskowyj, P. B., Maqrizii de valle Hadhramaut libellus arabice editus et tttus-
tratus. Bonn, 1866.
Notes analytiques sur les collections cthnographiques du Muste du Congo.
Brussels, 1902-1906.
Notes and Queries.
"Notes on the River Amur and the Adjacent Districts." Translated from the
Russian, in Journal of 'the Royal Geographical Society \ xxviii. (1858).
Notizie degli Scavi.
Nova A eta, Abhandlungen der kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol. Deutschen Akademie der
Naturforscher.
Nwus Orbis regionwn ac insularum veteribus incognitarum* Paris, 1532.
94 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Nowack, W., Lehrbuch der hebraischen Archaologie. Freiburg i. B. and
Leipsic, 1894.
Nu inkers, The Book of.
Numismatic Chronicle.
Nuova Antologia.
Nusselein, A. II. F. J., " Beschrijving van het landschap Pasir," in Bifdragen
tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, Iviii. (1905).
Nutt, D., The Voyage of Bran. London, 1895-1897.
Nuttall, Zelia, " The Periodical Adjustments of the Ancient Mexican Calendar,"
in American Anthropologist, N.S. vi. (1904).
*Nyrop, in Dania, i. No. I (Copenhagen, 1890), referred to by H. Gaidoz, Un
Vieux Rite mfdical. Paris, 1892.
Nyuak, Leo, " Religious Rites and Customs of the Iban or Dyaks of Sarawak."
Translated from the Dyak by the Very Rev. Edm. Dunn, in Anthropos,
i. (1906).
Oberhummer, E., Die Insel Cypern. Munich, 1903.
Obsequens, Julius, Prodigiorum liber, appended to W. Weissenborn's edition of
Livy, vol. x. 2. (Berlin, 1881).
"Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by William Bartram, 1789,
with prefatory and supplementary notes by E. G. Squier," in Trans-
actions of the American Ethnological Society, in. Part i. (1853).
O'Donovan, E., The Merv Oasis. London, 1882.
O'Ferrall, Rev. W., " Native Stories from Santa Cruz and Reef Islands," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).
Ogilby, J., Africa. London, 1670.
O'Grady, Standish H., Sylva Gadelica. Translation, ^London, 1892.
Olaus Magnus, Historia de gentium septentrionalium variis conditionibus.
Bale, 1567.
"Old Harvest Customs in Devon and Cornwall," in Folk-lore, i. (1890).
Old New Zealand. By a Pakeha Maori. London, 1884.
Oldenberg, H., Buddha. Fifth Edition. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1906.
Die Literatur des alien Indien. Stuttgart and Berlin, 1903.
Die Religion des Veda. Berlin, 1894.
Oldfield, A., "On the Aborigines of Australia," in Transactions of the Ethno-
logical Society of London, N.S. iii. (1865).
Oldfield, H. A., Sketches from Nipal. London, 1880.
Oldhani, C. F., " The Nagas," in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for IQQI.
London, 1901.
"Old-Time Survivals in Remote Norwegian Dales," in Folklore, xx. (1909).
Translated from * Pastor Chr. Gliikstad's Sundalen og Oksendalem
Beskrivelse, published at Christiania.
Oman, J. C., The Great Indian Epics. London, 1894.
"On a Far-off Island," in Blackwood's Magazine, February 1886.
On the Passing of the Blessed Virgin Mary. Apocryphal work attributed to the
Apostle John. See s.v. Johanni Apostoli.
Opigez, O., " Aper9U ge'ne'ral sur la Nouvelle-Cale*donie," in Bulletin de la
Socittl de Geographic (Paris), 7eme Se*rie, vii. (1886).
Oppert, G., "Note sur les Salagramas," in Comptes rend us de FAcadtmie des
Inscriptions et Belles- Lettres. Paris, 1 900.
On the Original Inhabitants of Bharatavarsa or India. Westminster and
Leipsic, 1893.
Oppianus, Halieutica. Ed. F. S. Lehrs, in Poetae Bucolici et Didactid. Paris
(Didot), 1862.
Ordish, T. Fairman, "English Folk-Drama," in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Orelli, J. C., Inscriptionum Latinarum selectarum amplissima collectio. Zurich,
1828-1856.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 95
Orient und Occident*
Origen, Commentarium injoannem II. , in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiv.
Contra Celsum, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xi.
Injeremiam Horn. XV. 4, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiii.
Selecta in Ezechielem, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xiii.
Original- Mittheilungen aus der ethnologischen Abtheilung der koniglichen Museen
zu Berlin.
Orphica. Ed. E. Abel. Leipsic and Prague, 1885.
Orphica. Ed. G. Hermann. Leipsic, 1805.
*0rtiz, Padre Tomas, La Pratica del ministerio. Manila, 1713.
Osculati, G. , Esplorazione delle regioni equatorali hmgo il Napo ed il fiume delle
Amazzoni. Milan, 1850.
*0stasiatischer Lloyd, March 14, 1890, quoted by J. E. D. Schmeltz, " Das
Pflugfest in China," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie, xi.
(1898).
Otto, W., "Juno," in Philologus, Ixiv. (1905).
Overbeck, J., Griechische Kunstmythologie. Leipsic, 1873-1878.
Ovid, Opera, in Corpus Poetarum Latinorum, ed. J. P. Postgate. London,
1894-1905.
Amores.
Ars amatoria.
Ex Ponto.
Fasti. Ed. R. Merkel. Berlin, 1841. Ed. F. A. Paley, London, N.D.
Heroides.
Ibis.
Metamorphoses.
Tristia.
Oviedo y Vald^s, Fernandez de, Historia General y Natural de las Indias.
Madrid, 1851-1855.
Oviedo y Valdes, G. F., Histoire de Nicaragua. Published in Ternaux-
Compans's Voyages, relations et mtmoires originaux, pour setvir a
I'histoire de la dtcouverte de VAmtrique. Paris, 1840.
Owen, Rev. Elias, Welsh Folk-lore. Oswestry and Wrexham, N.D., preface
dated 1896.
Owen, Mary Alicia, Folk-lore of the Musquakie Indians of North America.
London, 1904.
Owen, Captain W. F. W., Narrative of Voyages to explore the Shores of Africa^
Arabia, and Madagascar. London, 1833.
Oxyrhynchus Papyri. Ed. B. P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt. Part iii. London,
1903.
"Padstow ' Hobby Hoss,'" in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).
Pahlavi Texts. Translated by E. W. West. Oxford, 1892. (The Sacred Books
of the East, vol. xxxvii.)
Pais, Ettore, Ancient Legends of Roman History. London, 1906.
Palaephatus, De incredibilibus, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. Ant. Westermann.
Brunswick, 1843.
Palestine Exploration Fund Quarterly Statement for 1884.
Palladius, De re rustica, in Scriptores Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini, ed. J. G.
Schneider, vol. iii.
Pallas, P. S., Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des russischen Reichs. St.
Petersburg, 1771-1776.
Pallegoix, Mgr., Description du royaume Thai on Siam. Paris, 1854.
Palmer, E., " Notes on some Australian Tribes," in Journal of 'the Anthropological
Institute, xiii. (1884).
" On Plants used by the Natives of North Queensland," in Journal and
Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for 1883^ xvii.
9* THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Palmer, J., quoted by R. H. Codrington, The Melanesians.
Palmer, L. Linton, "A Visit to Easter Island," in Journal of the Royal
Geographical Society, xl. (1870).
Pander, Professor E., " Das lamaische Pantheon," in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie,
xxi. (1889).
*' Geschichte des Lamaismus," in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft
fur Anthropologic, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, 1889.
Panikkar, T. K. Gopal, Malabar and its Folk. Madras, N.D. Preface dated
Chowghaut, 8th October 1900.
Panjab Notes and Queries.
Pantschatantra. Ubersetzt von Th. Benfey. Leipsic, 1859.
Panyasis, cited by Apollodorus, Bibliotheca.
Panzer, Fr., Beitrag zur deutschen Mythologie. Munich, 1848-1855.
*Papon, Histoire gfntrale de la Provence, quoted by L. J. B. Be'renger-Feraud,
Superstitions et Survivances, iv. Paris, 1896.
Park, Mungo, Travels in the Interior Districts of Africa. Fifth Edition.
London, 1807.
Parker, E. H., China Past and Present. London, 1903.
Parker, Joseph, in Brough Smyth's Aborigines of Victoria, ii.
Parkinson, John, "Note on the Asaba People (Ibos) of the Niger/' in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvi. (1906).
"Notes on the Efik Belief in 'Bush-soul,'" in Man, vi. (1906).
" Southern Nigeria, the Lagos Province," in The Empire Review, vol. xv.
(May 1908).
Parkinson, R., " Beitrage zur Ethnologie der Gilbertinsulaner," in Internationa-
les Archiv fUr Ethnographic, ii. (1889).
" Die Berlinhafen Section, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographic der Neu-Guinea
KUste," in Internationales Archiv Jtir Ethnographic, xiii. (1900).
Dreissig Jahre in der Siidsee. Stuttgart, 1907.
Im Bismarck Archipe I. Leipsic, 1887.
Zur Ethnographic der Nordivestlichen Salomo Inseln. Berlin, 1899.
"Zur Ethnographic der Ontong Java- und Tasman-Inseln," in Internationa'
les Archiv fur Ethnographic, x. (1897).
Parkinson, Th., Yorkshire Legends and Traditions. Second Series. London,
1889.
Parkyns, Mansfield, Life in Abyssinia. Second Edition. London, 1868.
Parmentier, L., and Cumont, Fr., " Le Roi des Saturnales," in Revue de Philo-
logic, xxi. (1897).
Paroemiographi Graeci. Ed. E. L. Leutsch et F. G. Schneidewin. Gottingen,
1839-1851.
Parsons, Harold G., in letter to Mr. Theodore A. Cooke (iv. 203 . 6 ).
Parthenius, Narrationes Amatoriae, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. Ant. Westermann.
Partridge, Charles, Cross River Natives. London, 1905.
" The Burial of the Atta of Igaraland and the ' Coronation ' of his Successor,"
in Blackwood*s Magazine (September 1904).
In letter to the Author (ii. 294 n*).
Paschal Chronicle, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, xcii.
Pasquier, E., Recherches de la France. Paiis, 1633.
Passarini, L., "II Comparatico e la Festa di S. Giovanni nelle Marche e in
Roma," in Archivio per lo Studio delle Tradizioni Popolari, i.
(1882).
" Passio Sancti Symphoriani," in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, v.
Paton, L, B., s.v. "Atargatis," in J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of Religion and
Ethics, ii.
Critical and Exegetical Commentary on the Book of Esther. Edinburgh,
1908.
The Early History of Syria and Palestine, London, 1902,
BIBLIOGRAPHY 97
Paton, W. R., "Die Kreuzigung Jesu," in Zeitschrift fur die neutestamentliche
Wissenschaft, ii. (1901).
in Folk-lore, i. (1890), ii. (1891), vi. (1895), xii. (1901).
in letters to the Author (vi. 78 n. 1 , xi. 319).
" The Holy Names of the Eleusinian Priests," in International Folk-Ion
Congress, 1891 ', Papers and Transactions.
"The Pharmakoi and the Story of the Fall," in Revue archtologique^
4eme Se'rie, ix. (1907). '
Paton, W. R., and Hicks, E. L., The Inscriptions of Cos. Oxford, 1891.
Paul, H., Grundriss der germanischen Philologie. Second Edition, vol. iii.
Strasburg, 1900.
Paulitschke, Ph., Ethnographic Nor dost -Afrikas : die geistige Cultur der Dandkil^
Gallaund Somdl. Berlin, 1896.
Ethnographic Nor dost- Afrikas : die materielle Cultur der DanAkil, Galla
und Somdl. Berlin, 1893.
Paulus Diaconus, Historia Langobardorum. Ed. G. Waitz. Hanover, 1878.
Paulus Fagius, quoted by J. Selden, De dis Syris. Leipsic, 1668.
Pauly, A., Real-Encyclopadie der classischen Alterthumsivissenschaft. Stuttgart,
1842-1866 (vol. i. Second Edition; vols. ii.-vi. First Edition).
Pauly, T. de, Description ethnographique des Peuples de la Russie : Peuples de
VAmtrique Russe. St. Petersburg, 1862.
Peuples ouralo-altaiques. St. Petersburg, 1862.
Peuples de la Sibtrie orientale. St. Petersburg, 1862,
Pauly-Wissowa, Real-Encyclopddie der classischen Altertumswissenschaft. Stutt-
gart, 1894-
Pausanias, Graeciae Descriptio. Ed. Fr. Spiro. Leipsic, 1903.
Payne, Bishop, quoted by Sir Harry Johnston, Liberia. London, 1906.
Payne, E. J., History of the New World called America, vol. i. Oxford, 1892.
Payne, J. II., quoted in " Observations on the Creek and Cherokee Indians, by
William Bartram, 1789, with Prefatory and Supplementary Notes by
E. G. Squier," in Transactions of the American Ethnological Society ,
vol. iii. part i. (1853).
Peacock, Miss Mabel, in letter to the Author (ii. 231 n. 3 ).
"The Folk-lore of Lincolnshire," in Folk-lore, xii. (1901).
Peake, Professor A. S., on Job xxxviii. 31, in The Century Bible.
Peale, Titian R., in The American Naturalist, xviii. (1884).
Pearse, J., "Customs connected with Death and Burial among the Sihanakn,*'
in The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, vol. ii.,
Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884. Antananarivo,
1896.
Pechuel-Loesche, " Indiscretes aus Loango," in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic^
x. (1878).
Pedlow, M. R., in Indian Antiquary, xxix. (1900).
Peet, T. E., The Stone and Bronze Ages in Italy and Sieily. Oxford, 1909.
^Peking Gazette, quoted in Lettres tdifianles et curieuses, xxi. Nouvelle Edition.
Pelleschi, G., Eight Months on the Gran Chaco of the Argentine Republic*
London, 1886.
Pelleschi, J. , Los Indios Matacos. Buenos Ayres, 1 897.
Pembroke County Guardian.
*" Penitential of Theodore," quoted by J. M. Kemble, Saxons in England, i.
Pennant, Thomas, "A Tour in Scotland, 1769," in John Pinkerton's Voyages
and Travels, iii.
"A Tour in Scotland and Voyage to the Hebrides in 1772," in John
Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.
MS., quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London,
1882-1883.
People of Turkey, The. By a Consul's Daughter and Wife. London, 1878.
98 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
People's Weekly Journal for Norfolk.
Pepys, Samuel, Memoirs. Edited by Lord Braybrooke. Second Edition,
London, 1828.
Percival, Major C., "Tropical Africa, on the Border Line of Mohamedac
Civilization," in The Geographical Journal, xlii. (1913).
Percival, R., Account of the Island of Ceylon. Second Edition. London,
1805.
Perdrizet, P., " Terres-cuites de Lycosoura, et mythologie arcadienne," in
Bulletin de Correspondance helltnique, xxiii. (1899).
Perelaer, M. T. H., Ethnographischc Beschrijving der Dajaks. Zalt-Bommel,
1870.
Perera, Arthur A., "Glimpses of Singhalese Social Life," in Indian Antiquary \
xxxi. (1902), xxxii. (1903), xxxiii. (1904).
Perham, Rev. J., in H. Ling Roth's Natives of Sarawak and British North
Borneo. London, 1896.
"Manangism in Borneo," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society ', No. 19. Singapore, 1887.
Mengap, the Song of the Dyak Sea Feast, " in Journal of the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, No. 2. Singapore, December
1878.
'Petara, or Sea Dyak Gods," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal
Asiatic Society, No. 8, December 1881.
**Sea Dyak Religion," in Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic
Society, No. 10 (December 1882), No. 14 (December 1884).
Prot, Francis, * ' Prieres, Invocations, Formules Sacrees, Incantations en Bour-
bonnais," in Revue des Traditions Populaires, xviii. (1903).
Perregaux, E., Chez les Achanti. Neuchatel, 1906.
Perrot, G., et Chipiez, Ch., Histoire de VArt dans VAntiquite". Paris,
1882-
Persian Tales, quoted in The Spectator, No. 578. August 9, 1714.
Persius, Satires. Ed. J. Conington. Second Edition. Oxford, 1874.
Pertz, Georg Heinrich, Monumenta Germaniae historica.
Peschel, Oscar, Vblkerkunde. Sixth Edition. Leipsic, 1885.
Peter, Anton, Volksthumliches aus Osterreichisch-Schlesien. Troppau, 1865-
1867.
Peter, R., s.w. " Fortuna," " Mefitis," and " Orcus," in W. H. Roscher's
Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie.
Peter of Dusburg, Chronicon Prussiae. Ed. Chi. Hartknoch. Frankfort and
Leipsic, 1679.
Petermanns Mitteilungen.
Erganzungshefte.
Petersen, Ch., " Das Grab und die Todtenfeier des Dionysos," in Philologus^ xv.
1860.
Petersen, E., Vom alien Rom. Leipsic, 1900.
Petit, Dr. Antoine, in Th. Lefebvre's Voyage en Abyssinie.
Petitot, ]mile, Monographic des Dene-Dindjil. Paris, 1876.
Monographic des Esquimaux Tchiglit. Paris, 1876.
Traditions indiennes du Canada Nord-ouest. Paris, 1886.
Petrarch, Epistolae de rebus familiaribus. Ed. J. Fracassetti. Florence,
1859-1862.
Petrie, Professor W. M. Flinders, in letters to the Author (v. 231 . 3 , vi. 216 w. 1 ).
Egyptian Tales. Second Series. London, 1895.
Researches in Sinai. London, 1906.
The Religion of Ancient Egypt. London, 1906.
The Royal Tombs of the Earliest Dynasties. London, 1901.
PetrofT, Ivan, Report on the Population, Industries, and Resources of Alaska
Preface dated August 7, 1882.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 99
Petronius, Satyricon. Ed. Fr. Buecheler. Third Edition. Berlin, 1882.
*Petrus, Martyr, De nuper sub D. Carolo reptrtis insults. Basileae, 1521.
(Referred to by E. Seler, in Alt-Mexikanische Studien, ii. Berlin,
1899.)
Pettazzoni, R., " Mythologie Australienne du Rhombe," in Revue de Vhistoire
des Religions, Ixv. (1912).
Pettigrew, T. J., On Superstitions connected with the History and Practice of
Medicine and Surgery. London, 1 844.
Pettigrew, Rev. Wm., " Kathi Kasham, the ' Soul Departure' Feast as
practised by the Tangkkul Nagas, Manipur, Assam," in Journal and
Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, N.S., vol. v. 1909.
Calcutta, 1910.
Pfannenschmid, H., Germanische Rrntefeste. Hanover, 1878.
Pfeil, Joachim Graf, in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute, xxvii. (1898).
Studien und Beobachtungen aus der Sudsee. Brunswick, 1899.
Pfizmaier, A., ' Nachrichten von den alten Bewohnern des heutigen Corea," in
Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Ivii. Vienna, 1868.
Phaedrus, Fabulae Aesopiae. Ed. L. Muller. Leipsic, 1877.
Philippson, A., Der Peloponnes. Berlin, 1891.
Phillips, J. Thomas, Account of the Religion, Manners, and Learning of the
People of Malabar. London, 1717.
Philo of Byblus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller, vol. Hi,,
quoted by Eusebius, Praeparatio Evangelii, i.
Philo Judaeus (Philo of Alexandria). Ed. Th. Mangey. London, 1742.
Adversus Flaccum.
De spccialibus legibus.
Philo vom Walde, Schlesien in Sage und Brauch. Berlin, N.D., preface dated
1883.
Philocalus, Calendarium, in Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum, vol. i. Pars prior,
Editio Altera, with Th. Mommsen's commentary. Berlin, 1893.
Philochorus, cited by Athenaeus.
in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller, vol. i.
Philologus.
Philostephanus, cited by Arnobius and Clement.
Philostratus, Opera. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1870-1871.
Epistolae.
Heroica.
Imagines.
Vita Apollonii Tyanensis*
Vitae Sophistarum.
Philostratus Junior, Imagines. Ed. C. L. Kayser. Leipsic, 1871.
Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
Lexicon. Ed. S. A. Naber. Leyden, 1864-1865.
Phylarchus, cited by Athenaeus.
in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mtiller, vol. i.
Picarda, Father, " Autour du Mandera, Notes sur 1'Ouzigoua, POukwere* ct
I'Oudoe' (Zanguebar)," in Les Missions Catholiques, xviii. (1886).
Pickering, Anna Maria Wilhelmina, Memoirs. Edited by her son, Spencer
Pickering. London, 1903.
Pierret, P., Le Livre des Morts. Paris, 1882.
Piers, Sir Henry, Description of the County of Westmeath, written in 1682.
Published by (General) Charles Vallancey, Collectanea de Rebus
Hibernicis, i. Dublin, 1786.
Pietschmann, R., Geschichte der Phoenizier. Berlin, 1889.
Piggul, James, in report to Baron de Bogouschefsky, y<?#rtf0/ of the Anthro*
pological Institute, iii. (1874).
ioo THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Pilsudski, B., "Schwangerschaft, Entbindung und Fehlgeburt bei den Bewohnern
der InseJ Sachalin," in Anthropos^ v. (1910).
Pinabel, " Notes sur quelques peuplades dependant du Tong-King," in Bulletin
de la SoriM de Gtographie^ Septieme Se'rie, v. Paris, 1884.
Pinart, A., " Les Indiens de l'tat de Panama," in Revue d*Ethnographie> vi.
(1887).
Pindar, Opera. Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1811-1821.
Isthmia.
Olympia.
Pythia.
quoted by Clement of Alexandria, Stromateis^ iii.
quoted by Plutarch, Isis et Osiris.
Pineau, L., Le Folk-lore du Poitou. Paris, 1892.
Pinkerton, John, General Collection of Voyages and Travels. London, 1808-
1814.
Piolet, J. B., Madagascar et les Novas. Paris, 1895.
^Pioneer Mail of May 1890, extract quoted in The Indian Antiquary ', xxxii.
Pischel, K. F., and Geldner, Vedische Studien. Stuttgart, 1889.
*Piso, L., Annals t first book referred to, in Pliny, Naturalis Historia.
Pistorius, A. W. P. V., Studien over de inlandsche huishouding in de Padangsche
Bovenlanden, Zalt-Bommel, 1871.
Pistorius, J., Polonicae historiae corpus. Bale, 1582.
Pitre, Giuseppe, Feste patronali in Sicilia. Turin and Palermo, 1 900.
Fiabe t Novelle e Racconti popolari Siciliani. Palermo, 1875.
Spettacolie Feste Popolari Siciliane. Palermo, 1881.
Usi e Costumi, Credenze e Pregiudizt del Popolo Siciliano. Palermo, 1889.
Pittier de Fabrega, H., "Die Sprache der Bribri-Indianer in Costa Rica," in
Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna, 1898.
Placci, Signor Carlo, in letter to the Author (x. 127 n. 1 ).
Placucci, M., Usi e pregiudizj dei contadini della Romagna. Palermo, 1885.
Plan de Carpin (de Piano Carpini), Relation des Mongols ou Tartares. Ed.
D'Avezac. Paris, 1838.
Plancy, Collin de, Dictionnaire Infernal. Paris, 1825-1826.
Plassard, Dr. Louis, " Les Guaraunos et le delta de 1'Orenoque," in Bulletin de
la Socittt de Gfographie (Paris), 5eme Serie, xv. (1868).
Plate, L. M. F., " Bijdrage tot de kennis van de lykanthropie bij de Sasaksche
bevolking in Oost-Lombok," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land-
en Volkenkunde, liv. (1912).
Plath, J. H., " Die Religion und der Cultus der alten Chinesen," \nAbhandlungen
der Koniglichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften^ i. Cl. ix,
(1863).
Plato, Opera omnia. Ed. G. Stallbauna. Leipsic, 1850.
Cratylus.
Gorgias*
Laws.
Meno.
Minos.
Phaedo.
Phaedrus.
Politicus.
Republic.
Sophist.
Symposium*
Theaetetus.
Timaeus.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 101
Plautus, Comoediae. Ed. G. Goetz et Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1898-1901.
Casina.
Cistellaria.
Pseudolus.
Playfair, Major A., The Garos. London, 1909.
Plehn, Dr. A., " Beobachtungen in Kamerun, Uber die Anschauungen und
Gebrauche einiger Negerstamme," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, xxxvi.
(1904).
Pleyte, C. M., " Ethnographische Beschrijvingder Kei-Eilanden," in Tijdschrift
van het Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, x.
(1893).
" Herinneringen uit Oost-Indie," in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Ncder*
landsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, II. Serie, xvii. (1900).
" Plechtigheden en gebruiken uit den cyclus van het familienleven der
volken van den Indischen Archipel," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land-
en Volkenktmde van Nederlandsch- IndiH, xli. (1892).
Pliny, Naturalis Historia. Ed. D. Detlefsen. Berlin, 1866-1882.
Pliny the Younger, Epistolae. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868.
Panegyricus. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1868.
Ploix, Ch., " Les Dieux qui proviennent de la racine DIV" in Mtmoires de la
Socittt de Linguist ique de Paris ^ i. (1868).
Ploss, H., Das Kind in Brauch und Sitte der Vblker . Second Edition. Leipsic,
1884.
Das Weib. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1887.
Plummer, C., "Cain Eimine Bdin," in jriu, the Journal of the School of Irish
Learning, Dublin, vol. iv. part i. (1908).
Plutarch, Moralia. Ed. G. N. Bernardakis. Leipsic, 1888-1896.
Ed. Fr. Dtibner. Paris (Didot), 1868-1877.
Vitae parallelae. Ed. C. Sintenis. Leipsic, 1867-1882.
Adversus Coloten.
Agesilaus.
Agis.
Alcibtades.
Alexander.
Antoninus.
Aratus.
Aristides.
Artoxerxes
Caesar.
Camillus.
Cato.
Cato the Younget,
Cleomenes.
Consolatio ad Apollonium.
Consolatio ad uxorem.
Coriolanus.
De Alexandri Magnifortuna aut virtuto.
De audiendis poetis.
De defectu oraculornm.
De E Delphico (De El apud Delphos),
De educatione puerorum.
De esu carnium.
De cxilio.
De facie in orbe lunae.
Defortuna Romanoruin*
Defratemo A more.
De genio Socratis.
102 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Plutarch continued.
Demetrius.
Demosthenes.
De mulierum virtutibus.
De musica.
De Pythiae oraculis.
De sera numinis vindicta.
De Stoicorum repugnantiis.
De superstitione.
[De vita et poesi Homeri. ]
Fabius Maximus.
Instituta Laconica.
Isis et Osiris. Ed. G. Parthey. Berlin, 1850.
Lucullus.
Lycurgus.
Lysander.
Marcellus.
Nicias.
Numa.
Otho.
Parallela.
Pompeius.
Praecepta Conjugalia.
Praecepta gerendae reipublicae*
JProverbia.
Proverbia Alexandrinorum.
Publicola.
Quaestiones conviviales.
Quaestiones Graecae.
Quaestiones Romanae.
Regum et imperatorum apophthegmata, Gelox /
Romulus.
Septem Sapientum Convivium.
Solon.
Sulla.
J^hemistocles.
Theseus.
Timoleon*
Vitae X. Oratorum.
Poch, R., "Vierter Bericht tiber meine Reise nach Neu-Guinea,' J in Sitzungs*
berichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Kaiser
lichen Akademie der Wissenschaften^ cxv. Vienna, 1906.
Poensen, C., "lets over de Kleeding der Javanen," in Mededeelingen van wege
het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap y xx. (1876).
Poeppig, E., Reise in Chile, Peru und auf dem Amazonenstrome. Leipsic,
1835-36.
Poestion, J. C., Fridthjofs Saga, aus dem Altisldndischen. Vienna, 1879.
Isldndische Marchen. Vienna, 1884.
Lappldndische Marchen. Vienna, 1 886.
Poetae Lyrici Graeci. Ed. Th. Bergk. Third Edition. Leipsic, 1866-
1867.
Pogge, Paul, " Bericht liber die Station Mukenge," in Mittheilungen der Afrika-
nischen Gesellschaft in D&utschland> iv. (1883-1885).
Im Reiche des Muatajamwo. Berlin, 1880.
Polack, J. S., Manners and Customs of the New Zealanders. London, 1840.
Polek, J., "Regenzauber in Ost-Europa," in Zeitschri/t des Vereinsfur Volkskunde^
iii. (1893).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 103
Polemo, Periegeta, Fragments Ed. L. Preller. Leipsic, 1838.
cited by Athenaeus.
cited by a scholiast on Homer, Iliad. Ed. Im. Bekker.
Pollini, quoted by H. O. Lenz, Botanik der alien Griecken und Romer. Gotha,
1859.
Pollux, Julius, Onomasticon. Ed. G. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1824.
Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1846.
Polo, Marco, The Book of. Translated by Col. H. Yule. Second Edition.
London, 1875.
Polyaenus, Strategica. Ed. E. Woelfflin. Leipsic, 1860.
Polybius. Ed. L. Dindorf, Leipsic, 1866-1868.
Pommerol, Dr., "La fete des Brandons et le dieu Gaulois Grannus," in
Bulletins et Mtmoires de la Socittt d? Anthropologie de Paris, 5eme Se'rie,
ii, (1901).
Pomtow, H., in Rheinisches Museum y N.F., li. (1896).
Poncy, quoted by Breuil, Mtmoires de la Social des Antiquaires de Picardie, viii.
(1845).
Pond, G. H., " Dakota Superstitions," in Collections of the Minnesota Historical
Society for the Year 1867. Saint Paul, 1867.
Ponder, Stephen, letter quoted by Andrew Lang. Modern Mythology. London,
1897.
Pope-Hennessy, Lieut. H., " Notes on the Jukos and other Tribes of the Middle
Benue," Anthropological Reviews and Miscellanea, appended to Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xxx. (1900).
Popish Kingdome, The, or Reigne of Antichrist, written in Latin verse by Thomas
Naogeorgus and Englyshed by Barnabe Googe, 1570. Edited by R. C.
Hope. London, 1880.
Porphyry, De abstinentia. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.
De antro nympharum. Ed. R. Hercher. Paris (Didot), 1858.
De vita Plotini. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.
De vita Pythagorae. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Paris (Didot), 1878.
Porte, Father, " Les Reminiscences d'un missionnaire du Basutoland," in Les
Missions Catholiques, xxviii. (1896).
Porter, David, Journal of a Cruise made to the Pacijic Ocean in the U.S. Frigate
"Essex." New York, 1822.
Second Edition, New York, 1882.
Portman, M. V., "Disposal of the Dead among the Andamanese," in Indian
Antiquary, xxv. (1896).
Posidonius, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 40. Fragments in Fragmenta Histori-
corum Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller, vol. iii.
Post, A. H., Afrikanische Jurisprudenz. Oldenburg and Leipsic, 1887.
Postans, Mrs., Cutch. London, 1839.
Potkanski, K., "Die Ceremonie der Haarschur bei den Slaven und Gcr-
manen," in Anzeiger der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Krakau
(May 1896).
Potocki, J., Voyages dans les Steps a" Astrakhan et du Caucase. Paris,
1829.
Pettier, E., tude sur les llcythes blancs attiques. Paris, 1883.
Powell, F. York, in O. Elton's translation of Saxo Grammaticus's Danish
History. London, 1894.
Powell, Wilfred, Wanderings in a Wild Country. London, 1883.
Powers, Stephen, Tribes of California. Washington, 1877. (Contributions to
North American Ethnology, vol. iii.)
Protections delivered before the Senate of the University of Cambridge.
Cambridge, 1906.
Prahn, H., " Glaube und Brauch in der Mark Brandenburg," in Zeitschrift des
Vereinsfur Volkskunde, i. (1891).
104 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Pratorius, Matthaus, Deliciae Prussicae oder Preussische Schaubuhne, in wort-
lichen Ausziige aus dem Manuscript herausgegeben, von Dr. William
Pierson. Berlin, 1871.
Pratt, A. E., " Two Journeys to Ta-tsien-lu on the Eastern Borders of Tibet,"
in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society , xiii. (1891).
Pratt, Rev. John B., Buchan. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and
London, 1859.
Preller, L., Ausgewahlte Aufsatze. Berlin, 1864.
Demeter und Persephone. Hamburg, 1837.
Griechische Mythohgie. Third Edition. Berlin, 1875.
Fourth Edition, vol. i. Ed. C. Robert. Berlin, 1894.
in Pauly's Kealencyclopadie der dassischen Altertumswissenschaft.
Romische Mythologie. Third Edition. Berlin, 1881-1883.
Preuss, K. Th., "Die Feuergotter als Ausgangspunkt zum Verstandnis der
mexikanischen Religion," in Mitteilungen der anthropologischen Gesell-
schaft in Wien, xxxiii. (1903).
Die Nay arit- Expedition, I. Die Religion der Cora-Indianer. Leipsic, 1912.
" Die religiosen Gesange und Mythen einiger Stamme der mexikanischen
Sierra Madre," in Archiv filr Religionsivissenschaft, xi. (1908).
in Verhandlungen der Berliner anthropologischen Gesellschaft, November 1 5,
1902.
Preussischer Jahrbiicher.
Priklonski, Vasilij, " Todtengebrauche der Jakuten," in Globus, lix. (1891).
Priklonski, W. L., " Uber das Schamenthum bei den Jakuten," in A. Bastian's
A Her lei aus Volks- und Menschenkunde, i. Berlin, 1888.
Priscian, Institutions. Ed. M. Hertz. In Grammatici Latini, ed. H. Keil,
vols. ii., iii. Leipsic, 1855-1860.
*Pritchard, Hesketh, Through the Heart of Patagonia. London, 1902. Referred
to in Journal of American Folk-lore, xvii. (1904).
Pritchard, W. T., " Notes on Certain Anthropological Matters respecting the
South Sea Islanders (the Samoans)," in Memoirs of the Anthropological
Society of London, i. (1863-64).
Probus, In Virgilium Commentarius, appended to the editions of Servius by
H. A. Lion (Gottingen, 1826), and G. Thilo and H. Hagen, vol. iii.
Fasc. ii. (Leipsic, 1902).
Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada*
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Proceedings of the American Folk-lore Society held at Philadelphia.
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia.
Proceedings of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science for the,
Year iqoo. Melbourne, 1901.
^Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists' Club, vi., quoted in The Denham
Tracts. Edited by J. Hardy. London, 1892-1895.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.
Proceedings of the British Academy.
Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto.
Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia.
Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South Wales for the Year 1899.
Sydney, 1900.
Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh.
Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland.
Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology.
Proclus, Hymn to Minerva, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, Aglaophamus.
on Hesiod, Works and Days, appended to Ed. Vollbehr's edition of Hesiod
(Kiel, 1844).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 105
Proclus continued.
in Photius, Bibliotheca. Ed. I. Bekker. Berlin, 1824.
on Plato, Cratylus, quoted by E. Abel, Orphica.
on Plato, Timaeus, quoted by Ch. A. Lobeck, Aglaophamus, and by E.
Abel, Orphica.
Procopius, Opera Omnia. Ed. J. Haury. Leipsic, 1905-
De Bello Gothico.
De Bello Persico.
Pro'hle, Heinrich, Harzbilder, Sitten und Gebrauche aus dem ffarzgebtrge*
Leipsic, 1855.
Harzsagen. Leipsic, 1859.
in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, i. (1853).
*Promathion, History of Italy, cited by Plutarch, JRomulus.
Propertius. Ed. F. A. Paley. Second Edition. London, 1872.
Prothero, Dr. G. W., in letters to the Author (ii. 71 .*, xi. 190 . 3 ).
Proyart's " History of Loango, Kakongo, and other Kingdoms in Africa," in
J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, xvi.
Prudentius, Peristephanon. Ed. Th. Obbarius. Tubingen, 1845.
Prudentius Trecensis, "Annales," anno 858, in G. H. Pertz's Monumenta
Germaniae historica^ i.
Pruyssenaere, E. de, " Reisen und Forschungen im Gebiete des Weissen und
Blauen Nil," in Petermanns Mittheihmgen, Erganzungsheft, No. 50.
Gotha, 1877.
Prym, E., und Socin, A., Syrische Sagen und Maerchen. Gottingen, 1881.
Psalms, The Book of.
Psellus, Quaenam sunt Graecorum opiniones de daemonibus. Ed. J. F.
Boissonade. Nuremberg, 1838.
Pseudo-Dicaearchus, in Fragmenta Historicomm Graecorum, ed. C. Mtiller,
vol. ii.
Descriptio Graeciae, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Mliller, vol. i.
Pseudo- Plato, Axiochus.
Minos.
Ptolomaeus Hephaestionis, Nova Historta, in Mythographi Graeci, ed. A
Westermann. Brunswick, 1843.
In Photius, Bibliotheca, ed. Im. Bekker.
Publications of the Society of Hebrew Literature. Second Series.
Puchstein, O., " Die Bauten von Boghaz-K6i," in Mitteilungen der Deutschen
Orient- Gesellschaft zu Berlin, No. 35, December 1907.
Puini, C., "II fuoco nella tradizione degli antichi Cinesi," in Giomale della
Societa Asiatica Italiana, i. (1887).
Pullan, R. P., in Archaeologia : Miscellaneous Tracts relating to Antiquity, 1.
(1887).
Punch, C., in H. Ling Roth's Great Benin, Halifax, England, 1903.
Purcell, B. H., " Rites and Customs of the Australian Aborigines," in Verhand-
lungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie (Zeitschrift fiir
Ethnologie, xxv., 1893).
Purvis, J. B., Through Uganda to Mount Elgon. London, 1909.
Puttenham, George, The Arte of English Poesie. London, 1811. Reprint of
*the Original Edition of London, 1589.
Pyrard, Fra^ois, Voyages to the East Indies, the Maldives, the Moluccas, and
Brazil. Translated by Albert Gray. Hakluyt Society. London, 1887.
Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society.
Quarterly Review, The.
Quarterly Statement of the Palestine Exploration Fund.
Quedenfelt, M., **Aberglaube und halbreligiose Bruderschaft bei den Marok-
kanern," in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie,
VOL. XII H
106 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Ethnologic und Urgeschichte> 1886 (bound up with the Zeitschrift fill
Ethnologic, xviii., 1886).
Quellien, M., quoted by Alexandra Bertrand, La Religion des Gaulois. Paris,
1897.
Quintus Curtius, De gestis Alexandri Magni. Ed. H. E. Foss. Leipsic, 1869.
R. M. O. K., " A Horrible Rite in the Highlands," in the Weekly Scotsman,
Saturday, August 24, 1889.
Radau, H., Early Babylonian History. New York and London, 1900.
Radde, G., Die Chews'uren und ihr Land. Cassel, 1878.
Radiguet, Max, Les Derniers Sauvagcs. Paris, 1882.
Radin, P., "Ritual and Significance of the Winnebago Medicine Dance,"
Journal of American Folk-lore, xxiv. (1911).
Radloff, W., Aus Siberien. Leipsic, 1884.
Proben der Volkslitteratur der nordlichett turkischen Stdmme. St. Peters-
burg, 1885-1886.
Proben der Volkshteratur der turkischen Stdmme Siid-Sibiriens. St.
Petersburg, 1866-1872.
Rae, E., The White Sea Peninsula. London, 1881.
Raff, H., "Aberglaube in Bayern," in Zeitschrift des Vereins fur Volkskunde,
viii. (1898).
*Raffenel, A., Nouveau voyage dans le pays des ntgres. Paris, 1856. (Referred
to by Th. Waitz, Anthropologie der Naturvolker y ii. Leipsic, 1860.)
Voyage dans FAfrique occidentale. Paris, 1846.
Raffles, T. Stamford, History of Java. London, 1817.
Raffray, A., "Voyage a la cote nord de la Nouvelle Guine'e," in Bulletin de la
Socitttde Geographic (Paris), 6eme S^rie, xv. (1878).
Rajacsichj Baron, Das Leben, die Sitten und Gebramhe der im Kaiserthume
Osterreich lebenden Sudslaven. Vienna, 1873.
Ralston, W. R. S., Introduction to F. A. von Schiefner's Tibetan Tales.
Russian Folk-tales. London, 1873.
Songs of the Russian People. Second Edition. London, 1872.
Ramsay, John, of Ochtertyre, Scotland and Scotsmen in the Eighteenth Century.
Edited by Alex. Allardyce. Edinburgh and London, 1888.
Ramsay, Sir W. M., "A Study of Phrygian Art," in Journal of Hellenic Studies,
ix. (1888), x. (1889).
Historical Geography of Asia Minor. London, 1890.
Luke the Physician^ and other Studies in the History of Religion. London,
1908.
" On the Early Historical Relations between Phrygia and Cappadocia,'* in
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society , N.S., xv. (1883).
' Phrygia," in Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition, xviii., 1885.
The Church in the Roman Empire. London, 1893.
The Cities and Bishoprics of Phrygia^ vol. i. Oxford, 1895.
"The Permanence of Religion at Holy Places in the East," in The
Expositor (November 1906).
" The Worship of the Virgin Mary at Ephesus," in The Expositor^ June
1905.
"Unedited inscriptions of Asia Minor," in Bulletin de Correspondance
HelUnique, vii. (1883).
Ramsay, W. M., and Hogarth, D. G., in American Journal of Archaeology > vi.
(1890).
*' Pre- Hellenic Monuments of Cappadocia ; " in Recueil de Travaux relatifs
a la Philologie ct a I* Archtologic Egyptiennes ct Assyriennes^ xiv.
(1903).
Ramseyer and Ktthne, Four Years in Ashantee. London, 1875.
Randolph, C. B., " The Mandragora of the Ancients in Folk-lore and Medicine."
BIBLIOGRAPHY 107
in Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, No. 12
(January 1905).
Raoul-Rochette, D., " Me'moire sur les jardins d'Adonis," in Revue Archtologique,
viii. (1851).
"Sur 1'Hercule Assyrien et Phenicien," in Mimoires de I'Acacttmie des
Inscriptions et Belles- Lettres, xvii. Deuxieme Par tie. Paris, 1848.
Rapp, s.w. " Attis," " Kybele," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen
und romischen Mythologie.
Rappard, Th. C., " Het eiland Nias en zijne bewoners," in Bijdragen tot de
Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie\ Ixii. (1909).
Rascher, P., "Die Sulka, ein Beitrag zur Ethnographic Neu-Pommern," in
Archiv fur Anthropologie, xxix. (1904).
Rasmussen, J. L., Additamenta ad historiam Arabum ante Islamismum.
Copenhagen, 1821.
Rat, J. N,, "The Carib Language," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xxvii. (1898).
Rattray, R. Sutherland, Some Folk-lore Stories and Songs in Chinyanja.
London, 1907.
Raum, J., '* Blut und Speichelbiinde bei den Wadschagga," in Archiv fur
Religionswissenschaft, x. (1907).
Ravenstein, E. G., The Russians on the Amur. London, 1861.
Ray, S. H. Private communication (ii. 209 n. 3 ).
Read, D. H. Moutray, " Hampshire Folk-lore," in Folk-lore , xxii. (1911).
Reade, Major, in Panjab Notes and Queries, ii.
Reade, W. Winwood, Savage Africa. London, 1863.
Realencyclopddie fur protestantise he Theologie. See s.v. Herzog, J. J.
Reche, Otto, Der Kaiserin- Augusta- Fluss. Hamburg, 1913. (Ergebnisse der
Siidsee- Expedition 1908-1910. Herausgegeben von G. Thilenius. )
Reclus, filise'e, Nouvelle Gtographie Universelle. Paris, 1876-1894.
Records of the Past. London, N.D.
Recueil de divers voyages faits en Afrique et en VAmerique, qui rfont point estt
encore publiez. Paris, 1684.
Recueil de Travaux relatifs a la Philologie et a VArchtologie fegyptiennes et
Assyriennes.
Recueil de voyages au Nord. Nouvelle Edition. Amsterdam, 1731-1738.
Reed, W. A., Negritos of Zambales. Manilla, 1904. (Department of the
Interior , Ethnological Survey Publications , vol. ii. part i.)
Rees, W. A. van, Die Pionniers der Beschaving in Ne^r lands Indie. Arnheim,
1867.
Rehse, Hermann, Kiziba^ Land und Leute. Stuttgart, 1910.
Reich, A,, und Stegelmann, F., "Bei den Indianern des Urubamba und des
Envira," in Globus, Ixxxiii. (1903).
Reichard, P., Deutsch-Ostafrika. Leipsic, 1892.
" Die Wanjamuesi/' in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin,
xxiv. (1889).
Reichel, W., Uber homerische Waffen. Vienna, 1894.
Reichenbach, J. C., " 6tude sur le royaume d'Assinie," in Bulletin de la
Socitte de Gtographie (Paris), 7eme S^rie, xi. (1890).
Reid, A. P., "Religious Belief of the Ojibois or Sauteux Indians," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute^ iii. (1874).
Reimann, F. A., Deutsche Volksfeste im neunzehnten Jahrhundert. Weimar,
1839.
Rein, J. J., Japan. Leipsic, 1881-1886.
Reina, Paul, " Uber die Bewohner der Insel Rook," in Zeitschrift fitr allgemeine
Erdkunde, N.F.,iv. (1858).
Reinach, Salomon, Cultes^ Mythes, et Religions. Paris, 1905-1912.
" Hippolyte," in Archiv fur Religionswisscnschaft % x. (1907).
lo8 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Reinach, Salomon continued.
"L'Art et la magie," in UAnthropologie, xiv. (1903).
'* Les Vierges de Sena," in Revue Celtique, xviii. (1897).
Repertoire de la Statuaire grecque et romaine. Paris, 1897-1910.
Traitf d* Epigraphie Greequc. Paris, 1885.
Reinach, Th., in Recueil d* Inscriptions Juridiques Grecques. Deuxieme Serie.
Paris, 1898.
Reinegg, J., Beschreibung des Kaukasus. Gotha, Hildesheim, and St. Peters-
burg, 1796-1797.
Reinsberg-Dtiringsfeld, O. Freiherr von, Calendrier Beige. Brussels, 1861-
1862.
Das festliche Jahr. Leipsic, 1863.
Fest-Kalender aus Bohmen. Prague, N.D., Preface dated 1861.
Hochzeitsbuch. Leipsic, 1871. See s.v. Diiringsfeld.
*Reiskius, Job., Untersuchung des Notfeuers. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1696.
(Quoted by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition.)
11 Relation de la Louisianne," in Recueil de voyages au Nord t v. Amsterdam,
I734-
"Relation des Natchez," in Recueil de Voyages au Nord, ix. Amsterdam,
1737-
Relations des Je" suites, 1626-1672. Canadian reprint. Quebec, 1858.
Remy, Jules, Ka Mooolelo Hawaii, Histoire de VArchipel Havaiien. Paris and
Leipsic, 1862.
Renan, E., Histoire du peuple d* Israel. Paris, 1893.
Marc-Aurele et la Findu Monde Antique. Paris, 1882.
Mission de Phtnicie. Paris, 1864.
quoted by Ch, Vellay, Le culte et lesfites d* Adonis- Thammouz.
Saint Paul. Paris, 1869.
Renan, E., et Berthelot, M., Correspondance. Paris, 1898.
Renouf, Sir P. Le Page, Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion.
Second Edition. London, 1884.
" The Priestly Character of the Earliest Egyptian Civilisation," in Pro-
ceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology ', xii. (1890).
Rentsch, M., in R. Wuttke's &.;&< Volkskunde. Second Edition. Dresden,
1901.
" Report of a Route Survey by Pundit from Nepal to Lhasa," etc., in
Journal of the Royal Geographical Society t xxxviii. (1868).
Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science.
Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits.
Cambridge, 1904-
Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow^ Alaska.
Washington, 1885.
Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. Washington.
Report of the United States National Museum for 1895.
Report (Fourth) of the Wellcome Tropical Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial
College, Khartoum.
Reports on the North- Western Tribes of Canada. In Reports of the British
Association for the Advancement of Science.
Report on the Work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia.
London and Melbourne, 1896.
Report to the Secretary of War of the United States on Indian Affairs. New-
haven, 1822.
Respublica sive status regni Poloniae, Lituaniae> Prussiae, Livoniae, etc.
Leyden (Elzevir), 1627.
Resurrezione, Numerico Unico del Sabato Santo. Florence, April 1906.
Retord, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi t xxviii. (1856),
Revelation of St. John the Divine.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 109
Rcville, J., La Religion Rome sous les Severes. Paris, 1886.
Revon, Michel, Le Shinto'isme. Paris, 1907.
Revue Archeologique.
Revue Biblique Internationale. Published by the Dominicans of Jerusalem.
Revue Celtique.
Revue Coloniale Internationale.
Revue d y Ethnographie.
Revue d* Ethnographic et de Sociologie.
Revue d'ffistoire et de Literature religieuses.
Revue de FHistoire des Religions.
Revue de Philologie.
Revue des Mtitdes Ethnographiques et Sociologiques.
Revue des tudes grecques.
Revue des Questions Scientifique s.
Revue des traditions populaires.
Revue Scientifique.
Reyes y Florentine, De los, " Die religiosen Anschauungen der Ilocanen
(Luzon), "in Mittheilungen der Kaiserlichen Koniglichen Geographischen
Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxi. (1888).
Reynolds, H., "Notes on the Azande* Tribe of the Congo," IK Journal of the
African Society, No. xi. (April 1904).
Rhamm, K., "Der heidenische Gottesdienst des finnischen Stammes," in
Globus, Ixvii. (1895).
" Der Verkehr der Geschlechter unter den Slaven in seinen gegensatzlichen
Erscheinungen," in Globus, Ixxxii. (1902).
Rheinisches Museum fiir Philologie.
Rhetores Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz. Stuttgart and Tubingen, 1832-1836.
Rhins, J. L. Dutreuil de, Mission scientifique dans la Haute Asie 1890-1893 ;
Rtcit du Voyage. Paris, 1897.
Rhys, Sir John, " Celtae and Galli," in Proceedings of the British Academy -, ii.
1905-1906. London, N.D.
Celtic Folk-lore ', Welsh and Manx. Oxford, 1901.
Celtic Heathendom. London and Edinburgh, 1888.
in 7"ransactions of the Third International Congress for the History of
Religion. Oxford, 1908.
"Manx Folk-lore and Superstitions," in Folk-lore, ii. (1891), iii. (1892).
"Notes on the Coligny Calendar," in Proceedings of the British Academy ,
1909-1910, vol. iv.
" The Coligny Calendar," in Proceedings of the British Academy, 1909-1910.
"Welsh Fairies," in The Nineteenth Century, xxx. (July-December 1891).
Ribadeneira, P., Flos Sanctorum, doe Vite de* Santi. Venice, 1763.
Ribbe, C., "Die Aru-Inseln," in Festschrift des Vereins fur Erdkunde zu
Dresden. Dresden, 1888.
Zwei Jahre unter den Kannibalen der Salomo-Inseln. Dresden-Blasewitz,
1903.
Ricci, S. de, "Le calendrier Celtique de Coligny," in Revue Celtique, xxi.
(1900).
"Le calendrier Gaulois de Coligny," in Revue Celtique, xix. (1898).
*' Un passage remarquable du calendrier de Coligny," in Revue Celtique^
xxiv. (1903).
Richard, Jerome, "History of Tonquin," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels^
ix. London, 1811.
Richardson, J., A Dictionary of Persian, Arabic, and English* New Edition.
London, 1829.
Richardson, James, Travels in the Great Desert of the Sahara. London,
1848.
Richardson, Rev. J., "Tanala Customs, Superstitions and Beliefs, " in Th*
no THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, Reprint of the Firsi
Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.
Richardson, R., in Panjab Notes and Queries, i. May 1884.
Richter, O., Topographie der Stadt Rom. Second Edition. Munich, 1902.
Rickard, Rev. R. H., quoted by Dr. George Brown, Melanesians and Polynesians
London, 1910.
Ridgeway, Professor W., in Academy ', loth May 1884.
Private communications (ii. 103 #. 3 , ix. 353 . 4 ).
in The Classical Review, x. (1896).
Paper read at Cambridge in 1911.
"Supplices of Aeschylus," in Praelections delivered before the Senate of the
University of Cambridge. Cambridge, 1906.
The Early Age of Greece. Cambridge, 1901.
The Origin and Influence of the Thorotighbred Horse. Cambridge, 1905.
"The Origin of Jewellery," in Report of the British Association for 1903.
The Origin of Tragedy. Cambridge, 1910.
Ridley, Rev. William, in J. D. Lang's Queensland. London, 1861.
Kamilaroi and other Australian Languages. Second Edition. Sydney,
1875-
" Report on Australian Languages and Traditions," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).
Riedel, J. G. F., " Alte Gebrauche bei Heirathen, Geburt und Sterbefallen bei
dem Toumbuluh-Stamm in der Minahasa (Nord Selebes)," in Inter*
nationals Archiv fur Ethnographie, viii. (1895).
'* De landschappen Holontalo, Limoeto, Bone, Boalemo, en Kattinggola, of
Andagile," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde,
xix. (1869).
'De Minahasa in 1825," in Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde, xviii. (1872).
De sluik- en kroesharige rassen tusschen Selebes en Papua. The Hague,
1886.
44 De Topantunuasu of oorspronkelijke Volksstammen van Central Selebes,'
in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-
Indie, xxxv. (1886).
"Die Landschaft Dawan oder West-Timor," in Deutsche geographische
Blatter, x.
"Galela und Tobeloresen," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, xvii. (1885).
The Island of Flores. Reprinted from the Revue Coloniale Internationale.
Riggs, S. R., Dakota- English Dictionary. Washington, 1890. {Contributions
to North American Ethnology , vol. vii.)
Dakota Grammar, Texts, and Ethnography. Washington, 1893. (Con-
tributions to North American Ethnology, vol. ix.)
Rig-veda. Uebersetzt von H. Grassmann. Leipsic, 1876-77.
Translated by R. T. H. Griffiths. Benares, 1889-1892.
Kuhn's translation, quoted by J. V. Grohmann, Aberglauben und
Gebrauche aus Bohmen und Mahren. Prague and Leipsic, 1864.
Rink, Henry, Tales and Traditions of the Eskimo. Translated from the Danish.
Edinburgh and London, 1875.
'* Riots and Unrest in the Punjab, from a Correspondent," in The Times Weekly
Edition, May 24, 1907.
Ris, H., "De onderafdeeling klein Mandailing Oeloe en Pahantan en hare
Bevolking met uitzondering van de Oeloes," in Bijdragen tot de Taal-
Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch* Indie, xlvi. (1896).
Risley, (Sir) H. H., The Tribes and Castes of Bengal: Ethnographic Glossary.
Calcutta, 1891-1892.
Rites and Laws of the Yncas. Translated and edited by (Sir) Clements R.
Markham. Hakluvt Societv. London. 1 87 7.
BIBLIOGRAPHY ill
Ritter, C., Vergleichende Erdkunde von Arabien. Berlin, 1847.
Ritter, H., et Preller, L., Historia Philosophiae Graecae et Latinae ex fontium
locis contexta. Editio Quinta. Gothae, 1875.
Rivers, Dr. W. H. R., The Todas. London, 1906.
" Totemism in Polynesia and Melanesia," \K Journal of the Royal Anthropo-
logical Institute^ xxxix. (1909).
Rivet, Dr., " Le Christianisme et les Indiens de la Republique de I'fiquateur,"
in 1} Anthropologie^ xvii. (1906).
Riviere, J., Contes populaires de la Kabylie du Djurdjura. Paris, 1882.
Rizzolati, Mgr., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xvi. (1844).
Robert, C, in Hermes, xxi. (1886).
Roberts, E. S., and Gardner, E. A., An Introdtiction to Greek Epigraphy.
Cambridge, 1887-1905.
Robertson, Sir George Scott, 7'he Kafirs of the Hindu Kush. London, 1896.
Robertson, Rev. James, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland^ xi.
[Robinson, Alfred], Life in California. New York, 1846.
Robinson, C. H., Hausaland. London, 1896.
Robinson, Edward, Biblical Researches in Palestine. Third Edition. London,
1867.
Robinson, W., Descriptive Account of Assam. London and Calcutta, 1841.
Robinson, Captain W. C. Private communication (iv. 139 n. 1 ).
Rochefort, De, Histoire naturelle et morale des lies Antilles de FAmtriqus.
Seconde Edition. Rotterdam, 1665.
Rochholz, C. L., Deutscher Glaube und Branch. Berlin, 1867.
*Schweizersagen aus dem Aargau^ referred to by A. Kuhn, Die Herabkunft
des Feuers und des Gottertranks. Second Edition. Gutersloh, 1886.
Rochon, Abbe', Voyage to Madagascar and the East Indies. Translated from
the French. London, 1792.
Rockhill, W. Woodville, " Notes on some of the Laws, Customs, and Supersti-
tions of Korea," in The American Anthropologist, iv. Washington,
1891.
The Land of the Lamas. London, 1891.
"Tibet, a Geographical, Ethnographical, and Historical Sketch, derived
from Chinese Sources," in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society for 1891.
London, 1891.
Roehl, H., Inscriptions Graecae antiquissimae. Berlin, 1882.
Roepstorff, F. A. de, " Ein Geisterboot der Nicobaresen," in Verhandlungen
der Berliner Geiellschaft fur Anthropologie , Ethnologic und Urgeschichte
(1881).
" Tiomberombi, a Nicobar Tale," in Journal of the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, liii. (1884).
Roest, J. L. D. van der, "Uit het leven der Bevolking van Windessi," in
Tijdschrift voor Indische 7^aal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xl. (1898).
Roger, M. le Baron, "Notice sur le Gouvernement, les Mceurs, et les Supersti-
tions des Negres du pays de Walo," in Bulletin de la Socittt de Go-
graphie, viii. Paris, 1827.
Rogers, Ch., Social Life in Scotland. Edinburgh, 1884-1886.
Rogers, R. W., Cuneiform Parallels to the Old Testament. Oxford, N.D.
Preface dated 1911.
Rohde, Erwin, Psyche. Third Edition. Tubingen and Leipsic, 1903.
" Unedirte Luciansscholien, die attischen Thesmophorien und Haloen
betreffend," in Rheinisches Museum^ N.F., xxv. (1870).
Rohlf, G., "Reise durch Nord-Afrika," in Petermanns Mitiheilungen, Ergan-
zungsheft, No. 25. Gotha, 1868.
Holland, Eugene, Faune populaire de la France. Paris, 1877-1883.
Romer, Dr. R., " Bijdrage tot de Geneeskunst der Karo-Batak's," in Tijdschrift
voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde^ 1. (1908).
i 1 3 THE GOLDEN BO UGH
Romilly, H. H., From my Verandah in New Guinea. London, 1889.
* The Islands of the New Britain Group/' in Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Society -, N.S., ix. (1887),
Romilly, H. H., and Brown, Rev. George, in Proceedings of the Royal Geo-
graphical Society, N.S., ix. (1887).
Roos, S., " Bijdrage tot de Kennis van Taal, Land en Volk op het Eiland
Soemba," in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van
Kunsten en Wetenschappen, xxxvi. (1872).
Rosa, P. , in Monumenti ed Annali pubblicati dall* Institute di Corrispondenza
Archeologica nel 1856.
Roscher, W. H., Apollon und Mars. Leipsic, 1873.
Ausfuhrliches Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie, Leipsic,
1884-
" Die enneadischen und hebdomad ischen Fristen und Wochen der altesten
Griechen," in Abhanalungen der philologisch-historischen Klasse der
Kdniglichen Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, xxi. No. 4
(1903).
"Die Legende vom Tode des grossen Pan," in Fleckeiserts Jahrbiicher fur
classische Philologie, xxxviii. (1892).
Juno und Hera. Leipsic, 1875.
Nachtrdge zu meiner Schrift uber Selene. Leipsic, 1895.
t)ber Selene und Venuandtes. Leipsic, 1890.
Roscoe, Rev. John, " Kibuka, the War God of the Baganda," in Man, vii.
(1907).
'Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xxxi. (1901).
"Further Notes on the Manners and Customs of the Baganda," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
^ Notes on the Bageshu," in Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute,
xxxix. (1909).
The Baganda. London, 1911.
" The Bahima, a Cow Tribe of Enkole in the Uganda Protectorate," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxvii. (1907),
Also in many private communications to the Author.
Roscoe, William, Life and Pontificate of Leo the Tenth. Third Edition.
London, 1827.
Rose, Cowper, Four Years in Southern Africa. London, 1829.
Rose, H. A., in Folk-lore, xiii. (1902).
" Hindu Birth Observances in the Punjab," in Journal of the Royal Anthro-
pological Institute, xxxvii. (1907).
"Note on Female Tattooing in the Panjab," in Indian Antiquary, xxxi.
(1902).
Report, in Census of India, 1901, vol. xvii. Punjab, Part I. Simla, 1 902.
Rose, H. A. [J. A.], " Unlucky and Lucky Children, and some Birth Supersti-
tions," in Indian Antiquary, xxxi. (1902).
Rosenberg, H. von, Der Malay ische Archipel. Leipsic, 1878.
Ross, Alexander, Adventures of the First Settlers on the Oregon or Columbia
River. London, 1849.
Ross, L., "Inschriften von Cypern," in Rheinisches Museum, N.F. vii. (1850).
Reisen nach Kos, Halikamassos, Rhodes und der Insel Cypei'n. Halle, 1852.
Wanderungen in Griechenland. Halle, 1851.
Rossbach, O., in Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammlung deutscher Philo-
logen und Schulmdnner in Gorlitz. Leipsic, 1890.
Rostowski, S., quoted by A. Bruckner, ArchivfUr slavische Philologie, ix. (1886).
Roth, H. Ling, Great Benin. Halifax, England, 1903.
** Low's Natives of Borneo," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute^
xxi. (1892), xxil (1893).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 113
Roth, H. Ling continued.
The Aborigines of Tasmania. London, 1890.
The Natives of Sarawak and British North Borneo. London, 1 896.
Roth, Walter E., Ethnological Studies among the North -West -Central Queens-
land Aborigines. Brisbane and London, 1897.
North Queensland Ethnography, Bulletin No. 5, Superstition, Magic, and
Medicine. Brisbane, 1903.
Rouflfaer, G. P., " Matjan Gadoengan," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, 1. (1899).
Rouse, Denham, in Folk-lore, vii. (1889).
Rouse, W. H. D., "Folk-lore from the Southern Sporades," in Folk-lore^
x. (1899).
Greek Votive Offerings. Cambridge, 1902.
"May-Day in Cheltenham," in Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
"Notes from Syria," in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
Private communications to the Author (i. 15 . 3 , vii. 208 n. 1 ).
Routledge, W. Scoresby, and Routledge, Katherine, With a Prehistoric People,
the Akikuyu of British East Africa. London, 1910.
*Roux, M. E., Aux sources de V Irraouaddi, d* Hanoi d Calcutta par terre t
Troisieme partie, quoted in Le Tour du Monde, iii. Paris, 1897.
Rowley, Rev. Henry, Twenty Years in Central Africa. London, N.D.
Royal Geographical Society, Supplementary Papers.
Rubensohn, O., Die My sterienheiligt timer in Eleusis and Samothrake. Berlin,
1892.
Rubruquis, William de, "Travels into Tartary and China," in J. Pinkerton's
Voyages and Travels, vol. vii.
" Rudhirddhyaya, The, or Sanguinary Chapter." Translated from the Calica
Puran by W. C. Blaquiere, in Asiatick Researches, v. London,
1807.
Runge, H., "Volksglaube in der Schweiz," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mytho*
logie und Sittenkunde, iv. (1859).
Russeger, J., Reisen in Europa, Asien, und Afrika. Stuttgart, 1844.
Russell, F., "The Pima Indians," in Twenty -Sixth Annual Report of the
Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1908.
Russell, R. V., Report, in Census of India, 1901, vol. xiii. Central Provinces,
Part I. Nagpur, 1902.
Russwurm, C., " Aberglaube aus Russland," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mytho-
logie tmd Sittenkunde, iv. (1859).
Rutherford, E., Radio-active Substances and their Radiations. Cambridge,
Ruys, Th. H., "Bezoek an den Kannibalenstam van Noord Nieuw-Guinea,"
in Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genoot-
schap, Tweede Serie, xxiii. (1906).
Sabir, C. de, " Quelques notes sur les Manegres," in Bulletin de la Socittt de
Gfographie (Paris), 5eme Se'rie, i. (1861).
Sacred Books of China. Translated by James Legge. Part iii. The Lt-Kt.
(Sacred Books of the East, vol. xxvii. Oxford, 1885.)
Sacred Books of the East, The. Edited by F. Max Muller. Oxford, 1879-
1910.
^Saga-Book, of the Viking Club, London.
Sagas from the Far East, or Kalmouk and Mongolian Traditionary Tales.
London, 1873.
Sagard, F. Gabriel, Le Grand Voyage du pays des Hurons. Nouvelle Edition.
Librairie Tross, Paris, 1865.
Sahagun, Bernardino de, Histoire gtntrale des choses de la Nouwtte-Espagne.
Traduite par D. Jourdanet et R. Sime'on. Paris, 1880.
1 1 4 THE GOLDEN BO UGH
Sahagun, Bernardino de continued,
Aztec text of Book II., translated by Professor E. Seler, " Altmexi-
canische Studien, ii.," in Veroffentlichungen aus dem fConiglichen Museum
fiir Volkerkunde, vi. 2/4 Heft. Berlin, 1899.
St. Ambrose, Sermones^ in Migne's Patrologia Latina, xvii.
St. Clair, Henry R., quoted by Andrew Lang, Modern Mythology,
[S. Clemens RomanusJ, Recognitiones. Ed. E. G. Gersdorf. Also in Migne's
Patrologia Gracca, i.
St. Cricq, De, "Voyage du Pe'rou au Bre'sil par les fleuves Ucayali et Amazone,
Indiens Conibos," in Bulletin de la Socittt de Geographic (Paris),
4eme SeVie, vi. (1853).
St. James, The Epistle of.
St. John, The Gospel of.
St. John, Bayle, Travels of an Arab Merchant in Soudan. Abridged from the
French. London, 1854.
St. John, H. C., Notes and Sketches from the Wild Coasts of Nipon. Edin-
burgh, 1880.
" The Ainos," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ii. (1873).
St. John, R. F. St. Andrew, "A Short Account of the Hill Tribes of North
Aracan," in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute^ ii. (1873).
St, John, Spenser, Life in the Forests of the Far East. Second Edition.
London, 1863.
St. Luke, The Gospel of.
St. Mark, The Gospel of.
S. Martinus Dumiensis, Bishop of Braga, De Pascha, in Migne's Patrologia
Latina, Ixxii.
St. Matthew, The Gospel of.
S. Sophronius, " SS. Cyri et Joannis Miracula," in Migne's Patrologia Graeca^
Ixxxvii. Pars Tertia.
Saintyves, P., " Le Renouvellement du Feu Sacre*," in Revue des Traditions
Populaires, xxvii. (1912).
Salle, Laisnel de la, Croyances et Itgendes du centre de la France. Paris, 1875.
Sallustius philosophus, " De diis et mundo," in Fragmenta Philosophorum
Graecorum. Ed. F. G. A. Mullach.
Salvado, R., M f moires hist oriques sur T Australie. Paris, 1854.
Samter, E., Familienfeste der Griechen und Romer. Berlin, 1901.
Samuel, The first Book of.
Samuel, The second Book of.
San Marte (A. Schulz), Die Arthur-Sage. Quedlinburg and Leipsic, 1842.
Sandberg, G., Tibet and the Tibetans, London, 1906.
Sanderval, Olivier de, De VAtlantique au Niger par la Foutah-Djallon. Paris,
1883.
Sangermano, Father, Description of the Burmese Empire. Reprinted at Ran-
goon, 1885.
Sapper, Dr. C., " Beitrage zur Ethnographic des slldlichen Mittelamerika,"
in Petermanns Mitteilungen^ xlvii. (1901).
"Die Gebrauche und religiosen Anschauungen der Kekchf-Indianer,"
in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographic > viii. (1895).
" Ein Besuch bei den Guatusos in Costarica," in Globus t Ixxvi. (1899).
" Mittelamericanische Caraiben," in Internationales Archiv fiir Ethno-
graphic, x. (1897).
Sartori, P., "Glockensagen und Glockenaberglaube," in Zeitschrift des Vereim
fiir Volkskunde, vii. (1897).
"Uber das Bauopfer," in Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic, xxx. (1898).
Satapatha-Brahmana, The. Translated by Julius Eggeling. Oxford, 1882-
1900. (Sacred Books of the East, vols. xii., xxvi., xli., xliii., xliv.)
Sauve*, L. F., Le Folk-lore des Hautcs-Vosges. Paris, 1889.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 115
Sawyer, F. E., "S. Swithin and Rain-makers," in The Folk-lore Journal, L
(1883).
Saxo Grammaticus, Historia Danica. Ed. P. E. Miiller. Copenhagen, 1839-
1858.
Saxo GrammaticuSy The First Nine Books of the Danish History of. Translated
by O. Elton. London, 1894.
Sayce, Professor A. H., Lectures on the Religion of the Ancient Babylonians,
London and Edinburgh, 1887.
The Hittites. Third Edition. London, 1903.
" The Hittite Inscriptions," in Recueil de Travaux relatifs a la Philologie
et a FArchtologie gyptiennes et Assyriennes, xiv. (1893).
in W. Wright's Empire of the Hittites. Second Edition. London,
1886.
Schabelski, A., "Voyage aux colonies russes de PAmerique," in Bulletin de la
Sociftt de Gtographie (Paris), 2eme Se'rie, iv. (1835).
Schadee, M. C., " Bijdrage tot de kennis van den godsdienst der Dajaks van
Landak en Tajan,"in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van
Nederlandsch- Indie, Ivi. (1904).
" Het familieleven en familierecht der Dajaks van Landak en Tajan," in
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie\
Ixiii. (1910).
Schadenberg, A., "Beitrage zur Kenntniss der im Innern Nordluzons lebenden
Stamme," in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^
Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1888), bound with Zeitschrift fur
Ethnologie, xx. (1888) ; and in Verhandhingen der Berliner Gesellschaft
fiir Anthropologie^ Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1889), bound with
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie ', xxi. (1889).
" Die Bewohner von Slid- Mindanao und der Insel Samal," in Zeitschrift
fur Ethnologie, xvii. (1885).
Schafer, H., Die Mysterien des Osiris in Abydos. Leipsic, 1904.
Schandein, L., in Bavaria, Landes- und Volkskunde des Konigreichs Bayern
Munich, 1860-1867.
Schanz, M., Geschichte der romischen Literatur. Second Edition. Munich,
1898.
Scheffer, J., Lapponia. Frankfort, 1673.
Upsalia. Upsala, 1666.
Schell, O., "Einige Bemerkungen ttber den Mond im heutigen Glauben des
bergischen Volkes," in Am Urquell, v. (1894).
Schellong, O., "Das Barlum-fest der Gegend Finsch-hafens," in Internationales
Archiv fiir Ethnographic, ii. (1889).
** Uber Familienleben und Gebrauche der Papuas der Umgebung von
Finschhafen," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xxi. (1889).
Scherzer, K., "Die Indianer von Santa Catalina Istlavacana (Frauenfuss), ein
Beitrag zur Culturgeschichte der Urbewohner Central -Amerikas," in
Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, xviii. Vienna, 1856.
Scheube, B., "Der Baerencultus und die Baerenfeste der Ainos," in Mitthei-
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei Siid und Sud-Ostasiens^ Heft
xxii. Yokohama.
Die Ainos. Reprinted from Mittheilungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft bei
Siid und Sud-Ostasiens. Yokohama.
Schickard, quoted by Lagarde, " Purim," in Abhandlungen der Kb'niglichen
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, xxxiv. (1887).
Schiefner, Anton, Awarische Texte. St. Petersburg, 1873.
Heldensagen der Minussinschen Tataren. St. Petersburg, 1859.
Schiefner, F. Anton von, Tibetan Tales. Done into English from the German,
with an introduction by W. R. S. Ralston. London, 1882.
Ii6 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Schinz, H., Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrika. Oldenburg and Leipsic, N.D., preface
dated 1891.
Schlegel, G., "La fte de fouler le feu ce'le'bre'e en Chine et par les Chinois &
Java," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie> ix. (1896).
Uranographie Chinoise. The Hague and Leyden, 1875.
Schleicher, August, Litauische Marchen, Sprichworter, Ratsel und Lieder.
Weimar, 1857.
" Lituanica," in Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, xi. Vienna, 1853, published
i8S4.
Volkstilmliches aus Sonnenberg. Weimar, 1858.
Schleiden, M. J., Das Salz. Leipsic, 1875.
Schlich, Dr. W., Manual of Forestry, vol. iv. Forest Protection , by W. R.
Fisher, M.A. Second Edition. London, 1907.
Schlomann, " Die Malepa in Transvaal," in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesell-
schaft fur Anthropologie> Ethnologie und Urgeschichte (1894).
Schloss, Francis S., in letter to the Author (vi. 136 .*).
Schlossar, A., *' Volksmeinung und Volksaberglaube aus der Deutschen Steier-
mark," in Germania^ N.R., xxiv. (1891).
Schmeltz, J. D. E., "Das Pflugfest in China," in Internationales Archiv filr
Ethnographic, xi. (1898).
Das Schwirrholz. Hamburg, 1896,
Schmid, Von, " Het Kakihansch Verbond op het eiland Ceram," in Tijdschrift
voor Netrlands Indie > deel ii. Batavia, 1843.
Schmidt, A., Handbuch der griechischen Chronologic. Jena, 1888.
Schmidt, Bernhard, Das Volksleben der Netigriechen. Leipsic, 1871.
Griechische Mdrchen^ Sagen und Volkslieder. Leipsic, 1877.
Schmidt, George, Moravian Missionary in 1737, quoted by Theophilus Hahn, in
Tsuni-Goam, the Supreme Being of the Khoi-Khoi. London, 1881.
Schmidt, K.., f us flrimae nectt's. Freiburg im Breisgau, 1881.
Schmidt, P. W., " Ethnographisches von Berlinhafen, Deutsch-Neu-Guinea," in
Mittheilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxx. (1899).
Schmidt, Van, " Aanteekeningen nopens de zeden, gewoonten en gebruiken,
benevens de vooroordeelen en bijgelovigheden der bevolking van de
eilanden Saparoea, Haroekoe, Noessa Laut, en van een gedeelte van de
zuidkust van Ceram," in Tijdschrift voor Norlands Indie. Batavia,
1843.
Schmidt, W., Das Jahr und seine Tage in Meinung und Branch der Romdnen
Siebenbiirgens. Hermannstadt, 1866.
Schmiedel, Professor P., in notes sent to Dr. J. S. Black (iv. 261 n. 1 ).
Schmitz, J. H., Sitten und Sagen, Lieder, Spi ttchworter und Rdthsel des Eifter
Volkes. Treves, 1856-1858.
*Schneider, Zacharias, Leipziger Chronik, cited by K. Schwenk, Die Mythologie
der Slaven^ and by Fr. Kauffmann, Balder.
Schneller, Christian, Marchen und Sagen aus WalschtiroL Innsbruck, 1867.
Scholia Graeca in Aristophanem. Ed. Fr. Dttbner. Paris (Didot), 1877.
Scholia in Caesaris Germanici Aratea. Ed. Fr. Eyssenhardt, in his edition of
Martianus Capella. Leipsic, 1866.
Scholia in Lucianum. Ed. H. Rabe. Leipsic, 1906.
Scholia in Euripidem. Ed. Edvardus Schwartz. Berlin, 1887-1891.
Scholia in Homeri Iliadem. Ex recensione Immanuelis Bekkeri. Berlin,
1825.
Scholia in Pindarum. Ed. Aug. Boeckh. Leipsic, 1819.
Scholia in Sophoclis Tragoedias vetera. Ed, P. N. Papageorgius. Leipsic,
1888.
Scholia in Theocritum^ Nicandrum et Oppianum. Ed. Fr. Dttbner et U. Cat!
Bussemaker, Paris (Didot), 1849,
BIBLIOGRAPHY 117
Scholiast on
Apollonius Rhodius, Argonautica. Ed. Aug. Wellauer.
Aristides. Ed. G. Dindorf.
Panathenaicus.
Aristophanes, Acharnenses*
Birds.
Clouds.
Ecdesiazusae.
Frogs.
Knights.
Peace.
Plutus.
Thesmophoriazusae.
Callimachus. (Callimachea^ vol. i. Edidit O. Schneider. Leipsic, 1870-
1873.)
Clement of Alexandria, quoted by Chr. Aug. Lobeck, Aglaophamus.
Konigsberg, 1829.
Demosthenes.
Euripides, Hippolytus.
Medea.
Orestes.
Phoenissae.
Hesiod, Works and Days. Ed. E. Vollbehr. Kiel, 1844.
Homer, Iliad.
Lucian, Dialogi Meretricii.
Jupiter Tragoedus.
Nicander, Alexipharmaca.
Theriaca.
Oppianus, Halieutica.
Ovid, Ibis.
Persius, Satires. Ed. O. Jahn.
Pindar, Isthmia.
Olympia.
Pythia.
Plato, Gorgias.
Republic.
Theaetetus.
Sophocles, Antigone*
Oedipus Coloneus.
Theocritus.
Thucydides. Ed. Didot.
*Scholiastes Veronensis, on Virgil.
Schomann, G. F., Griechische Alterthiimer. Fourth Edition. Berlin, 1897-
1902.
Schomburgk, SirR., Reisen in Britisch- Guiana. Leipsic, 1847-1848.
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie^ Ethnologic
und Urgeschichte^ 1879.
Schon, J. F., and Crowther, S., Journals. London, 1848.
*Schonwerth, F., Aus der Oberpfah, cited by Adalbert Kuhn, in Mythologischt
Studien. GUtersloh, 1912.
Schoolcraft, Henry R., Indian Tribes of the United States. Philadelphia, 1853-
1856.
Notes on the Iroquois. Albany, 1847.
Ontota, or Characteristics of the Red Race of America. New York and
London, 1845.
The American Indians^ their History > Condition, and Prospects. Buffalo,
1851.
1 1 8 THE GOLDEN BO UGH
Schott, " Ueber die Sage von Geser-Chan," in Abhandlungen der Koniglichen
Akademie der Wissenschaftcn zu Berlin (1851).
Schott, Arthur und Albert, Walachische Maehrchen. Stuttgart and Tubingen,
1845.
Schrader, E., Die Keilinschriften und das A lie Testament. Dritte Auflage, neu
bearbeitet von H. Zimmern und H. Winckler. Berlin, 1902.
Schrader, Otto, s.v. " Aryan Religion," in Dr. J. Hastings's Encyclopaedia of
Religion and Ethics, ii. Edinburgh, 1909.
Reallexikon der indogemtanischen Altertumskunde. Strasburg, 1901.
Sprachvergleichung und Urgeschichte. Second Edition. Jena, 1890,
Third Edition. Jena, 1905-1907.
Schreiber, Th., Apollon Pythoktonos. Leipsic, 1879.
Schrenck, L. von, Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-lande, vol. iii. Part i.
Die Volker des Amur-Landes, St. Petersburg, 1891.
Schroeder, L. v., Die Hochzeitsbrauche der Esten. Berlin, 1888.
" Lihgo (Refrain der lettischen Sonnwendlieder)," in Mitteilungen der
Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien, xxxii. (1902).
Schuchhardt, C., Schliemanrfs Ausgrabungen. Second Edition. Leipsic,
1891.
Schudt, J. ^.,Judische Merkwiirdigkeiten. Frankfort and Leipsic, 1714.
Schulenburg, Wilibald von, " Volkskundliche Mittheilungen aus der Mark," in
Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologic
und Urgeschichte (1896).
Wendische Volkssagen und Gebrauche aus dem Spreewald. Leipsic, 1880.
Wendisches Volksthum. Berlin, 1882.
Schuller, J. K., Das Todaustragen und der Muorlef, ein Beitrag zur Kunde
sdchsischer Sitte und Sage in Siebenbilrgen. Hermannstadt, 1861.
Schulze, " CJeberCeram und seine Bewohner," in Verhandhmgen der Berliner
Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie^ Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte (1877).
Schtirmann, C. W., " The Aboriginal Tribes of Port Lincoln," in Native Tribes
of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.
Schurtz, H., Altersklassen und Mdnnerbunde. Berlin, 1902.
Schuyler, E., Turkistan. London, 1876.
Schwally, Fr., Semitische Kriegsalter tiimer. Leipsic, 1901.
Schwaner, C. A. L. M., Borneo, Beschrijvin^ van het stroomgebied van den
Barito. Amsterdam, 1853-1854.
Schwarz, B., Kamerun. Leipsic, 1886.
Schwartz, F. L. W., Der Ursprung der Mythologie. Berlin, 1860.
Schwegler, A., Rbmische Geschichte. Tubingen, 1853-1858.
Schweinfurth, G., The Heart of Africa. Third Edition. London, 1878.
Schweizerisches Archiv fur Volkskunde.
Scotsman, The.
Scott, Rev. David Clement, A Cyclopaedic Dictionary of the Mang'anja
Language spoken in British Central Africa. Edinburgh, 1892.
Scott, (Sir) J. G., and Hardiman, J. P., Gazetteer of Upper Burma and the Shan
States. Rangoon, 1900-1901.
Scott, Sir Walter, Journal. First Edition. Edinburgh, 1890.
Letters on Demonology and Witchcraft* London, 1884.
Peveril of the Peak.
The Pirate.
Scriptorcs Rei Rusticae Veteres Latini. Ed. J. G. Schneider. Leipsic, 1794-
1796.
Scriptores rerum Livonicarum. Riga and Leipsic, 1848.
Scriptorcs rerum mirabilium Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann. Brunswick, 1839..
Scriptores rerum mythicarum Latini tres Romae nuper reperti (commonly
referred to as Mythographi Vaticani). Ed. G. H. Bode. Cellis,
1834.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 119
Scriviner, G., in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race.
Scymnus Chius, Orbis descriptio, in Geographi Graeci Minores, ed. C. Miiller,
vol. i.
Se*billot, Paul, Contes populaires de la Haute- Bretagne. Paris, 1885.
Coutumes popidaires de la Haute-Brctagne. Paris, 1886.
"La Fete des Rois," in Revue des Traditions populaires, iii. (1888).
Le Folk-lore de France. Paris, 1904-1907.
Ltgendes, Croyances et Superstitions de la Mer. Paris, 1886.
Traditions et superstitions de la Haute-Bretagne. Paris, 1882.
Sechefo, J., "The Twelve Lunar Months among the Basuto,'' in Anthropos, iv.
(1909).
Seeman, B., Viti, an Account of a Government Mission to the Vitian or Fijian
Islands in the Years 1860-1862. Cambridge, 1862.
*Se'gonzac, De, Voyage au Maroc, quoted by E. Doutte, Magie et Religion dans
VAfrique du Nord.
Seidel, H., " Der Yew'e Dienst im Togolande," in Zeitschrift fur afrikanische
und oceanischen Sprachen, iii. (1897).
" Ethnographisches aus Nordost Kamerun," in Globus, Ixix. (1896).
"Krankheit, Tod, und Begrabnis bei den Togonegern," in Globus, Ixxil
(1897).
Seidlitz, N. von, "Die Abchasen," in Globus, Ixvi. (1894).
Seidlitz, R. von, "Der Selbstmord bei den Tschuktschen," in Globus, lix.
(1891).
Seifart, K., Sagen, Marchen, Schwdnke und Gebrduche aus Stadt und Stift
Hildesheim. Zweite Auflage. Hildesheim, 1889.
*Sei-I Kwai Medical Journal. See s.v. Hall, Dr. C. H. H.
Seland or Seeland, Dr., abstract of a Russian work on the Gilyaks by, in
Archivjur Anthropologie, xxvi. ( 1 900).
Selden, J., De dis Syris. Leipsic, 1668.
Seler, Professor Eduard, " Altmexicanische Studien," in Veroffentlichimgen aus
dem Koniglichen Museum fur Volkerkunde. Berlin, 1890, 1899.
" The Mexican Chronology," in Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin
No. 28. Washington, 1904.
Seleucus, quoted by Athenaeus, iv. 42.
Seligmann, Dr. C. G., " Ancient Egyptian Beliefs in Modern Egypt," in Essays
and Studies presented to William Ridgeway. Cambridge, 1913.
s.v. " Dinka,"in Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics, vol. iv. Edited by
J. Hastings, D.D. Edinburgh, 1911.
m Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxix. (1899).
in letters and manuscripts sent to the Author (iv. 17 . 3 , 21 n. 1 , 22 .*,
23 n. 1 , 30 nn. J and 2 , vi. 161 . 2 ).
in Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v.
Cambridge, 1904.
The Cult of Nyakang and the Divine Kings of the Shilluk. Khartoum,
1911. Reprinted from the Fourth Report of the Wellcome Tropical
Research Laboratories, Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum.
*The Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery of the Sinaugolo," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
The Melanesians of British New Guinea. Cambridge, 1910.
Seligmann, C. G., and Murray, Margaret A., "Note upon an Early Egyptian
Standard," in Man, xi. (1911).
Sellin, Dr. E., "Tell Ta'annek," in Denkschriften der kaiserlichen Akademie
der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, 1. Vienna, 1904.
Semper, C., Die Philippinen und ihre Bewohner. Wiirzburg, 1869.
Semper, K., Die Palau-Inseln im Stillen Ocean. Leipsic, 1873.
Seneca, Opera. Ed. Fr. Haase. Leipsic, 1877-1881.
Tragoediae. Ed. J. C. Schroder. Delft, 1728.
120 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Seneca continued.
Agamemnon.
De Ira.
Epistulae.
Hippolytus.
Naturales Quaestiones.
quoted by Augustine, De civitate Dei.
Senfft, A., "Die Rechtssitten der Jap-Eingeborenen," in Globus^ xci. (1907).
" Ethnographische Beitrage ttber die Karolineninsel Yap/' in Petermanm
Mitteilungen, xlix. (1903).
Sepp, Professor Dr., Altbayeriscker Sagenschatz. Munich, 1876.
Die Religion der alien Deutschen. Munich, 1890.
Servant, Father, " Notice sur laNouvelle Ze'lande/'in Annales de la Propagation
de la Foi, xv. (1843).
Servius, Commentarii in Virgilium. Ed. H. A. Lion. Gottingen, 1826.
Ed. G. Thilo and H. Hagen. Leipsic, 1881-
Sessions, F., " Some Syrian Folklore Notes," in Folk-tore, ix. (1898).
Sextus Empiricus. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1842.
Shakespear, Lieut. - Colonel J., "The Kuki-Lushai Clans," in Journal of the
Royal Anthropological Institute , xxxix. (1909).
The Lushei Kuki Clans. London, 1912.
Shakespeare, Henry V.
Macbeth.
' Shamanism in Siberia and European Russia," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xxiv. (1895).
Shaw, Barnabas, Memorials of South Africa. London, 1840.
Shaw, G. A., "The Betsileo," in The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar
Magazine. Reprint of the First Four Numbers. Antananarivo, 1885.
Shaw, Rev. Mr., quoted by Thomas Pennant in his "Tour in Scotland, 1769,"
printed in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels^ iii. London, 1909.
Shaw, Thomas, "On the Inhabitants of the Hills near Rajamahall," in Asiatic
Researches t vol. iv. London, 1807.
Sheane, J. H. West, " Wemba Warpaths," in Journal of the African Society %
No. xli. (October 1911).
Shelford, R., "Two Medicine -Baskets from Sarawak," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute ', xxxiii. (1903).
*Sherring, M. A., Hindu Tribes and Castes > cited by H. A. Rose, in Indian
Antiquary ', xxxi. (1902).
Shetland News, February 1st, 1913.
Shooter, Rev. Joseph, The Kafirs of Natal and the Zulu Coitntry. London,
1857.
Shortland, Edward, Maori Religion and Mythology. London, 1882.
The Southern Districts of New Zealand. London, 1851.
Traditions and Superstitions of the New Zealanders. Second Edition.
London, 1856.
Shortt, J., "The Bayadere or Dancing-girls of Southern India," in Memoirs oj
the Anthropological Society of London, iii. (18671869).
Sibree, Rev. J., "Curiosities of Words connected with Royalty and Chief-
tainship," Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar Magazine, No. xi.
(1887).
"Divination among the Malagasy," in Folk-lore, iii. (1892).
va Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxi. (1892).
Madagascar and its People. London, [1870].
" Remarkable Ceremonial at the Decease and Burial of a Betsileo Prince,"
in Antananarivo Annual, No. xxii. (1898), quoted by A. van Gennep,
Tabou et totlmisme a Madagascar.
The Great African Island. London, 1 880.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 131
Sibthorp, in R. Walpole's Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey.
London, 1817.
Siebold, H. von, Ethnologische Studien uber die Aino auf der Insel Yesso.
Berlin, 1881.
Siebs, Th., "Das Saterland," in Zeitschrift fur Volkskunde, iii. (1893).
Silius Italicus. Punica. Ed. J. C. T. Ernesti. Leipsic, 1791-1792.
Simmons, Rev. E. Z., *' Idols and Spirits," in Chinese Recorder and Missionary
Journal, xix. (1888).
Simons, F. A., " An Exploration of the Goajira Peninsula, U.S. of Colombia,"
in Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society > N.S., vii. (1885).
Simpson, William, The Buddhist Praying Wheel. London, 1896.
Also in a private communication to the Author (iii. 125 w. 3 )
Simrock, K., Die Edda. Eighth Edition. Stuttgait, 1882.
Handbuch der deutschen Mythologie. Fifth Edition. Bonn, 1878.
Simson, Alfred, vn. Journal of the Anthropological Institute > vii. (1878).
" Notes on the Jivaros and Canelos Indians," in Journal of 'the Anthrop*
logical Institute, ix. (1880).
Travels in the Wilds of Ecuador. London, 1887.
Sinclair, Sir John, Statistical Account of Scotland. Edinburgh, 1791-1799.
Singleton, Miss A. H., in letters to the Author (viii. 320 w. 1 , xi. 192 n. 1 ).
" Sitten und Gebrauche in Duderstadt," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie
und Sittenkunde^ ii. (1855).
Sitzungsberichte der Koniglichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu
Miinchen.
Sitzungsberichte der Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften etc
Berlin.
Sitzungsberichte der mathematischen-naturwissenschaftlichen JKlasse der Kaiser-
lichen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Vienna.
SitzungsbeHchte der philosophischen-historischen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie
der Wissenschaften. Vienna.
Sitzungsberichte der philosophischen-philologischen und historischen Classe der
Koniglichen Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen.
Six, J., "Die Eriphyle des Polygnot,"in Mittheilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen
Archaeologischen Instituts^ Athenische Abtheilung^ xix. (1894).
Skeat, W. W., Etymological Dictionary of the English Language, Oxford,
1910.
Skeat, W. W., Malay Magic. London, 1900.
" Snakestones and Stone Thunderbolts," in Folk-lore, xxiii. (1912).
Skeat, VV. W., and Blagden, C. O., Pagan Races of the Malay Peninsula.
London, 1906.
Skene, W. F. , Celtic Scotland. 1 8 7 6- 1 8 80.
Skinner, Principal J., Introduction to Kings, in The Century Bible.
on I Kings xiv. 23.
Sleeman, Major-General Sir W. H., Rambles and Recollections of an Indian
Official. New Edition. Westminster, 1893.
Sleigh, Mr., of Lifu, quoted by Prof. E. B. Tylor, in Journal of the Anthropo-
logical Institute^ xxviii. (1898).
Smet, J. de, in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi t xi. (1838), xiv. (1842), xv.
(1843).
Voyages aux Montagnes Rocheuses. Nouvelle Edition. Paris and Brussels,
1873-
Smet, P. J. de, Western Missions and Missionaries. New York, 1863.
Smith, A. H., " Illustrations to Bacchylides," in Journal of Hellenic Studies*
xviii. (1898).
Smith, Mrs. E. A., "Myths of the Iroquois," in Second Annual Report of tht
Bureau of Ethnology* Washington, 1883,
Smith, E. R., The Araucanians. London, 1855.
VOL. XII I
122 THE GOLD&N BUUUtl
Smith, George Adam, s.v. " Bethlehem," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, i.
Historical Geography of the Holy Land. London, 1894.
Smith, Prof. G. C. Moore, in letter to the Author (viii. 329 . ! ).
Smith, G. H., "Some Betsimisaraka Superstitions," in The Antananarivo
Annual and Madagascar Magazine ) No. 10 (Christmas, 1886).
Smith, (Sir) Henry Babington, in Folk-lore^ v. (1894).
Smith, J., Trade and Travels in the Gulph of Guinea. London, 1851.
Smith, Mrs. James, The Booandik Tribe. Adelaide, 1880.
Smith, W., Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities. Third Edition.
London, 1890-1891.
Dictionary of Greek and Roman Geography. London, 1873.
Smith, W., and Cheetham, S., Dictionary of Christian Antiquities. London,
1875-1880.
Smith, W. Robertson, " Animal Worship and Animal Tribes," in Journal oj
Philology, ix. (1880).
" Ctesias and the Semiramis Legend," \j\English Historical Review^ ii. ( 1 887).
Kinship and Marriage in Early Arabia. Cambridge, 1885.
New Edition. London, 1903.
Lectures on the Religion of the Semites. Second Edition. London, 1894.
" Sacrifice," in Encyclopaedia Britannica. Ninth Edition, vol. xxi. 1886.
The Old Testament in the Jewish Church. Second Edition. London and
Edinburgh, 1892.
The Prophets of Israel. Second Edition. London, 1902.
Also in private communications to the Author (i. 301 w. 2 , iii. 77 n. l t 96 .',
v. 10 tt. 1 , vii. 259 tt. 1 , viii. 27 n. 6 , 251 n. 5 , 280 n.}.
Smyth, R. Brough, The Aborigines of Victoria. Melbourne and London, 1878.
Smyth, W., and Lowe, F., Narrative of a Journey from Lima to Para.
London, 1836.
Socrates, Historia Ecclesiastica y in Migne's Patrologia Graeca t Ixvii.
Soddy, F., The Interpretation of Radium. Third Edition. London, 1912.
Soderblom, N., La Vie Future d'apres le Mazdtisme. Paris, 1901.
Les Fravashis. Paris, 1899.
Soleillet, Paul, UAfrique Occidentale. Paris, 1877.
Solinus, Collectanea. Ed. Th. Mommsen. Berlin, 1864.
Solms-Laubach, Graf zu, ' ' Die Herkunft, Domestication und Verbreitung des
gewohnlichen Feigenbaums (Ftcus Carica, L.)," in Abhandlungen der
Koniglichen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, xxviii. (1882).
Solomon, V., " Extracts from Diaries kept in Car Nicobar," in Journal of the
Anthropological Institute, xxxii. (1902).
Somerville, B. T., " Notes on some Islands of the New Hebrides," in Journal of
the Anthropological Institute, xxiii. (1894).
Somerville, Professor William, of Oxford. Private communications to the
Author (ii. 328 . 4 , vii. 193 n.).
Sommer, E., Sagen, Marchen und Gebrauche aus Sachsen und Thuringen.
Halle, 1846.
Sonnerat, Voyage aux Indes orientales et a la Chine. Paris, 1782.
Sonnini, C. S., Travels in Upper and Lower Egypt. Translated from the
French. London, 1800.
Sopater, in Rhetorcs Graeci. Ed. Chr. Walz.
Sophocles, Plays and Fragments^ in Poetae Scenici Graeci^ ed. G. Dindorf,
London, 1869. Ed. R. C. Jebb. Cambridge, 1892-1900.
Ajax.
Antigone.
Electra.
Oedipus Coloneus.
Oedipus Tyrannus.
quoted by Plutarch, De audiendis poetis.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 123
Sophocles continued.
Root-cutters, quoted by Macrobius, Saturnalia.
Trachiniae.
Triptolemus.
Souch, B., Croyances, presages et traditions diverse*. Niort, 1880.
(South African] Folk-lore Journal.
Southey, R., History of Brazil. London, 1817-1819.
Second Edition. London, 1822.
Sowerby, James, English Botany. London, 1796-1805.
Sozomenus, Historia Ecclesiastica, in Migne's Patrologia Graeca, Ixvii.
Spafford, Jacob E., " Around the Dead Sea by Motor Boat,'' in The Geographical
Journal, xxxix. (1912).
Spartianus, Aelius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter, Leipsic, 1884.
Caracallus.
Pescennius Niger.
ft Specimen Calendarii Gentilis," appended to the Edda Rhythmica seu
Antiquior, vulgo Saemundina dicta, Pars iii. Copenhagen, 1828.
Speck, Frank G., Ethnology oj the Yuchi Indians. Philadelphia, 1909.
Speck mann, F., Die Hermannsburger Mission in Afnka. Hermannsburg, 1876.
Spectator, The. London, 1711-1712, 1714.
Speight, Harry, The Craven and North-West Yorkshire Highlands* London,
1892.
Tramps and Drives in the Craven Highlands. London, 1895.
Speijer, J. S., " Le Dieu remain Janus," in Revue de I'Histoire des Religions,
xxvi. (1892).
Spencer, Edmund, Travels in Circassia, Krim Tartary, etc. London, 1836.
Spencer, Herbert, First Principles* Third Edition. London, 1875.
Spencer, J., De legibus Hebraeorum. The Hague, 1686.
Spencer, W. Baldwin, in letter to the Author (v. 101 .).
An Introduction to tfie Study of Certain Native Tribes of the Northern Ter-
ritory. (Bulletin of the Northern Tenitory, No. 2. Melbourne, 1912).
Spencer, Baldwin, and Gillen, F. J., Across Australia. London, 1912.
The Native Tribes of Central Australia. London, 1899.
The Northern l^ribes of Central Australia. London, 1904.
Spenser, Edmund, View of the State of Ireland. Reprinted in H. Morley's
Ireland under Elizabeth and James the First. London, 1 890.
Sphinx.
Spiess, C., "Einiges tlber die Bedeutung der Personennamen der Evheer in
Togo-Gebiete," in Mitteilungen des Seminars fur orientalische Sprachen
zu Berlin, vi. (1903), Dritte Abteilung.
" Religionsbegriffe der Evheer in West-Afrika," in Mitteilungen des
Seminars fur orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, vi. (1903), Dritte
Abteilung.
Spieth, H., "Jagdgebrauche in Avatime," in Mitteilungen der Geographischen
Gesellschaft zu Jena, ix. (1890).
Spieth, Jakob, "Der Jehve Dienst der Evhe-Neger," in Mitteilungen der
Geographischen Gesellschaft zujena, xii. (1893).
Die Ewe-Stamme : Material zur Kunde des Ewe- Volkes in Deutsch- Togo.
Berlin, 1906.
Die Religion der Eweer in Sud-Togo. Leipsic, 1911.
Spire, F., " Rain-making in Equatorial Africa," in Journal of the African
Society, No. 17 (October 1905).
Spitta-Bey, G., Contes arabes modemes. Leyden and Paris, 1883.
Spix, J. B. von, und Martius, C. F. Ph. von, Reise in Brasilien. Munich,
1823-1831.
Spoer, Mrs. H. H., " The Powers of Evil in Jerusalem," in Folk-lore, xviii. (1907).
Spratt, T, A. B., and Forbes, E., Travels in Lycia. London, 1847.
124 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Spreeuwenberg, A. F. van, " Een blik op de Minahassa," in Tijdsch^ift voot
NePr land's Indie. Zevende Jaargang, Vierde deel, Batavia, 1845 ;
Achtste Jaargang, Erste deel, Batavia, 1846.
Sproat, G. M., Scenes and Studies of Savage Life. London, 1868.
Stanbridge, W., "On the Aborigines of Victoria," in Transactions of the
Ethnological Society of London , N.S., i. (1861).
" Some Particulars of the General Characteristics, Astronomy, and
Mythology of the Tribes in the Central Part of Victoria, South
Australia," in Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London^ N.S.,
i, (1861).
Stanbridge, W. E., quoted by R. Brough Smyth in Aborigines of Victoria.
Standing, H. F., " Malagasy fady" in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar
Magazine, vol. ii. (Reprint of the Second Four Numbers, 1881-1884.)
Antananarivo, 1896.
Stanley, A. P., Sinai and Palestine. Second Edition. London, 1856.
Stanley, H. M., Through the Dark Continent. London, 1878.
Stannus, H. S., "Notes on some Tribes of British Central Africa," in Journal oj
the Royal Anthropological Institute, xl. (1910).
Starr, Frederick, " Holy Week in Mexico," in The Journal of American Folk-
lore, xii. (1899).
Statius, Opera Omnia. London (Valpy), 1824.
Sylvae.
Theba'is.
^Status Scholae Etonensis (A.D. 1560), quoted by John Brand, Popular
Antiquities of Great Britain, and T. F. Thiselton Dyer, British Popular
Customs.
Stchoukine, Ivan, Le Suicide collect if dans le Raskol russe. Paris, 1903.
Stebbing, E. B., "The Loranthus Parasite of the Moru and Ban Oaks," in
Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. New Series, v.
Calcutta, 1910.
Steedman, A., Wanderings and Adventures in the Interior of Southern Africa.
London, 1835.
Steel, F. A., and Temple, R. C., Wide-awake Stories. Bombay and London,
1884.
Steele, Sir Richard, in The Spectator, Friday, I4th December 1711.
Steere, Edward, Swahili Tales. London, 1870.
Stehle, Bruno, " Volksglauben, Sitten und Gebrauche in Lothringen," Globus^
lix. (1891).
Steinen, Karl von den, Unter den Naturvblkern Zentral-Brasiliens. Berlin,
1894.
Stella, Erasmus, "De Borussiae antiquitatibus," in Simon Grynaeus's Novus
Orbis regionum ac insularum vetenbus incognitarum. , Paris, 1532.
Steller, G. W., Beschreibung von dem Lande Kamtschatka. Frankfort and
Leipsic, 1774-
Stengel, P., "Die Opfer der Hellenen an die Winde," in Hermes, xvi. (1881).
in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopadie der classischen Alter tumsivissen-
schaft, v.
"Zura griechischen Opferritual," in Jahrbuch des Kaiserlichen Deutschen
Archaeologischen Institnts, xviii. (1903).
Stenin, N. von, "Die Permier," in Globus, Ixxi. (1897).
Stenin, P. von, "Das Gewohnheitsrecht der Samojeden," in Globus> Ix. (1891).
" Die Kirgisen des Kreises Saissanak im Gebiete von Ssemipalatinsk," in
Globus, Ixix. (1906).
' Ein neuer Beitrag zur Ethnographic der Tscheremissen," in Globus, IviiL
(1890).
" Jpchelson's Forschungen unter den Jukagiren," in Ghbus, IxxvL (1899).
''Ober den Geisterglauben in Russland," in Glob us t Ivii. (1890).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 125
Stephari, E., und Graebner, F., Neu- Mecklenburg. Berlin, 1907.
Stephani, L., in Compte-rendu de la Commission Impe'riale Archtologiqut. SL
Petersburg, 1863.
in Compte-rendu de la Commission Imperiale Archtologique pour Vannie
1869. St. Petersburg, 1870.
Stephanus Byzantius, Ethnica. Ed. Ant. Westermann. Leipsic, 1839.
Sternberg, Leo, "Die Religion der Gilyaken," in Archiv fur Religionswissen-
schaft, viii. (1905).
Steuding, in W. H. Roscher's Lexicon der griechischen und romischen Mytho-
logic, ii.
Stevens, H. Vaughan, " Mitteilungen aus dem Frauenleben der Orang Belendas,
der Orang Djakun und der Orang L3ut," bearbeitet von Dr. Max
Bartels, in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xxviii. (1896).
*Stevens, Captain John, The History of Persia. London, 1715.
Stevenson, M. C., "The Sia," Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of
Ethnology. Washington, 1894.
Stevenson, Mrs. Matilda Coxe, "The Zuni Indians," in Twenty-Thiid Annual
Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology. Washington, 1904.
Stewart, Rev. Allan, in Sir John Sinclair's Statistical Account of Scotland, xv.
Stewart, Balfour, The Conservation of Energy. Fourth Edition. London,
1877.
Stewart, C. S., A Visit to the South Seas. London, 1832.
Stewart, D., in E. M. Curr's Australian Race, iii.
Stewart, Rev. J., D.D., Lovedale, South Africa. Edinburgh, 1894.
Stewart, Lieut. R., "Notes on the Northern Cachar,'' in Journal of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal, xxi v. (1855).
Stewart, W. Grant, The Popular Superstitions and Festive Amusements of the
Highlanders of Scotland. Ed i nburgh , 1823.
New Edition. London, 1851.
Stigand, Captain C. H., To Abyssinia through an Unknown Land. London,
1910.
Stigand, J. A., "The Volcano of Smeroe, Java," in The Geographical Journal,
xxviii. (1906).
Stobaeus, Eclogae. Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1860-1864.
Florikgium. Ed. A. Meineke. Leipsic, 1855-1857.
Stokes, H. J., "Walking through Fire," in Indian Antiquary, ii. (1873).
Stokes, Maive, Indian Fairy Tales. London, 1880.
Stoll, s.vv. "Kinyras" and "Melikertes,"in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon dergrtechi*
schen und romischen Mythologie.
Stoll, Otto, Die Ethnologie der Indianerstdmme von Guatemala. Leyden, 1889.
Suggestion und Hypnotism. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1904.
Stone, R. H., Jn Afric's Forest and Jungle. Edinburgh and London, 1900.
Stories of the Kings of Norway (Heimskringla). Done into English by
W. Morris and E. Magnusson. London, 1893-1905.
Stout, Professor G. F., of St. Andrews. Private communication (viii. 261 . 1 ).
Stow, G. W., Native Races of South Africa. London, 1905.
Stow, John, A Survay of London. Edited by Henry Morley. London, N.D.
A Survey of London, written in the Year 1598. Edited by William J.
Thorns. London, 1876.
Strabo. Ed. Aug. Meineke. Leipsic, 1866-1877.
Ed. C. Muller et F. DUbner. Paris (Didot), 1853.
Strachey, W. , Historie of travaile into Virginia Britannia. Hakluyt Society.
London, 1849.
Strack, H. L., Das Blut im Glauben und Aberglauben de r Men schheit. Munich,
1900.
Strackerjan, L., Aberglaube und Sagtn aus dem Herzogthum Oldenburg. Olden-
burg, 1867.
126 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Strauss und Torney, Victor von, Die altagyptischen Cotter imd Gottersagen
Heidelberg, 1889-1891.
Strausz, Adolf, Die Bulgaren. Leipsic, 1 898.
Streatfield, H. C., "Ranchi," in Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal \ Ixxii.
Part iii. Calcutta, 1904.
Strong, Dr., in C. G. SeligmamVs The Melanesiam of British New Guinea.
Cambridge, 1910.
Strube, C., Studien iiber den Bilderkreis von Eleusis. Leipsic, 1870.
Strutt, Joseph, The Sports and Pastimes of the People of England. New Edition,
by W. Hone. London, 1834.
Struys, John, Voiages and Travels. London, 1684.
Stuart, Mrs. A., in letter to the Author (xi. 287 n. 1 ).
Stubbes, Phillip, The Anatomie of Abuses. F. J. Furnivall's reprint. London,
1877-1882.
Stuhlmann, Fr., Mil Emin Pascha ins Herz von Afrika. Berlin, 1894.
Stukeley, W., The Medallic History of Marcus Aurelius Valerius Carausius,
Emperor in Britain. London, 1757-1759.
Stumpf, J., and Campell, Ulr., quoted by Dr. F. J. Vonbun, Beitrage zu?
deutschen Mythologie gesammelt in Churrhaetien. Chur, 1862.
Sturluson, Snorri, Chronicle of the Kings of Norway. See s.v. Heimskringla.
Suetonius. Ed. C. L. Roth. Leipsic, 1871.
Caligula.
Divus Augustus,
Divus Claudius.
Divus lulius.
Divus Vespasianus*
Nero.
Otho.
Tiberius.
Suidas, Lexicon. Ed. Im. Bekker. Berlin, 1854.
Sulpicius Severus, Vita S. Martini. Ed. C. Halm. Vienna, 1866.
Sunder, D., ** Exorcism of Wild Animals in the Sundarbans," in Journal of the
Asiatic Society of Bengal^ Ixxii. part iii. Calcutta, 1904.
Sundermann, H., "Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst," in Allgemeine
Missions- Zeitschrift, xi. (August, September, October 1884).
Die Insel Nias und die Mission daselbst. Barmen, 1905.
^Survey of the South of Ireland, quoted by J. Brand, Popular Antiquities oj
Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.
Sutton, J., quoted by Rev. J. Macdonald, Religion and Myth. London, 1893.
Svoboda, W., "Die Bewohner des Nikobaren-Archipels," in Internationales
Archiv fur Ethnographie, v. (1892), vi. (1893).
Swainson, Rev. C., The Folk Lore and Provincial Names of British Birds.
London, 1886.
*Swan, James G., The Indians of Cape Flattery -, quoted by Franz Boas, "The
Social Organization and the Secret Societies of the Kwakiutl Indians,"
in Report of the United States National Museum for 1895. Washington,
1897.
Swan ton, J. R., "Contributions to the Ethnology of the Haida," in Memoir of
the American Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific
Expedition. Leyden and New York, 1905.
Haida Texts and Myths, in Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin^
No. 29. Washington, 1905.
Indian Tribes of the Lower Mississippi Valley. Washington, 1911.
"Social Conditions, Beliefs and Linguistic Relationship of the Tlingit
Indians," in Twenty-sixth Annual Report of the Bureau of American
Ethnology. Washington, 1908.
Symmachus, Epistolae, in Migne's Patrologia Lattna, xviii.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 127
*Tabari, Arab chronicler.
Taberer, W. S., " Mashonaland Natives," in Journal of the African Society \
No. 15 (April 1905).
Tache, Mgr., letter in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, xxiv. (1852).
Tacitus. Ed. J. G. Baiter et J. G. Orelli. Second Edition. Zurich, 1859-
Berlin, 1877.
Annals.
Germania.
Historiae.
Taillepied, F. N., Recueil des Antiquitez et singularitez de la ville de Rouen.
Rouen, 1587.
^Taittlrya Brahmana, quoted by Denham Rouse, in Folk-lore, vii. (1889).
Talbot, P. Amaury, in letter to the Author (v. 271 .).
In the Shadow of the Bush. London, 1912.
Tanner, John. See s.v. Narrative.
Taplin, Rev. G., in E. M. Curr's The Australian Race.
" Notes on the Mixed Races of Australia," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, iv. (1875).
"The Narrinyeri," in Native Tribes of South Australia. Adelaide, 1879.
Targioni-Tozzetti, G., Saggio di novel line, canti ed usanze popolari della Ciociaria.
Palermo, 1891.
Tate, H. R., "Further Notes on the Kikuyu Tribe of British East Africa,"
in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxxiv. (1904).
" The Native Law of the Southern Gikuyu of British East Africa," in
Journal of the African Society, No. xxxv. (April 1910).
Tatian, Oratio ad Graecos. Ed. J. C. T. Otto. Jena, 1851.
Tauern, O. D., " Ceram," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xlv. (1913).
Tausch, " Notices of the Circassians," in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society ',
i. (1834).
Tautain, Dr., "Notes sur les croyances et pratiques religieuses des Banmanas,"
in Revue d* Ethnographic, iii. (1885).
Tavernier, J. B., in John Harris's Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. i.
London, 1744.
Voyages en Turquie, en Perse, et aux hides. The Hague, 1718.
Taylor, C. Boyson, " Easter in Many Lands," in Everybody's Magazine.
New York, 1903.
Taylor, Isaac, The Origin of the Aryans. London, N.D. Preface dated December,
1889.
Taylor, Rev. Richard, Te Ika A Maui, or New Zealand and its Inhabitants.
Second Edition. London, 1870.
Tcheraz, Minas, " Notes sur la mythologie Arme'nienne," in Transactions of the
Ninth International Congress of Orientalists. London, 1893.
Tegner, Swedish poet, cited by J. Grimm, Deutsche Mythologie. Fourth Edition.
Teit, J., The Lillooet Indians. Leyden and New York, 1906. (Memoir of
the American Museum of Natural History, 7"he Jesuf North Pacific
Expedition, vol. ii. part v. New York.)
The Shuswap. Leyden and New York, 1909. (Memoir of the American
Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition,
vol. ii. part vii. New York.)
The Thompson Indians of British Columbia. (Memoir of the American
Museum of Natural History, The Jesup North Pacific Expedition^
vol. i. part iv. New York, April 1900.)
Temesvary, R., Volksbrduche und Aberglauben in der Geburtshilfe und der PJlegt
des Neugeborenen in Ungarn. Leipsic, 1900.
Temme, J. D. H., Die Volkssagen der Altmark. Berlin, 1839.
Temple, Lieut. -Colonel Sir Richard C., in Indian Antiquary, xi. (1882).
"Opprobrious Names," in Indian Antiquary ', x. (1881).
128 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Temple, Lieut. -Colonel Sir Richard C. contimted.
The Andaman and Nicobar Islands > in The Census of India, 190 /, vol. iii,
Calcutta, 1903.
Tendeloo, H. J., "Verklaring van het zoogenaamd Oud-Alfoersch Teeken-
schrift," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelmggenoot-
schap) xxxvi. (1892).
Tennant, R., Sardinia and its Resources. Rome and London, 1885.
Teofilo, " La notte di San Giovanni in Oriente," in Archivio per lo Studio delle
Tradizioni Popolari, vii. (1888).
Ternaux-Compans, H., Essai sur Tancien Cundinamarca. Paris, N.D.
Voyages, relations et mtmoires originaux^ pour servir a Fhistoire de la
dtcouverte de FAmtrique. Paris, 1837-1841.
Terrien, Missionary F., in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi, liv. (1882).
Tertre, Jean Baptiste du, Histoire generate des Antilles. Paris, 1667-1671.
Histoire generale des hies de S. Christophe, de la Guadeloupe, de la Mar-
tinique et autres dans F Amerique. Paris, 1654.
Tertullian, Opera. Ed. F. Oehler. Leipsic, 1851-1854. Ed. E. F. Leopold,
Pars i. Libri Apologetici. Leipsic, 1839.
Ad martyres.
Ad Nationes.
Adversus Judaeos.
Adversus Marcionem.
Apologeticus.
Contra Gnosticos Scorpiace*
De corona militis.
De jejunio.
De praescriptione haereticorum*
De spectaculis.
De virginibus velandis, in Migne's Patrologia Latina, \\.
Teschauer, Carl, S.J., " My then und alte Volkssagen aus Brasilien," in Anthropos^
i. (1906).
Tessier, " Sur la fete annuelle de la roue flamboyante de la Saint- Jean, a Basse-
Kontz, arrondissement de Thionville," in Mf moires et dissertations
pub tides par la Socittl Roy ale des Antiquaires de France, v. (1823).
Testaments of the Twelve Patriarchs. Translated and edited by R. H. Charles.
London, 1908.
Tettau, W. J. A. von, und Temme, J. D. H., Die Volkssagen Ostpreussens,
Litthauens und Westpreusscns. Berlin, 1837.
Tetzlaff, W., " Notes on the Laughlan Islands," in Annual Report on British
New Guinea, 1890-1891. Brisbane, 1892.
Tetzner, Dr. F., " Die Kuren in Ostpreussen," in Globus, Ixxv. (1899).
" Die Tschechen und Mahrer in Schlesien," in Globus, Ixxviii. (1900).
Teysmannia, No. 2. 1896.
Theal, G. McCall, Kaffir Folk-lore. Second Edition. London, 1886.
Records of South - Eastern Africa. 1901.
Theocritus, Idyllia. Iterum edidit A. T. A. Fritsche. Leipsic, 1868-1869.
Theodoretus, In Ezechielis cap. viii., in Migne's Patrologia Graeca> Ixxxi.
*Theodorus, Metamorphoses.
Theognis, in Poetae Lyrici Graeci t ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.
Theophanes, Chronographia. Ed. J. Classen. Bonn, 1839-1841.
Theophrastus, Opera quae supersunt omnia. Ed. Fr. Wimmer. Paris (Didot), \ 866
Characters, "The Superstitious Man."
De causis plantarum.
De tgne.
De signis tempestatum.
De ventis.
Historia Plantarum*
BIBLIOGRAPHY 129
Theopompus, cited by Athenaeus. Fragments in Fragmenta Historicorum
Graecorum, ed. C. Miiller, vol. i.
Thesaurus Linguae Latinae. Leipsic, 1 906-
Thevenot, Relations des divers voyages, 4eme Partie (Paris, 1672), "Voyage a
la Chine des PP. I. Grueber et d'Orville."
Thevet, Andre*, La Cosmographie universelle. Paris, 1575.
Les Singularitez de la France Antarctique, autrement nomm4e AmJrique*
Antwerp, 1558.
Thiers, J. B., Trait t des Superstitions. Paris, 1679.
Fifth Edition. Paris, 1741.
Thilenius, G., Ethnographische Ergebnisse aus Melatiesien. Halle, 1903.
Thomas, Cyrus, The Maya Year. Washington, 1894. (Smithsonian Institution,
Bureau of Ethnology.}
Thomas, J. W., "De jacht op het eiland Nias," in Tijdschrift voor Indische
7^aal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxvi. (1880).
Thomas, Northcote W., Anthropological Report on the Ibo-speaking Peoples of
Nigeria. London, 1913.
Natives of Australia. London, 1906.
"The Scape-Goat in European Folk-lore," in Folk-lore, xvii. (1906).
Thomas-de-Saint-Mars, "Fete de Saint Estapin^" in Mlmoires de la Socittt
Roy ale des Antiquaires de France ; i. (1817).
Thomas the Rhymer, verses ascribed to, quoted by the Rev. John B. Pratt,
Buchan. Second Edition. Aberdeen, Edinburgh, and London, 1859.
Thompson, G., Travels and Adventures in Southern Africa. London, 1827.
Thompson, R Campbell, Semitic Magic. London, 1908.
Thomson, A. S., The Story of Neiv Zealand. London, 1859.
Thomson, Basil C., Savage Island. London, 1902.
South Sea Yarns. Edinburgh and London, 1894.
The Fijians. London, 1908.
Thomson, Joseph, 7^hrough Masai Land. London, 1885.
Thomson, W. M., The Land and the Book. London, 1859.
The Land and the Book) Central Palestine and Phoenicia. London, 1883.
The Land and the Book, Lebanon, Damascus, and beyond Jordan. London,
1886.
Thorpe, B., Northern Mythology. London, 1851-1852.
Thouar, A., Explorations dans FAmtrique du Sud. Paris, 1891.
Thousand and One Nights, The, commonly called, in England, The Arabian
Nights 1 Entertainment. Translated by E. W. Lane. London, 1839-
1841.
Thraemer, E., s.v. "Dionysos," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischcn
und rb'mischen Mythologie, i.
*QpaKiKT] 'E7rer7p/s. Athens, 1897.
Thucydides. Ed. Thomas Arnold. Fourth Edition. Oxford, 1857.
Thunberg, C. P., Voyages aujapon. Paris, 1796.
Thurnwald, R., " Im Bismarck-archipel und auf den Salomo-inseln," in Zeit*
schriftfiir Ethnologie, xlii. (1910).
Thurston, Edgar, Castes and Tribes of Southern India. Madras, 1909.
" Deformity and Mutilation," in Madras Government Museum, Bulletin,
vol. iv. No. 3. Madras, 1903.
Ethnographic Notes in Southern India. Madras-, 1 906.
Tibullus, Carmina. Ed. C. G. Heyne et E. C. F. Wunderlich. Leipsic, 1817.
*Tiede, Merkwiirdigkeiten Schlesiens (1804), quoted by P. Drechsler, Sitte,
Brauch und Volksglaube in Schlesien, i. Leipsic, 1903.
Tiele, C. P., Babylonisch-assyrische Geschichte. Gotha, 1886-1888.
Geschichte der Religion im Altertum. Gotha, 1896-1903.
Geschiedenis van den Godsdienst in de Oudheid. Amsterdam, 1893-1902,
History of the Egyptian Religion. London, 1882.
130 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootsehap.
Tijdschrift voor Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde.
Tijdschrift voor NeMands Indie.
Tilak, Bal Gangadhar, The Arctic Home in the Vedas. Poona and Bombay
1903.
Tille, A., Die Geschichte der deutschen Weihnacht. Leipsic, preface date
1893-
Tilton, E. L., quoted in Folk-lore* vi. (1895).
Timaeus, cited by Tertullian, De spectaculis> 5.
in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. MUller, vol. i.
Times, The.
Weekly Edition,
Timkowski, G., Travels of the Russian Mission through Mongolia to China
London, 1827.
Tiraboschi, A., " Usi pasquali nel Bergamasco," in Archivio per lo Studio deh
Tradizioni Popolari^ i. (1892).
Titelbach, Prof. VI., "Das heilige Feuer bei den Balkanslaven," in fate?
nationales Archiv fur Ethnographie^ xiii. (1900).
Tod, Lieutenant -Colonel James, Annals and Antiquities of Rajasfhan. London
1829 a nd '832.
Toepffer, J., Attische Genealogie. Berlin, 1889.
Beitragc zur griechischen Altertumswissenschaft. Berlin, 1897.
Toeppen, M., Abergtauben aus Masuren. Second Edition. Danzig, 1867.
Geschichte der preussischen Historiographie. Berlin, 1853.
Tomassetti, G., in Museo Italiano di Antichita Classica^ ii. (1888).
Tonjes, Hermann, Ovamboland^ Land^ Leute^ Mission. Berlin, 1911.
Tonti, De, "Relation de la Louisiane et du Mississippi," in Rectteil de Voyagt
au Nordy v. Amsterdam, 1734.
Toorn, J. L. van der, ** Het ammisme bij den Minangkabauer in der Padangsch
Bovenlanden," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde va
Nederlandsch- Indie ^ xxxix. (1890).
Torday, E., " Der Tofoke," in Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaj
in Wicn, xli. (1911).
Torday, E., et Joyce, T. A., Les Bushongo. Brussels, 1910.
** Note on the Southern Ba-Mbala," in Man, vii. (1907).
" Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Mbala," in Journal of the Anthropc
logical Institute, xxxv. (1905).
11 Notes on the Ethnography of the Ba-Yaka," \K Journal of the Anthropt
logical Institute, xxxvi. (1906).
" On the Ethnology of the South-Western Congo Free State," in. Journal t
the Royal Anthropological Institute^ xxxvii. (1907).
Torquemada, J. de, Monarquia Indiana. Madrid, 1723.
"Totemismus auf den Marshall-Inseln (SUdsee)," in Anthropos, viii. (1915).
Tour du Monde, Le.
Tournefort, P. de, Relation d^un Voyage du Levant. Amsterdam, 1718.
Tournier, Lieut. -Colonel, Notice sur le Laos Fran^ais. Hanoi, 1900.
Toutain, J., Les Cultes patens dans ? Empire Romain. Paris, 1907 and 1911.
Tozer, H. F., Selections from Strabo. Oxford, 1893.
Turkish Armenia and Eastern Asia Minor. London, 1881.
"Traditions, Customs, and Superstitions of the Lewis," in Folk-lore, vi. (1895)
*Traill, G. W., Statistical Sketch oj Kumaun, quoted in North Indian Nott
and Queries, July and August 1891.
Train, Joseph, An Historical and Statistical Account of the Isle of Man. Douglas
Isle of Man, 1845.
Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute.
Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria*
Transactions of the American Ethnological Society.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 131
Transactions of the Canadian Institute.
Transactions of the Ethnological Society of London, N.S.
Transactions of the Historical and Literary Committee of the American Phil*
sophical Society.
Transactions of the {London} Philological Society.
Transactions of the Ninth International Congress of Orientalists*
Transactions of the Philosophical Society of Victoria*
Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology.
Transactions of the Third International Congress for the History of Religion*
Oxford, 1908.
Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences ^ Arts, and Letters.
Travaux de la 6eme Session du Congrh International dcs Orientalistes & Letde.
Travels of an Arab Merchant [Mohammed Ibn-Omar El-Tounsy] in Soudan*
Abridged from the French (of Perron) by Bayle St. John. London,
1854.
Travels of the Jesuits in Ethiopia. Collected and historically digested b)
F. Balthazar Telies, of the Society of Jesus. London, 1710.
Travers, W. T. L., "Notes of the Traditions and Manners and Customs of the
Mori-.oris," in Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute ',
ix. (1876).
Trebellius Pollio, Claudius^ in Scriptores Historiae Augustae> ed. H. Peter,
Leipsic, 1884.
Trede, Th., Das Heidentum in der rb'mischen Kirche. Gotha, 1889-1891.
Tregear, E., Maori- Polynesian Comparative Dictionary. Wellington, N.Z.,
1891.
"The Maoris of New Zealand," in Joiirnal of the Anthropological Institute >
xix. (1890).
Treichel, A., " Reisig- und Steinhaufung bei Ermordeten oder Selbstmordern,"
in Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft filr Anthropologie, Ethnologit
und UrgeschichtC) 1888 (bound up with Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie> xx.,
1888).
" Reisighaufung und Steinhaufung an Mordstellen," in Am Ur-Quelle, vi.
(1896).
Tremearne, Major A. J. N., Hausa Superstitions and Customs. London,
The Tailed Head-hunters of Nigeria. London, 1912.
Trevelyan, Marie, Folk-lore and Folk-stories of Wales. London, 1909.
Trilles, Father H., " Chez les Fangs," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxx.
(1898).
Le Totfmisme chez les Fdn. Mimster i. W., 1912.
** Mille lieues dans 1'inconnu," in Les Missions Catholiques, xxxiv. (1902).
Tristram, H. B. , The Fauna and Flora of Palestine. London, 1884.
The Land of Israel. Fourth Edition. London, 1882.
The Land of ' Moab. London, 1873.
The Natural History of the Bible. Ninth Edition. London, 1898.
Trogus Pompeius, Historiarum Philippicarum Epitoma. Ed. J. Jeep. Leipsic,
1862.
Tromp, J. C. E., " De Rambai en Sebroeang Dajaks," in Tijdschrift voor
Indische Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde, xxv.
Tromp, S. W., "Een Dajaksch Feest," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en
Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie> xxxix. (1890).
" Uit de Salasila van Koetei," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Vblken-
kunde van Neder lands ch-Indi^^ xxxvii. (1888).
Trumbull, H. C., The Blood Covenant. London, 1887.
The Threshold Covenant. New York, 1896.
1 32 THE GOLDEN BO UGH
Tsakni, N., La Russie sectaire. Paris, N.D.
Tschudi, J. J. von, Peru, Reiseskizzen aus den Jahren 1838-1842. St. Gallen,
1846.
Tllrk, in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und rb'mischen Mythologie.
Turner, George, Nineteen Years in Polynesia. London, 1861.
Samoa, a Hundred Years ago and long before. London, 1884.
Turner, L. M., " Ethnology of the Ungava District, Hudson Bay Territory,"
in Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology. Washington,
1894-
Turpin, ' History of Siam," in J. Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels, vol. ix.
Tusser, Thomas, Five Hundred Points of Good Husbandry. New Edition.
London, 1812.
Tuuk, H. N. van der, " Notes on the Kawi Language and Literature," in
Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, N. S. , xiii. ( 1 88 1 ).
Tyerman, D., and Bennet, G., Journal of Voyages and Travels in the South Sea
Islands, China, India, etc. London, 1831.
Tylor, Sir EdwarcTB., Anthropology. London, 1881.
in International Folk-lore Congress, 1891, Papers and Transactions,
in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute, xxviii. (1898).
in Proceedings of the Society of Biblical Archaeology, xii. (1890).
*' On a Method of Investigating the Development of Institutions," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xviii. (1889).
Primitive Culture. Second Edition. London, 1873.
Researches into the Early History of Mankind. Third Edition. London,
1878.
Tyrtaeus, in Poetae Lyrici Graeci, ed. Th. Bergk, vol. ii.
Tzetzes, J., Antehomerica. Ed. F. S. Lehrs. Paris (Didot), 1878.
Chiliades. Ed. Th. Kiesseling. Leipsic, 1826.
Scholia on Lycophron. Ed. Chr. G. MUller. Leipsic, 1811.
41 liber die Religion der heidnischen Tscheremissen im Gouvernement Kasan," in
Zeitschrift fur allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., iii. (1857).
14 tlber den religiosen Glauben und die Ceremonien der heidnischen Samojeden
im Kreise Mesen," in Zeitschrift fiir allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., viii.
(1860).
Ulrichs, H. N., Reisen und Forschungen in Griechenland. Bremen, 1840.
Berlin, 1863.
Unger, G. F., " Der Isthmientag und die Hyakinthien," in Philologus, xxxvii.
(1877).
* 4 Zeitrechnung der Griechen und Ro"mer," in I wan Mailer's Handbuch der
klassischen Altertumswissenschaft, i. Nordlingen, 1886.
Ungnad, Arthur, Das Gilgamesch-Epos. Gottingen, 1911.
University of California Publications in American Archaeology and Ethnology.
University Studies. Lincoln, Nebraska.
Urquhart, Sir Thomas, The Discovery of a most Exquisite Jewel, more precious
than Diamonds inchased in Gold. Edinburgh, I774
Usener, H., Das Weihnachtsfest. Second Edition. Bonn, 1911.
Dreiheit, ein Versuch mythologischer Zahlenlehre. Bonn, 1903.
Gottemamen. Bonn, 1896.
" Italische My then," in Rheinisches Museum^ N.F., xxx. (1875).
Kleine Schriften, vol. iv. Leipzic and Berlin, 1913.
UtieSenovic", Og. M., Die Hauskommun ionen der Siidslaven. Vienna, 1859.
Vahness, reported by F. von Luschan, in Verhandlungen der Berlinef
Gesellschaft fur Anthropologic, Ethnologic und Urgeschichte (1900).
"Valde's, Los Majos de Cadiz.
Valdez, F. T., Six Years of a Traveller's Life in Western Africa. London, 1861
BIBLIOGRAPHY 133
Valentia, Viscount, Voyages and Travels. London, 1811.
Valentyn, Fran9ois, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien. Dordrecht and Amsterdam,
1724-1726.
Valerius Flaccus, Argonautica. Ed. Aemil. Baehrens. Leipsic, 1875.
Valerius Maximus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1865.
Vallancey, General Cliarles, Collectanea de rebus Hibernicis. Dublin, 1786.
Vambery, H., Das 7\trkenvolk. Leipsic, 1885.
Vancouver, Capt. George, Voyage of Discovery to the North Pacific Ocean and
round the World. London, 1798.
VaniEek, A., Griechisch-lateinisches etymologisches Worterbuch. Leipsic, 1877,
Varenius, B., Descriptio regni Japoniae et Siam. Cambridge, 1673.
First Edition published by Elzevir at Amsterdam in 1649.
Varonen, reported by [Ion. J. Abercromby in Folk-lore, ii. (1891).
Varro, cited by Servius, on Virgil, Aeneid.
De agri cultura (De re rusticd]. Ed. H. Keil. Leipsic, 1884-1902.
De lingua Latina. Ed. C. O. Milller. Leipsic, 1833. Ed - G - Goetz et
Fr. Schoell. Leipsic, 1910.
in Priscian (Grammatici Latini, ed. H. Keil).
quoted by Nonius Maicellus, De compendiosa doctrina, s.v. "Lemures."
Ed. L. Quicherat.
Satirae Menippeae. Ed. F. Bucheler. Berlin, 1882.
Varthema, Ludovico di, Travels in Egypt, Syria, etc. Translated by J. W.
Jones and edited by G. P. Badger. Hakluyt Society. London,
1863.
Veckenstedt, Edm., Die My then, Sagen und Legenden der Zamaiten (Litauer).
Heidelberg, 1883.
Wendische Sagen, Marchen und aberglaubische Gebrauchc. Graz, 1880.
Velasco, Juan de, " Histoire du royaume de Quito," in II. Ternaux-Compans's
Voyages, Relations et Mtmoires originaux pour servir a /' Histoire de la
Dtcouverte de FAmtrique, xviii. Paris, 1 840.
Vellay, Ch., Le culte et les flies d* Adonis- Thammouz dans F Orient antique.
Paris, 1904.
" Le dieu Thammuz," in Revue de V Histoire des Religions, xlix. (1904).
Velleius Paterculus. Ed. C. Halm. Leipsic, 1876.
Velten, C., Schilderungen der Suaheli. Gottingen, 1901.
Sitten und Gebrduche der Suaheli. Gottingen, 1903.
Venketswami, M. N., " Superstitions among Hindus in the Central Provinces,*'
in The Indian Antiquary, xxviii. (1899).
"Telugu Superstitions," in The Indian Antiquary, xxiv. (1895).
Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-
schappen.
Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologie und
Urgeschichte.
Verhandlungen der Gelehrten Estnischen Gesellschaft zu Dorpat. Dorpat,
1872.
Verhandlungen der vierzigsten Versammiung deutscher Philologen und Schul-
manner in Gorlitz.
Vernaleken, Theodor, Mythen und Branche des Volkes in ftsterreich. Vienna,
1859.
Verdjfentlichungen aus dem Koniglichen Museum fur Volkerkunde. Berlin.
Verrall, A. W., " The Name Anthesteria," in Journal of Hellenic Studies, xx.
(1900).
Verrall, Mrs., and Harrison, Miss J. E., Mythology and Monuments of Ancient
Athens. London, 1890.
Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademu van Wetenschappen.
Amsterdam.
134 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Verzameling van Berigten betreffende de Bijbelverspreiding.
Veth, P. J., Borneo's Wester- Afdeeling. Zaltbomrael, 1854-1856.
" De Leer der Signatuur, iii. De Mistel en de Riembloem,'* in Inter-
nationales Archiv fur Ethnographie^ vii. (1894).
" De Mandragora," in Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographic > vii.
(1894).
Het eiland Timor, Amsterdam, 1855.
Java. Haarlem, 1875-84.
Vetter, [K. ?], " Aberglaube unter dem Jabim-Stamme in Kaiser- Wilhelmsland,*'
in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena^ xii. (1893).
Vetter, J. [K. ?], in Mitteilungen der Geographischen Gesellschaft zu Jena^ xi.
(1892).
Vetter, K., cited by M. Krieger, Neu-Guinea. Berlin, preface dated 1899.
in Nachrichten uber Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und den Bismarck-Archipel,
1897. Berlin.
Komm heruber und hilf uns ! oder die Arbeit der Neuen-Dettelsauer Mission.
Barmen, 1898.
Vetustius Occident alis Ecclesiae Martyrologium. Ed. Franciscus Maria
Florentinus. Lucca, 1667.
Vial, P., " Les Gni ou Gnipa, tribu Lolote du Yun-Nan," in Les Missions
Catholiques, xxv. (1893).
Victoria History of the County of Nottingham. Edited by William Page.
London, 1906.
Viehe, Rev. G., "Some Customs of the Ovaherero," in (South African} Folk-lore
Journal, i. Cape Town, 1879.
Vigfusson, Gudbrand, and Powell, F. York, Corpus Poeticum Boreale. Oxford,
1883.
Vikramankadevacharita^ 7"he. Edited by G. Biihler. Bombay, 1875.
*Viilagomez, Pedro de, Carta pastorale de exortacion e instruccion contra las
idolatrias de los Indios del ar^obispado de Lima. Lima, 1649. (Quoted
by W. Mannhardt, Mythologische Forschungen.}
Villault, Le Sienr, Relation des cosies appellees Guinte. Paris, 1669.
Vincendon- Dumoulin et Desgraz, C., lies Marquises ou Nouka-Hiva. Paris,
1843-
Vinson, J., Le folk-lore du pays Basque. Paris, 1883.
Violette, L. Th., in Les Missions Catholiques, iii. (1870).
Virgil. Ed. J. Conington. London, 1863-1871.
Aeneid.
Bucolica (Eclogues).
Georgics.
Vitarum Scriptores Graeci. Ed. A. Westermann, Brunswick, 1845.
Vitruvius, De architectura. Ed. V. Rose and H. Mdller-Strubing. Leipsic,
1867.
*Vizyenos, G. M., in QPCLKIK)) 'Encrypts. Published at Athens in 1897.
Voeltzkow, A., " Vom Morondava zum Mangoky, Reiseskizzen aus West-
Madagascar," in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin,
xxxi. (1896).
Vogt, F., "Scheibentreiben und Friihlingsfeuer," in Zeitschrift des Vereins fur
Volkskunde, iii. (1893), i y - ( I ^94)-
Voigt and Thraemer, s.v. " Dionysus," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der
griechischen und romischen Mythologie^ i.
Vollers, K., " Calendar (Muslim)," in Dr. James Hastings's Encyclopaedia of
Religion and Ethics > iii. Edinburgh, 1910.
Voltaire, Essai sur Us Mocurs. (CEuvres completes de Voltaire^ vols. xi.-xiii.
Paris, 1878.)
Vonbun, Dr. F. J., Beitrdge zur deutschen Mythologic ge sammelt in Churrhaetien*
Chur, 1*862.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 135
Vonbun, J., Volkssagen aus Vorarlberg. Innsbruck, 1850.
Vopiscus, Flavius, in Scriptores Historiae Augustae, ed. H. Peter, vol. ii.
Aurelianus.
Numerianus.
Vorderman, A. G., " Planten-animisme op Java," in Teysmannia, No. 2, 1896.
Vormann, Franz, "Ta'nze und Tanzfestlichkeiten der Monumbo-Papua (Deutsch
Neuguinea)," in Anthropos, vi. (1911).
"Zur Psychologic, Religion, Soziologie und Geschichte der Monumbo-
Papua, Deutsch-Neuguinea," in Anthropos, v. (1910),
Vosmaer, J. N., Korte beschrijving van het Zuid-oostelijk Schiereiland van Celebes.
Batavia, 1835.
Voyages au Nord. See s.v. Recueil de Voyages.
Vries, J. H. de, *' Reis door cnige cilandgroepen der Residentie Amboina," in
Tijdschrift van het j\ //// tj - > Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genoot-
schap, Tweede Serie, xvii. (1900).
Vuillier, G., "Chez les magiciens et les sorciers de la Correze," in Tour du
Monde, N.S., v. (1899).
" La Sicile, impressions du presentet du passe," in Tour du Monde, Ixvii.
(1894).
Wachsmuth, C., Das alte Griechenland im neuen. Bonn, 1864.
Waddell, A. L., " Frog- Worship among the Newars," in The Indian Antiquary ',
xxii. (1893).
Waddell, L. Austine, Among the Himalayas. Westminster, 1899.
"Demonolatry in Sikhim Lamaism," in The Indian Antiquary ', xxiii.
(1894).
Lhasa and its Mysteries. London, 1905,
The Buddhism of Tibet. London, 1895,
"The Tribes of the Brahmaputra Valley," in Journal oj the Asiatic Society
oj Bengal, Ixix., Part iii. Calcutta, 1901,
Wagler, P., Die Eiche in alter und neuer Zeit. In Two Parts, WUrzen, N.D.,
and Berlin, 1891.
Wagner, s.v. " Nana," in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und
rbmischen Mythologte.
Wahlenberg, G. , Flora Suecica. U psala, 1824-1826.
Waijs and Strays of Celtic Tradition.
Waitz, Theodor, Anthropologie der Naturvolker. Leipsic, 1860- 1877.
Waldau, A., Bohmisches Marchenbuth. Prague, 1860.
Waldfreund, J. E,, " Volksgebrauche und Aberglaube in Tirol und dem
Salzburger Gebirg," in Zeitschrift fiir deutsche Mythologie und Sitten-
kunde, iii. (1855).
Waldron, G., Description of the Isle of Man. Reprinted for the Manx Society,
Douglas, 1865.
Walen, A., '*The Sakalava," in Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar
Magazine, vol. ii., Reprint of the Second Four Numbers. Antananarivo,
1896.
Walhouse, M. J., " Passing through the Fire," in Ittdian Antiquary, vii. (1878).
Wallace, A. R., Narrative of Travels on the Amazon and Rio Negro,
Minerva Library Edition. London, 1889.
The Malay Archipelago. Sixth Edition. London, 1877.
Wallace, Sir D. Mackenzie, Russia. London, Paris, and New York, N.D.
Wallis, G. H., Illustrated Catalogue of Classical Antiquities from the Site of tht
Temple of Diana, Nemi, Italy. Preface dated 1893.
Walpole, R., Memoirs relating to European and Asiatic Turkey. London, 1817.
Walter-Tornow, W., De apium mellisque apud veteres significatione. Berlin,
1894.
Walton, Izaak, Compleat Angler.
1 36 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Ward, Herbert, " Ethnographical Notes relating to the Congo Tribes," in
Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiv. (1895).
Five Yean with the Congo Cannibals, London, 1890.
Ward, the late Professor H. Marshall, of Cambridge. Private communications
(ii. 252, 315 .*).
Warner, Mr., "Notes "in Colonel Maclean 's Compendium of Kaffir Laws and
Customs. Cape Town, 1866.
Warren, W. W., ' History of the Ojibways," in Collections of the Minnesota
Historical Society , vol. v. Saint Paul, Minnesota, 1885.
*Warton, History of English Poetry, referred to by R. Chambers, The Book oj
Days. London and Edinburgh, 1886.
Wasiljev, J., Obersicht uber die heidnischen Gebrauche, Aberglauben und Religion
der Wotjaken. Helsingfors, 1902. (Memoires de la Sociltl Finno-
Ougrienne, xviii.)
Watson, Miss A., quoted by A. C. Haddon, "A Batch of Irish Folk-lore," in
Folk-lore, iv. (1893).
Watt, G., Dictionary of the Economic Products of India. London and Calcutta,
1893-
"The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur," in Journal of the Anthropological
Institute, xvi. (1887).
Watters, T., "Some Corean Customs and Notions," in Folk-lore, vi. (1895).
Webb, F. N., in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).
Webster, Hutton, Rest Days, a Sociological Study (University Studies , Lincoln,
Nebraska, vol. xi. Nos. 1-2, January-April 1911).
Webster, W., Basque Legends. London, 1877.
Weddell, H. A. , Voyage dans le Nord de la> Bolivie et dans les parties voisines du
Ptrou. Paris and London, 1853.
Weekly Scotsman, The.
Weeks, Rev. John H., Among Congo Cannibals. London, 1913.
"Anthropological Notes on the /Bangala of the Upper Congo River," in
Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, xxxix. (1909), xl. (1910).
" Notes on some Customs of the Lower Congo People," in Folk-lore, xix.
(1908), xx. (1909).
Weil, H., in Revue des tudes grecques, x. (1897).
Weinel, H., " niPD und seine Derivate," in Zeitschrift fiir die alttestamentliche
Wissenschaft, xviii. (1898).
Weinhold, Karl, Deutsche Frauen. Second Edition. Vienna, 1882.
" Die mystische Neunzahl bei den Deutschen," in Abhandlungen der
Koniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften m Berlin, 1897.
Weinacht-Spiele und Lieder aus Siiddeutschland und Schlesien. Vienna,
1875- ^ t
Weir, T. S., "Note on Sacrifices in India as a Means of averting Epidemics,"
in Journal of the Anthropological Society of Bombay, i.
Weiss, M., Die Volkerstiimme im Norden Deutsch-OstaJrikas. Berlin, 1910.
Weissenberg, Dr. S., "Die Karaer der Krim," in Globus, Ixxxiv. (1903).
" Kinderfreud und -leid bei den slldrussischen Juden," in Globus, Ixxxiii.
(1903).
"Krankheit und Tod bei den slldrussischen Juden," in Globus^ xci. (1907).
Welcker, F. G., Alte Denkmaler. Gottingen, 1849-1864.
Griechische Gdtterlehre. Gottingen, 1857-1862.
Wellhausen, J., Prolegomena zur Geschichte Israels. Third Edition. Berlin, 1 886.
Reste arabischen Heidentums. First Edition. Berlin, 1887.
Second Edition. Berlin, 1897.
"Zwei Rechtsriten bei den Hebraern," in Archivfiir Religionswissenschaft^
vii. (1904).
Welsh, Miss, formerly Principal of Girton College, Cambridge. Private
communication (vii. 155 a. 1 }.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 137
Wendland, P., "Jesus als Saturnalien-Kb'nig," in Hermes, xxxiii. (1898).
Wendland, P., und Kern, O., Beitrdge zur Geschichte der griechischen Philo-
sophic und Religion. Berlin, 1895.
*Werenfels, Dissertation upon Superstition. London, 1748. (Quoted by J.
Brand in Popular Antiquities of Great Britain. London, 1882-1883.)
Werner, Alice, in Contemporary Review, Ixx. (July-December 1896).
in letter to the Author (xi. 314 n. 1 ).
"The Custom of Hlonipa in its Influence on Language," in Journal of th*
African Society, No. 15 (April 1905).
The Natives of British Central Africa. London, 1906.
"Two Galla Legends," in Man, xiii. (1913).
Werner, Dr. E., " Im westlichen Finsterregebirge und an der Nordkliste von
Deutsch-Neuguinea," in Petermanns Mitteilungen, Iv. (1909).
Wernicke, K., s.v. "Artemis," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-Encyclopadie dtr
classischen Altertumswissenschaft, ii.
in W. H. Roscher's Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie, iii.
Westenberg, C. J., " Aanteekeningen omtrent de godsdienstige begrippen der
Karo-Bataks," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van
Nederlandsch-Indie, xli. (1892).
Westermann, Diedrich, T/ie Shilluk People, their Language and Folk-lore.
Berlin, preface dated 1912.
Westermarck, Dr. Edward, Ceremonies and Beliefs connected with Agriculture,
certain Dates of the Solar Year, and the Weather in Morocco. Helsing-
fors, 1913.
"Midsummer Customs in Morocco," in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).
"The Killing of the Divine King," in Man, viii. (1908).
The Origin and Development of the Moral Ideas. London, 1906-1908.
"The Popular Ritual of the Great Feast in Morocco," in Folk-lore, xxii.
(1911).
Weston, Jessie L., " The Scoppio del Carro at Florence," in Folk-lore, xvi. (1905).
Weston, W., in Journal of 'the Anthropological Institute, xxvi. (1897).
in The Geographical Journal, vii. (1896).
Mountaineering and Exploration in the Japanese Alps. London, 1896.
Wheeler, G. C., "Sketch of the Totemism and Religion of the People of the
Islands in the Bougainville Straits (Western Solomon Islands)," in
Archivfiir Religionswissenschaft, xv. (1912).
Wherry, Beatrix A., "Miscellaneous Notes from Monmouthshire," in Folk-lore^
xvi. (1905).
Whetham, W. C. D., "The Evolution of Matter," in Darwin and Modern
Science. Cambridge, 1909.
White, Rev. George E., in letter to the Author (v. 170 n. 2 ).
Present Day Sacrifices in Asia Minor. Reprinted from The Hartford
Seminary Record, February 1906.
Survivals of Primitive Religion among the People of Asia Minor. Paper
read before the Victoria Institute or Philosophical Society of Great
Britain, 6 Adelphi Terrace, Strand, London.
White, Gilbert, The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. Edinburgh,
1829.
White, Rachel Evelyn (Mrs. Wedd), "Women in Ptolemaic Egypt," in Journal
of Hellenic Studies, xviii. (1898).
Whitehead, Rev. G., "Notes on the Chins of Burma," in Indian Antiquary,
xxxvi. (1907).
Whitehouse, O. C., Introduction to Isaiah, in The Century Bible.
Whiteway, R. S. Private communication (iv. 51 . 2 ).
Whymper, F., in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, xxxviii. (1868).
" The Natives of the Youkon River," in Transactions of the Ethnological
Society of London, N.S., vii. (1869).
VOL. XII ' K
138 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Wickremasinghe, in Am Urquell, v. (1894).
Wide, S., De sacris Troezeniorum, Hermionensium^ Epidauriorum. Upsala,
1898.
Lakonische Kulte. Leipsic, 1893.
Widenmann, A., Die Kilimandscharo-Bcvolkerung. Gotha, 1899. (Peter-
manns Mittheilungen, Erganzungsheft, No. 129 )
Widukind, Res gestae Saxonicae, i., in Migne's Patrologia Latina, cxxxviL
Wiedemann, Professor Alfred, Agyptische Geschichte. Gotha, 1884.
Altagyptische Sagen und^ Marchen. Leipsic, 1906.
Die Religion der alten Agypter. Miinster i. W., 1890.
"Ein altagyptischer Weltschdpfungsmythus," in Am Urquell^ N.F., ii.
(1898).
Herodots zweites Buck. Leipsic, 1890.
"L'Osiris ve'ge'tant," in Le Muston, N.S., iv. (1903).
"Menschenvergotterung im alten Agypten," in Am Urquell^ N.F., i. (1897).
Religion of the Ancient Egyptians. London, 1897.
The Ancient Egyptian Doctrine of the Immortality of the SouL London,
1895-
Wiedemann, F. J., Aus dem inneren tmd ausseren Leben der Ehsten. St,
Petersburg, 1876.
Wiener, Ch., Perou et Bolivie. Paris, 1880.
Wiener Studien.
Wiener Zeitschrift fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
Wiese, C., "Beitiage zur Geschichte der Zulu im Norden des Zambesi, nament-
lich der Angoni," in Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, xxxii. (1900).
Wieseler, Fr., in Philologus, ix. (1854).
Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, Prof. U. von, Aristoteles und Athen. Berlin, 1893.
Wilcken, U., " Arsinoitische Steueiprofessionen aus dem Jahre 189 n. Chr.," in
Sitzungsberichte der Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissen-
schaften zu Berlin (1883).
Wilde, Lady, Ancient Cures, Charms^ and Usages of Ireland. London, 1890.
Ancient Legends , Mystic Charms, and Superstitions of Ireland. London,
1887.
Wildeboer, D. G., Commentary on Esther, in Kurzer Hand'Commentar zum
alten Testament, Lieferung 6. Herausgegeben von D. K. Marti.
Freiburg i. B., 1898.
Wilford, Captain F., <( An Essay on the Sacred Isles in the West," in Asiatic
Researches, ix. London, 1809.
" Vicramaditya and Salivahana," in Asiatic Researches, ix. London, 1809.
Wilken, G. A., " Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Alfoeren van het eiland Boeroe,"
in Verhandelingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en
Wetenschappen, xxxviii. Batavia, 1875.
*' De betrekking tusschen menschen- dieren- en plantenleven naar het volks-
geloof," in De Indische Gids. November, 1884.
"De Simsonsage," in De Gids, 1888, No. 5. Separate reprint.
De verspreide Geschriften van Prof. Dr. G. A. Wilken, Verzameld door
Mr. F. D. E. van Ossenbruggen. The Hague, 1912.
Handleiding voor de vergelijkende Volkenkunde van Nederlandsck-Indic\
Ley den, 1893.
** Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel," in De Indische
Gids, June 1884.
Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel. Tweede Stuk.
Leyden, 1885.
" Het animisme bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel," in Verspreide
Geschriften. The Hague, 1912.
" Het Shamanisme bij de Volken van de Indischen Archipel," in Bijdragen
totde Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie, xxxvi. (1887).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 139
Wilken, G. A. continued.
" lets over de Papoewas van de Geelvinksbaai." Separate reprint from
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsck-Indie,
5e Volgreeks ii.
" lets over de schedelvereering," in Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volken-
kunde van Nederlandsch- Indie ', xxxviii. (1889).
*" Over de primitieve vormen van het huwelijk," in Indische Gids t
1880, etc.
Uber das Haaropfer und einige andere Trauergebrauche bei den Vblkern
Indonesiens. Reprinted from the Revue Coloniale Internationale.
Amsterdam, 1886-1887.
Wilken, N. P., en Schwarz, J. A., " Allerlei over het land en volk van Bolaang
Mongondou," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zcndehng-
genootschap, xi. (1867).
" Het heidendom en de Islam in Bolaang Mongondou," in Mededeelingen
van wege het Nederlandsche Zendelinggenootschap, xi. (1867).
Wilken, P. N., *' Bijdragen tot de kennis van de zeden en gewoonten der Alfoeren
in de Minahassa," in Mededeelingen van wege het Nederlandsche Zendeling-
genootschap, vii. (1863).
" De godsdienst en godsdientsplegtigheden der Alfoeren in de Menahassa
op het eiland Celebes," Tijdschrift voor Neerlands Indie (December
1849). Reprinted in N. Graafland's De Minahassa. Rotterdam,
1869.
German translation in Zeitschrift fur allgemeine Erdkunde, N.F., x.
(1861).
Wilkes, Ch. , Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition. London,
1845-
New Edition. New York, 1851.
Wilkinson, Sir J. Gardiner, Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians.
Edited by S. Birch. London, 1878.
A Second Series of the Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians.
London, 1841.
Wilkinson, R. J., Malay Beliefs. London and Leyden, 1906.
Willcock, Rev. Dr. J., of Lerwick, in letter to Sheriff- Substitute David J.
Mackenzie (ix. 169 . 2 ).
Willems, A., Notes sur la Paix d } Aristophane. Brussels, 1899.
Wilier, " Verzameling der Battasche Wetten en Instellingen in Mandheling en
Pertibie," in Tijdschrift voor Nefrlands Indie (1846).
Williams, John, Narrative of Missionary Enterprises in the South Sea Islands.
London, 1838.
Williams, Meta E., " Hittite Archives from Boghaz-Keui." Translated from
the German transcripts of Dr. Winckler. (Annals of Archaeology and
Anthropology, iv. Liverpool and London, 1912.)
Williams, Monier, Buddhism. Second Edition. London, 1890,
Religious Thought and Life in India, London, 1883.
Williams, S. W., The Middle Kingdom. New York and London, 1848.
Williams, Thomas, Fiji and the Fijians. Second Edition. London, 1860.
Willibald, Life of S. Boniface, in Pertz's Monumenta Germaniae Historica, ii.
Willoughby, Rev. W. C., "Notes on the Totemism of the Becwana," in Journal
of the Anthropological Institute, xxxv. (1905).
Wilmanns, G., Exempla Inscriptionum Latinarum. Berlin, 1873.
Wilson, Captain, " Report on the Indian Tribes," in Transactions of the
Ethnological Society of London, N.S., iv. (1866).
Wilson, Sir Charles, Picturesque Palestine. London, N.D.
Wilson, Rev. C. T., Peasant Life in the Holy Land. London, 1906.
Wilson, C. T., and Felkin, R. W., Uganda and the Egyptian Sudan. London,
1882.
140 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Wilson, Daniel, The Archaeology and Prehistoric Annals of Scotland. Edinburgh,
1851.
Wilson, Colonel Henry, in letter to the Author (vii. 226 . 6 ).
Wilson, II. H., "The Religious Festivals of the Hindus," in Journal of the
Royal Asiatic Society, ix. (1848).
Wilson, Captain James, Missionary Voyage to the Southern Pacific Ocean.
London, 1799.
Wilson, Rev. J. Leighton, Western Africa. London, 1856.
Winckler, H., Altorientalische Forschungen. Zweite Reihe. Leipsic, 1900.
Dritte Reihe. Leipsic, 1901.
Die Gesetze Hammurabi. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1903.
Die Thontafeln von Tell-el-Amarna. Berlin, 1889-1890.
Geschichte Babyloniens und Assyriens. Leipsic, 1902.
Geschichte Israels. Leipsic, 1895-1900.
in E. Schrader's Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament. Third
Edition. Berlin, 1902.
" Vorlaufige Nachrichten Uber die Ausgrabungen in Boghaz-K6i im Sommer
1907, i. Die Tontafelfunde," in Mitteihingen der Deutschen Orient-
Gesellschaft zu Berlin, No. 35, December 1907.
Windt, H. de, Through the Gold-fields of Alaska to Bering Straits. London,
1898.
Winer, G. B., Biblisches Realwb'rterbuch. Second Edition. Leipsic, 1833-1838.
Winter, A. C., ' Russische Volksbrauche bei Seuchen," in Globus> Ixxix.
(1901).
Winter, C. F., " Instellingen, gewoonten en gebruiken der Javanen te Soera-
karta," in Tijdschrift voor Norlands Indie* Vijfde Jaargang, Eerste
Deel (1843).
Winter, J. W., " Beknopte Beschrijving van het hof Soerokarta in 1824," in
Bijdragen tot de Taal- Land- en Volkenkunde van Nederlandsch- Indie*
liv. (1902).
Winterbottom, Thomas, An Account of the Native Africans in the Neighbourhood
of Sierra Leone. London, 1803.
Winternitz, M., " Das altindische Hochzeitsrituell," in Denkschriften der
kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, xl. Vienna, 1892.
"Der Sarpabali, ein altindischer Schlangencult," in Mittheilungen der
Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien* xviii. (1888).
*Wisla, vol. iv.
Wissenschajtliche Mtttheilungen aus Bosnien und der Hercegovina. Redigiert
von Moriz Hoernes. Vienna, 1895.
Wissenschaftliche Veroffentlichungen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft.
Wissmann, H. von, My Second Journey through Equatotial Africa, from the
Congo to the Zambesi. London, 1891.
Wissowa, Professor G., s.v. "Cincius," in Pauly-Wissowa's Real-encyclopddie
der classischen Altertumswissenschaft* iii.
Deferiis anni Romanorum vetustissimi observationes selectae. Reprinted
in his Gesammelte Abhandlungen zur romischen Religions- und Stadt-
geschichte. Munich, 1904.
s.w. " Egeria," "Mater Matuta," and "Pales," in W. H. Roscher's Aus-
ftihrliches Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mythologie.
Gesammeltt Abhandlungen zur romischen Religions- und Stadtgeschichte.
Munich, 1904.
Religion und Kultus der Romer. Munich, 1902.
Second Edition. Munich, 1912.
Wit, Miss Augusta de, Facts and Fancies about Java. Singapore, 1898.
" Witch-burning at Clonmell," in Folk-lore* vi. (1895).
Witte, Anton, " Menstruation und Pubertatsfeier der Madchen in Kpandugebiet
Togo," in Baes$ler-Archii>i i. (1911).
BIBLIOGRAPHY 141
Witzschel, August, Sagen, Sitten und Gebrauche aus Thiiringen. Vienna, 1878.
Wlislocki, H. von, Sttten und Brauch der Siebenburger Sachsen. Hamburg, 1888.
Volksglaube und religibser Brauch der Magyar, Miinster i. W., 1893.
Volksglaube und rehgioser Brauch der Zigeuner. Munster i. W., 1891.
Volksglaube und Volksbrauch der Siebenburger Sachsen. Berlin, 1893.
Woeste, J., in Zeitschrift fur deittsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde, ii. (1855).
Woeste, J. F. L., Volksuberlieferungen in der Graf schaft Mark. Iserlohn, 1848.
Woldt, A. , Captain Jacobsen's Reise an der Nordwestkuste Americas^ 1881-1883.
Leipsic, 1884.
"Die Kultus-Gegenstande der Golden und Giljaken," in Internationales
Archiv fur Ethnographie, i. (1888).
Wolf, J. W., Beitrage zur deutschen Alythologie. Gbttingen and Leipsic,
1852-1857.
Deutsche Hausmdrchen. Gottingen and Leipsic, 1851.
Deutsche Marchen und Sagen. Leipsic, 1845.
Niederlandlsche Sagen. Leipsic, 1843.
Wood, J. G., Natural History of Man. London, 1874-1880.
Wood, J. T., Discoveries at Ephesus. London, 1877.
Inscriptions from the Augusteum.
Inscriptions from the City and Suburbs.
Inscriptions from the Great Theatre.
Inscriptions from the Temple of Diana.
Wood, W. Martin, "The Hairy Men of Yesso," in Transactions of the Ethno-
logical Society of London, N.S. , iv. (1866).
Woodford, C. M., A Naturalist among the Head-hunter s> being an Account of
Three Visits to the Solomon Islands. London, 1890.
Woods, J. D. See s.v. Native Tribes of South Australia.
Woodthorpe, Colonel R. G., " Some Account of the Shans and Hill Tribes of
the States on the Mekong," in Journal of the Anthropological Institute,
xxvi. (1897).
"Words about Spirits," in (South African) Folk-lore Journal, ii. (1880).
Wordsworth, J., Fragments and Specimens of Early Latin. Oxfoid, 1874.
Wordsworth, W. , Ode on Intimations of Immortality.
World's Work and Play, The.
Worrall, Rev. H., in report of a lecture delivered in Melbourne, December 9,
1898.
Worth, R. N., History of Devonshire. Second Edition. London, 1886.
Wrangell, De, Le Nord de la Sibtrie. Paris, 1843.
Wratislaw, A. H. , Sixty Folk-tales from exclusively Slavonic Sources. London,
1889.
Wright, Elizabeth Mary, Rustic Speech and Folk-lore. Oxford, 1913.
Wright, Joseph, 77ie English Dialect Dictionary. London, 1898-1905.
Wright, Th., Early Travels in Palestine. London, 1848.
Wright, W., The Empire of the Hittites. Second Edition. London, 1886.
Wunenberger, Ch., "La Mission et le royaume de Humbe', sur les bords du
Cunene," in Les Missions Catholiques, xx. (1888).
Wtinsch, R., Das Friihlingsfest der Insel Malta. Leipsic, 1902.
" Eine antike Rachepuppe," in Philologus, Ixi. (1902).
Wlistenfeld, F., Macrizfs Geschichte der Copten. Gtfttingen, 1845.
Wuttke, A., Der deutsche Volksaberglatibe. Second Edition. Berlin, 1869.
Wuttke, R., Sdchsische Volkskunde. Second Edition. Dresden, 1901.
Wyatt, W., in Native Tribes of South Australia.
Wyse, Miss A. Private communication (ii. 88 n. 1 }.
Wyse, William. Private communications (i. 101 .*, 105 . 6 , ii. 356 n.* 9
iv. 144, vi. 35 w. 1 , 51 w. 1 ).
Wyttenbach, Daniel, Animadversiones in Plutarchi Scripta Moralia. Leipsic,
1820-1834.
142 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Xanthus, in Fragmenta Historicorum Graecorum, ed. C. Mttller, vol. i.
Xenophanes, in Die Fragmente der Vorsokratiker, ed. H. Diels, voL \
quoted by Clement of Alexandria, Stromateis.
quoted by Eusebius, Praeparatio Evangelii, xiii.
Xenophon. Ed. L. Dindorf. Leipsic, 1870-1871.
Anabasis.
Cynegeticus.
Cyropaedia.
Hellenica (ffistoria Graeca).
Oeconomicus.
Respublica Lacedaemoniorum, in Xenophontis opuscula politica, eguestria,
et venatica, ex recensione et cum annotationibus L. Dindorfii. Oxford,
1866.
Xeres, Fr. , Relation vlridique de la conqu$te du Ptrou et de la Province de Cuzcc
nommfe Nouvelle-Castille, in H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, relations
et mtmoires, etc. Paris, 1837.
Yarborough, Rev. J. J. C. Private communication (viii. 51 . 6 ).
Yate, W., An Account of New Zealand. London, 1835.
" Ynglinga Saga," in The Heimskringla or Chronicle of the Kings of Norway.
Translated from the Icelandic of Snorri Sturluson by S. Laing. London,
1844-
Yoe, Shway, The Burman, his Life and Notions. London, 1882.
Young, Arthur, " Tour in Ireland," in J. Pmkerton's Voyages and Travels, iii.
Young, Ernest, The Kingdom of the Yellow Robe. Westminster, 1898.
* Young, George, A History of Whitby and Streoneshalth Abbey (Whitby, 1817),
quoted in County Folk-lore ', vol. ii., North Riding of Yorkshire , York,
and the Ainsty. London, 1901.
Young, Hugh W., F.S.A. Scot., Notes on the Ramparts of Burghead as revealed
by recent Excavations. Edinburgh, 1892.
Notes on further Excavations at Burghead. Edinburgh, 1893.
Younghusband, (Sir) F. E., "A Journey across Central Asia," in Proceedings of
the Royal Geographical Society, x. (1888).
Yukon Territory, The. London, 1898.
Yule, Colonel H., in Journal of the Anthropological Institute, ix. (1880).
Yuzbashi, "Tribes on the Upper Nile," in Journal of the African Society, No.
14 (January 1905).
Zahler, H., Die Krankheit im Volksglauben des Simmenthals. Bern, 1898.
Zahn, H., " Die Jabim," in R. Neuhauss's Deutsch Neu-Guinea, iii. Berlin,
1911.
Zamachschar, cited by Graf zu Solms-Laubach, in Abhandlungen der Konig
lichen Gesellschaft der Wisse'nschaften zu Gottingen, xxviii. ( 1 882).
Zanetti, Z., La Medicina delle nostre donne, Citta di Castello, 1892.
Zechariah, The Book of the Prophet.
Zeitschrift der Deutschen Morgenldndischen Geseltschaft.
Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palaestina- Vereins.
Zeitschrift der Qesellschaft fiir Erdkunde tu Berlin.
Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung fur Rechtsgeschichte.
Zeitsckrift des Vereins fur Volkskunde.
Zeitschrift fUr dgyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde.
Zeitschrift fur afrikanischen und oceanischen Sprachen*
Zeitschrift fUr allgemeine Erdkunde*
Zeitschrift fur Assyriologie.
Zeitschrift fUr deutsches Alterthum.
Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkund*.
Zeitschrift fur die cUttestamentlicht Wissenschaft*
BIBLIOGRAPHY 143
Zeitschrift fUr die historische Theologie.
Zeitsc hriftfur die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie.
^Zeitschrift fUr Missionskundc und Religionswissenschaft, xv. (1900), referred to
by A. Dieterich in ArchivfUr Religionswissenschaft^ viii. (1904).
Zeitschrift fUr Numismatik*
Z^eitschrift Jur vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft.
Zeitschrift fur Volkskunde.
Zeller, E., Die Philosophic der Griechen. Third and Fourth Editions. Leipsic,
1875-1881.
Zend-Avesta. Translated by James Darmesteter and L. H. Mills. Oxford,
18801887. {Sacred Books of the East y vols. iv., xxiii., and xxxi.)
Zenobius. Proverbia, in Paroemiographi Graeci^ vol. i., ed. E. L. Leutsch et
F. G. Schneidewin. Gottingen, 1839-1851.
*Zeumer, J. K., Laetare vulgo Todten Sonntag (Jena, 1701), quoted by Fr. Kauff-
mann, in Balder (Strasburg, 1902).
Ziebarth, E., " Der Fluch im griechischen Recht," in Hermes, xxx. (1895).
Zimmer, H., Altindisches Leben. Berlin, 1879.
" Das Mutterrecht der Pikten," in Zeitschrift der Savigny-Stiftung fur
Rechtsgeschichte, xv. (1894), Romanistische Abtheilung.
Zimmermann, W. F. A., Die Inseln des Indischen und Stillen Meeres. Berlin,
1864-1865.
Zimmern, H., s.v. "Creation," in Encyclopaedia Biblica, i.
"Der babylonische Gott Tamuz," in Abhandlungen der philologisch-
historischen Klasse der Koniglichen Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissen-
schaften, xxvii. No. xx. Leipsic, 1909.
in E. Schrader's Die Keilinschriften und das Alte Testament. Third
Edition. Berlin, 1902.
" Sumerisch-babylonische Tamuzlieder," in Berichte uber die Verhandlungen
der Koniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaftcn zu Leipzig,
philologisch-historische Klasse^ lix. (1907).
"Zum Babylonischen Neujahrsfest," in Berichte uber die Verhandlungen
der Koniglich Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Leipzig,
philologisch-historische Klasse, Iviii. (1906).
Zur Frage nach dem Ursprunge des Purimfestes," in Zeitschrift fur die.
alttestamentliche Wissenschaft, xi. (1891).
Zimmern, Helen, The Epic of Kings, Stories retold from Firdusi. London, 1883.
*Zincke, F. Barham, Some Materials for the Histoiy of Wherstead. Ipswich,
1887. (Quoted in County Folk-lore^ Printed Extracts^ No. 2, Suffolk.
Collected and edited by Lady Eveline Camilla Gurdon. London,
1893.)
Zingerle, Ignaz V., " Der heilige Baum bei Nauders," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche
Mythologie und Sittenkunde, iv. Gottingen, 1859.
Kinder- und Hausmarchen aus Tirol. Second Edition. Gera, 1870.
" Perahta in Tirol," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und Sittenkunde^
iii. Gottingen, 1855.
Sitten^ Brduche und Meinungen des Tiroler Volkes. Second Edition.
Innsbruck, 1871.
" Wald, Baume, Krauter," in Zeitschrift fur deutsche Mythologie und
Sittenkunde, i. Gottingen, 1853.
Zippel, G., "Das Taurobolium," \TL Festschrift zum funfzigjdhrigen Doctor-
jubildum L. Friedlaender dargebracht von seinen Sfhulern. Leipsic,
1895.
Zonaras, Annales. Ed. M. Pinder. Bonn, 1841-1844.
Zondervan, H., "Timor en de Timoreezen," in Tijdschrift van het Nederlandsck
Aardrijkskundig Genootschap t Tweede Serie, v. 1888.
Zosimus, Historia. Ed. Im. Bekker. Bonn, 1837.
144 THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Zdndel, G., "Land und Volk der Eweer auf der Sclavenkiiste in West-afrika.*
in Zeitschrift der Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin, xii. (1877).
Zurita, Alonzo de, " Rapport sur les diflferentes classes de chefs de la Nouvelle-
Espagne," in H. Ternaux-Compans's Voyages, Relations et Mtmoire*
originaux, pour servtr a rHistoire de la D&ouverte de rAmtrique,
Paris, 1840.
Zwcifel et Moustier, <{ Voyage aux sources du Niger," in Bulletin de la Soci&i a\
Gtografhie (Paris), 6eme S^rie, xv. (1878), xx. (1880).
GENERAL INDEX
GENERAL INDEX
The Roman numerals (i., ii., Hi., etc.) refer to the volumes ; the Arabic numbers (i, , 3i etc.)
refer to the pages. The volumes of the work are cited by the following numerals :
i. = The Magic Art and the Evolution of Kings t vol. i.
ii. = ,, vol. ii.
iii. = Taboo and the Perils of the Soul.
iv. = The Dying God.
v.= Adonis, Attis, Osiris, Third Edition, vol. i.
vi. =3 ,, ,, ,, vol. ii.
vii. = Spirits of the Corn and of the Wild^ vol. i.
viii. = ,, vol. ii.
ix. = The Scapegoat.
x. Balder the Beautiful, vol. i.
xi. = ,, voL ii.
Aachen, effigy burnt on Ash Wednesday
at, x. 120, xi. 25
Aargau, Swiss canton of, the Whitsuntide
Basket in, ii. 83 ; Lenten fire-custom
in, x. 119 ; superstition as to oak-
mistletoe in, xi. 82 ; mistletoe called
"thunder-besom" in, xi. 85, 301;
birth-trees in, xi. 165
Ab, a Jewish month, equivalent to
August, i. 14, vii. 259 rt. 1
Ababa, a tribe of the Congo region,
believe that their souls transmigrate
at death into animals, viii. 288 sq.
Ababua, the, of the Congo valley, their
belief as to falling stars, iv. 65
Aban, a Persian month, vi. 68
Abbas Effendi, divine head of the Babites,
i. 402
Abbas the Great, Shah of Persia, tempo-
rary substitute for, iv. 157
Abbehausen, fever transferred to dog and
cat at, ix. 51
Abbeville, huge trunks of oak in the peat-
bog near, ii. 351
Abbot of Folly in France, ix. 334
of Unreason in Scotland, ix. 312, 331
Abchases of the Caucasus, their cere-
mony of rain-making, i. 282 . 4 ;
their worship of the thunder-god, ii.
370 ; their memorial feasts, iv. 98,
103 ; their use of effigies as substitutes
to save the lives of people, viii. 105 ;
their sacrament of shepherds, viii. 313 ;
their sacrifice of white ox, viii. 313 .*
Abd-Hadad, priestly king of Hierapolis,
v. 163 . 3
Abdera, human scapegoats at, ix. 254
Abdication of kings in favour of their
infant children, iii. 19, 20 ; during the
reign of their substitutes, iv. 115 ;
annual, of kings, iv. 148 ; of father
when his son is grown up, iv. 181 ;
of the king on the birth of a son, iv.
190 ; temporary, of chief, viii. 66, 68
Abduction of souls by demons, iii. 58 sqq.
Abeghian, Manuk, on the belief of the
Armenians in demons, ix. 107 sq. ;
on creeping through cleft trees in
Armenia, xi. 172
Abensberg in Bavaria, burning the Easter
Man at, x. 144
Abeokuta, in West Africa, the Alake
(king) of, iv. 203 ; his head kept and
delivered to his successor, iv. 203 ;
use of bull-roarers at, xi. 229 n.
Aber, the Lake of, in Upper Austria, xi.
189
Aberdeenshire, All Souls' Day in, vi.
79 sq. ; harvest customs in, vii. 158
sqq., 215 sq., x. 12 ; need -fire in,
x. 296 ; holed rock used by childless
women in, xi. 187
Aberdour, parish of, in Aberdeenshire,
the cutting of the clyack sheath in, vii.
158 sqq.
Aberfeldy, Hallowe'en fires near, x. 233
Abi-baal, "father of Baal," v. 51 n. 4
Abi-el, " father of El," v. 51 . 4
I 4 8
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Abi-jah, King, his family, v. 51 . 2 ;
"father of Jehovah," v. 51 . 4
Abi-melech, ' ' father of a king, " v. 51 . 4
Abi-milk (Abi-melech), king of Tyre, v.
16 n. 6
Abimelech massacres his seventy
brothers, v. 51 . 2
Abingdon in Berkshire, May carols and
garlands at, ii. 60
Abipones, the, of South America thought
it sinful to mention their own names,
iii. 328 ; the dead not named among
the, iii. 352; changes in their language
caused by the fear of naming the dead,
iii. 360 ; their belief as to meteors, iv.
63 ; their worship of the Pleiades, v.
258 n. 2 , vii. 308 ; ate jaguars to
become brave, viii. 140
Abjuration, form of, imposed on Jewish
converts, ix. 393
Abnormal mental states accounted in-
spiration, iii. 248
Abolition of the kingship at Rome, ii.
289 sqq.
Abomey, the old capital of Dahomey,
iv. 40
Abonsam, an evil spirit on the Gold
Coast, ix. 132
Aborigines retained as priests of the local
gods by conquering races, ii. 288 ; of
Victoria, their custom as to emu fat,
x. 13
Abortion, superstition as to woman who
has procured, iii. 153
Abougit, Father X., S.J. , on the cere-
mony of the new fire at Jerusalem, x.
130
Abraham, his attempted sacrifice of
Isaac, iv. 177, vi. 219 n. 1
and Sarah, ii. 114
, the Pool of, at Ourfa, i. 285
Abrahams, Israel, on the Purim bonfires,
ix. 393 . a
Abruzzi, barren fruit-trees threatened in
the, ii. 22 ; belief as to falling stars in
the, iv. 66, 67 ; burning an effigy of
the Carnival in the, iv. 224 ; seven-
legged effigy of Lent in the, iv. 244 sq. ;
gossips of St. John in the, v. 245
. 2 ; marvellous properties attributed
to water on St. John's Night in the, v.
246 ; Easter ceremonies in the, v. 256 ;
the feast of All Souls in the, vi. 77 sq. ;
rules as to sowing seed and cutting
timber in the, vi. 133 . 8 ; Epiphany
in the, ix. 167 . 2 ; new Easter fire
in the, x. 122 ; water consecrated at
Easter in the, x. 122 sqq. ; Midsummer
rites of fire and water in the, x. 209 sq.
Absalom, his intercourse with his father's
concubines, ix. 368
Absence and recall of the soul, iii. 30 sqq.
Absites, the, iii. 312
Absrot, village of Bohemia, precaution
against witches on Walpurgis Night
at, ix. 161
Abstinence, periods of, observed before
sowing, ii. 98, 105 ; as a charm to
promote the growth of the seed, ix.
347 sqq.
Abstract notions, the personification of,
not primitive, iv. 253
Abu 'Ilberecat, a Berber, ii. 153 sq.
Abu Rabah, resort of childless wives in
Palestine, v. 78, 79
Abuse (vituperation), beneficial virtue
ascribed to, i. 279 sq.
Abydos, head of Osiris at, vi. ii ; the
favourite burial-place of the Egyp-
tians, vi. 1 8 sq. \ specially associated
with Osiris, vi. 18, 197 ; tombs of the
ancient Egyptian kings at, vi. 19 ; the
ritual of, vi. 86 ; hall of the Osirian
mysteries at, vi. 108 ; representations
of the Sed festival at, vi. 151 ; inscrip-
tions at, vi. 153 ; temple of Osiris at,
vi. 198 ; ancient shritie of Osiris at,
vii. 260 n. 2
Abyssinia, rain-making in, i. 258 ; rain-
making . priests among tribes on the
borders of, ii. 2 sq. ; Tigre-speaking
tribes to the north of, ii. 19 ; fear of
the evil eye in, iii. 116 ; severed hands
and feet preserved against the resur-
rection in, iii. 281 ; personal names
concealed in, iii. 322 ; the Kamants of,
iv. 12 ; sacrifice of first-born children
among tribes on the borders of, iv.
181 sq. ; the Faleshas of, viii. 266 n. 1
Abyssinian festival of Mascal or the
Cross, ix. 133 sg.
Acacia, Osiris in the, vi. 1 1 1 ; the heart
in the flower of the, xi. 135 sq.
-tree, worshipped in Patagonia, ii.
1 6 ; sacred in Arabia, ii. 42
Acacia albida, used in kindling fire by
friction, ii. 210
catechu, used in kindling fire by
friction, ii. 249
Suma, ii. 250 n.
Academy at Athens, funeral games held
in the, iv. 96
Acagchemem tribe of California, their
worship of the sacred buzzard, viii.
170 sq.
Acaill, Book of, on kings of Ireland, iv. 39
Acarnanian story of Prince Sunless, x. 21
Acatay mita, festival to make alligator
pears ripen, ii. 98
Accession of a Shilluk king, ceremonies
at the, iv. 23 sq.
Accoleian family, coins of the, ii. 185
Accusations of ritual murders brought
against the Jews, ix. 394 sqq.
GENERAL INDEX
149
Achaia, subject to earthquakes, v. 202
Acharaca, cave of Pluto at, v. 205 sq.
Acharnae, Attic township, Dionysus Ivy
at, vii. 4
Achelous and Dejanira, li. 161 sq.
Achern, St. John's fires at, x. 168
Achilles at the court of Lycomedes, ii.
278 ; his hair devoted to the river
Sperchius, iii. 261
Achinese, the, of northern Sumatra, their
observation of the Pleiades, vii. 315
Achinese fishermen, special vocabulary
employed by, at sea, iii. 409
Achterneed, in Ross-shire, Beltane cakes
at, x. 153
Acilisena, in Armenia, temple and wor-
ship of Anaitis at, v. 38, ix. 369 n. 1
Acireale, in Sicily, Midsummer fires at,
X. 2IO
Acorns as an attribute of Artemis, i.
38 n. l \ shamans responsible for crop
of edible, i. 358 ; found in the lake-
dwellings of Europe, ii. 353 ; as food,
" 353 355 S Q' as fodder for swine,
354. 356
Acosta, J. de, early Spanish historian of
Peru and Mexico, ix. 276 n. 1 ; on the
Peruvian Mother of the Maize, vii. 171
sq. \ on the sacramental eating of bread
among the ancient Mexicans, viii. 86
sqq. ; on the annual expulsion of evils
in Peru, ix. 131 n. ; on Aztec custom
of sacrificing human representatives of
the gods, ix. 275 sqq. ; on the sacrifice
of the human representative of Quet-
zalcoatl, ix. 281 sqq.
Acre, in Syria, residence of the head of
the Babites, i. 402
Acropolis of Athens, the sacred serpent
on the, iv. 86 sq. ; Sacred Ploughing
at foot of the, vii. 108 n. 4 , 109 n. 1 ;
annual sacrifice of a goat on the, viii.
4i
Actium, games celebrated at, vii. 80, 85
Acts, tabooed, iii. 101 sqq.
Afvina, an Indian month, iv. 124
Adad, Syrian king, v. 15 ; Babylonian
and Assyrian god of thunder and
lightning, v. 163
Adad-Nirari, king of Assyria, ix. 370 n. 1
Adair, James, on the self- inflicted
mortifications of the Creek Indians m
war, iii. 161 sqq. ; on the refusal of
American Indians to taste blood, iii.
240 ; on Indian belief in homoeopathic
magic of animal flesh, viii. 139 ; ou
American Indian custom of cutting
out the sinew of the thigh of deer,
viii. 264 ; his discovery of the Ten
Lost Tribes in America, viii. 264 . 4
Adaklu, Mount, in West Africa, evils
sent away to, ix. 135 sq., 206 sq.
Adam, man in Lent called, ix. 214
and Eve, suggested explanation of
their aprons of fig-leaves, ix. 259 .*
of Bremen, on the thunder -god
Thor, ii. 364
Adams, J., on divinity of king of Benin,
i. 396
Adana in Cilicia, v. 169 . 8
Adar, a Jewish month, vii. 259 n. 1 , ix.
361, 394, 397, 398, 415
Adder stones among the Celts, x. 15
Addison, Joseph, on the Italian opera,
ii. 299 ; on the grotto dei cani at
Naples, v. 205 n. 1 ; on witchcraft in
Switzerland, xi. 42 w. 2
Adelaide tribe of South Australia, name-
sakes of the dead change their names
in the, iii. 355
Adeli, the, of the Slave Coast, their
festival of new yams, viii. 116
Adhar, a Persian month, vi. 68
Adivi or forest Gollas of Southern India,
seclusion of women at childbirth among
the, iii. 149 sq.
Adom-melech or Uri-melech, king of
Byblus, v. 14, 17
A don, a Semitic title, v. 6 sg. , 16 sq. , 20,
49 nJ
Adonai, title of Jehovah, v. 6 sq.
Adoni, "my lord," Semitic title, v. 7,
names compounded with, v. 17
Adoni-bezek, king of Jerusalem, v. 17
Adoni-jah, elder brother of King Solo-
mon, v. 51 . 2
Adom-zedek, king of Jerusalem, v. 17
Adonis at Byblus, i. 30 ; myth of, v. 3
sqq. ; Greek worship of, v. 6 ; in Greek
mythology, v. 10 sqq. ; in Syria, v.
13 sqq. ; monuments of, v. 29 ; in
Cyprus, v. 31 sqq. t 49 ; identified with
Osiris, v. 32 ; mourning for, at Byblus,
v. 38 ; said to be the fruit of incest, v.
43 ; his mother Myrrha, v. 43 ; son of
Theias, v. 43 . 4 , 55 . 4 ; the son of
Cinyras, v. 49 ; the title of the sons
of Phoenician kings in Cyprus, v. 49 ;
his violent death, v. 55 ; music in the
worship of, v. 55 ; sacred prostitution
in the worship of, v. 57 ; inspired
prophets in worship of, v. 76 ; human
representatives of, perhaps burnt, v.
no; doves burned in honour of,
v. 147 ; personated by priestly kings,
v. 223 ; the ritual of, v. 223 sqq. ; his
death and resurrection represented in
his rites, v. 224 sg. t ix. 398 ; festivals
of, v. 224 sqq. ; flutes played in the
laments for, v. 225 n. 3 ; the ascension
of, v. 225 ; images of, thrown into the
sea or springs, v. 225, 227 . 8 , 236 ;
born from a myrrh-tree, v. 227, vi. no;
bewailed by Argive women, v. 227 n. ;
150
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
analogy of his rites to Indian and
European ceremonies, v. 227 ; his
death and resurrection interpreted as
representations of the decay and revival
of vegetation, v. 227 sqq. ; interpreted
as the sun, v. 228 ; interpreted by the
ancients as the god of the reaped and
sprouting corn, v. 229 ; as a corn-
spirit, v. 230 sqq. ; hunger the root
of the worship of, v. 231 ; perhaps
originally a personification of wild
vegetation, especially grass and trees,
v. 233 ; the gardens of, v. 236 sqq. ;
rain -charm in the rites of, v. 237;
resemblance of his rites to the festival
of Easter, v. 254 sqq. , 306 ; wor-
shipped at Bethlehem, v. 257 sqq. ;
and the planet Venus as the Morning
Star, v. 258 sq. ; sometimes identified
with Attis, v. 263 ; swine not eaten
by worshippers of, v. 265 ; rites of,
among the Greeks, v. 298 ; lamented
by women at Byblus, vi. 23 ; and
Linus, vii. 216, 258 ; at Alexandria,
vii. 263, ix. 390 ; and the boar, viii.
22 sq. ; his marriage with Ishtar
(Aphrodite), ix. 401. See also Tammuz
Adonis and Aphrodite, v. 1 1 sq. , 29, 280,
xi. 294 sq. ; their marriage celebrated
at Alexandria, v. 224 ; perhaps per-
sonated by human couples, ix. 386
and Attis identified with Dionysus,
vi. 127 n.
, Attis, Osiris, their mythical simi-
larity, v. 6, vi. 20 1
and Osiris, similarity between their
rites, vi. 127
or Tammuz, ii. 346 ; the summer
lamentations for, iv. 7
- and Venus (Aphrodite), i. 21, 25,
40, 41
, the river, its valley, v. 28 sqq. ;
annual discoloration of the, v. 30, 225
Adoption, pretence of birth at, i. 74 sq.
Adrammelech, burnt sacrifice of children
to, iv. 171
Adultery of wife thought to spoil the
luck of her absent husband, i. 123,
124 sq., 128 ; supposed to blight the
fruits of the earth, ii. 107 sq. , 114
Aeacus, the son of Zeus by Aegina, ii.
378, 359 n. 1 \ king of Aegina, the dis-
persal of his descendants, ii. 278 ; ob-
tains rain from his father Zeus, ii. 359
Aedepsus, hot springs of Hercules at, v.
2ii sq.
Aedesius, Sextilius Agesilaus, dedicates
altar to Attis, v. 275 n. 1
Aegina, daughter of Asopus and mother
of Aeacus, ii. 359 . 8
, island, Panhellenian Zeus wor-
shipped on the peak of, ii. 359
Aegipan and Hermes, v. 157
Aegira in Achaia, inspired priestess of
F,arth at, i. 381 sq.
Aegis, Athena and the, viii. 40, 41
Aegisthus, the murder of, i. 12 n. ; at
Mycenae, his marriage with the widow
of his predecessor, ii. 281
and Agamemnon, ix. 19
Aegosthena, annual kingship at, i. 46
Aelian, on impregnation of Judean maid
by serpent, v. 81 ; on a Babylonian
king Gilgamus, ix. 372 n. l
Aelst, Peter van, painter, xi. 36
Aenach, Irish fair, iv. 100 w. 1
Aeneas and the Golden Bough, i. n, ii.
379, xi. 285, 293 sq. ; his vision of
the glories of Rome, ii. 178 ; his dis-
appearance in a thunderstorm, ii. 181 ;
worshipped after death as Jupiter
Indiges, ii. 181 ; and the Game of
Troy, iv. 76
and Dido, iii. 312, 313, v. 114 n. 1
Aeolus, King of the Winds, i. 326
Aeschines, spurious epistles of, ii. 162 . 2
Aeschylus, on Typhon, v. 156
Aesculapius brings Hippolytus or Virbius
to life, i. 20, iv. 214 ; horses dedicated
by Hippolytus to, i. 21 n. 2 , viii. 41 n. 6 \
at Cos, ii. 10 ; in relation to serpents,
v. 80 sq. ; reputed father of Aratus,
v. 80 sq. ; his shrines at Sicyon and
Titane, v. 81 ; his dispute with Her-
cules, v. 209 sq. ; said to have raised
Hippolytus from the dead, viii. 41 . 8 ;
at Pergamus, viii. 85 ; at Epidaurus,
ix. 47
Aeson and Medea, v. 181 n. 1 , viii. 143
Aetna, Latin poem, v. 221 n. 4
Aetolians, the, shod only on one foot,
iii. 311
Afars. See Danakils
Afghanistan, ceremony at the reception
of strangers in, iii. 108
Africa, treatment of the navel - string
and afterbirth in, i. 195 sq. ; rise of
magicians, especially rain-makers, to
chieftainship and kingship in, i. 342
sqq. , 352 ; human gods in, i. 392 sqq. ;
belief in, that sexual crimes disturb
the course of nature, ii. in sq. ; the
diffusion of round huts in, ii. 227 n. 8 ;
corpulence as a beauty in, ii. 297 ;
rules of life or taboos observed by
kings in, iii. 5 sq. , 8 sqq. ; detention of
souls by sorcerers in, iii. 70 sq. ; fear
of being photographed in, iii. 97 sq. ;
cleanliness from superstitious motives
in, iii. 158 n. 1 ; smith's craft regarded
as uncanny in, iii. 236 n. 6 ; reluctance
of people to tell their own names in,
iii. 329 sq. ; the Bogos of, iii. 337 ;
names of animals and things tabooed
GENERAL INDEX
in, iii. 400 sq.\ belief as to trans-
migration of the dead into serpents in,
iv. 84 ; succession to the soul in, iv.
200 sq. ; serpents as reincarnations of
the dead in, v. 82 sqq. ; infant burial
in, v. 91 sq. ; reincarnation of the
dead in, v. 91 sq. ; annual festivals
of the dead in, vi. 66 ; worship of
dead kings and chiefs in, vi. 160
sqq. ; supreme gods in, vi. 165, 173
sq. % 174, 186, Vvith n. 6 , 187 n. 1 , 188
sq. , 190; worship of ancestral spirits
among the Bantu tribes of, vi. 174 sqq. ;
inheritance of the kingship under
mother-kin in, vi. 211 ; cat's cradle
in, vii. 103 n. 1 ; woman's share in
agriculture among the tribes of, vii.
113^^.; observation of the Pleiades
by agricultural tribes in, vii. 315 sqq.\
sacrifice of first-fruits in, viii. 109 sqq. ;
belief as to the homoeopathic magic of
a flesh diet in, viii. 140 sqq. ; crocodiles
respected in, viii. 213 sq. ; sickness
transferred to animals in, ix. 31 sq. ;
girls secluded at puberty in, x. 22
sqq. ; dread and seclusion of women at
menstruation in, x. 79 sqq. ; birth-trees
in, xi. 160 sqq. ; use of bull-roarers in,
xi. 229 n. % 232
Africa, British Central, the tribes of, their
custom of carrying about fire, ii. 259 ;
the Yaos of, in. 97 sq. , viii. in ;
customs observed after a death in, iii.
286 ; the Angoni. of, iv. 156 n. 2 , viii.
149 ; the Nyanja-speaking tribes of,
viii. 26 ; crops guarded against
baboons and wild pigs in, viii. 32 ;
flesh and hearts of lions eaten to make
eaters brave in, viii. 142 ; parts of brave
enemies eaten to make the eaters
brave in, viii. 149 ; theAnyanja of, x. 81
, British East, the Akikuyu (Kikuyu)
of, ii. 44, iii. 175, 214, vii. 317, ix.
32, x. 81, xi. 262 sq. ; the Nandi of,
ii. 112, iii. 141, 175, 423, vii. 117,
317, viii. 64, xi. 229 n. ; the Ketosh
of, iii. 176 ; the En-jemusiof, vii. 118 ;
the Suk of, vii. 118, viii. 84, 142, x.
81; observation of the Pleiades by
tribes in, vii. 317 ; the Akamba of, viii.
113, ix. 122 n. ; ceremony of new fire
in, x. 135 sq.
Central, the Banyoro of, i. 348 ;
the Lendu of, i. 348 ; the Basoga of,
fi. 19, 112; the Bagandaof, ii. 246,
269, iii. 78, vii. 118 ; the pygmies of,
ii. 255, iii. 282 ; the Monbuttu of,
ii. 297, iii. 118, vii. 119; reception of
strangers in, iii. 108 ; the Latuka of, iii.
245, 284 ; the Madi or Mom tribe of,
iii. 277, viii. 314, ix. 217 ; theWahoko
of, iii. 278 ; the Wanyoro (Banyoro)
of, iii. 278 ; the Fors of, iii. 281 ;
Unyoro in, iii. 291 sq., iv. 34; the
Akamba of, iii. 353 ; the Nandi of,
i"- 353 I tne Bahima of, iii. 375, viii.
288, ix. 32 ; the Niam-Niam of, vii.
119 ; the Wanyamwesi of, viii. 227
Africa, East, the Wambugwe of, i. 290,
342, iv. 65 ; the Wataturu of, i. 342
sq. , viii. 84; the Wanika of, ii. 12,
iii. 247 ; the Tanga coast of, ii.
34 ; the Wakamba of, ii. 46 ; the
Wabondei of, ii. 47, iii. 272, viii. 142 ;
the Masai of, ii. 210 ; the Winam-
wanga of, ii. 256 n. 1 ; the Wiwa of,
ii. 256 n. 1 ; the Jaggas of, ii. 259 ;
the Bogos of, ii. 267 . 4 ; avoidance
of parents - in - law in, in. 85 ; the
Wa - teita of, iii. 98 ; custom of
elephant - hunters in, iii. 107 ; the
Nubas of, in. 132 ; the Bageshu of,
iii. 174 ; the Akamba of, iii. 204 ; the
Akikuyu of, iii. 204 ; the Warundi of,
iii. 225 n. ; the Wajagga of, iii. 286,
290 ; the Barea of, iii. 337 ; the
Masai of, iii. 354 ; the Waziguas of,
iii. 400 ; infanticide in, iv. 196 ; the
Danakils or Afars of, iv. 200 ; the
Arabs of, viii. 164 ; propitiation of
dead lions in, viii. 228 ; ceremony of
the new fire in, x. 135 ; the Swahili
of, xi. 1 60
, German East, viii. 142 ; the
Wagogo of, i. 343, iii. 186 n. 1 , viii.
26, 149, 276, ix. 6 ; the Wahehe of,
iii. 86 n. , viii. 26 ; the Wageia of,
iii. 177 ; continence of hunters in, iii.
196 sq. \ the Wadowe of, vii. 118 ;
the Wahera of, viii. 26 ; the Wajagga
of, viii. 276, xi. 1 60 ; the Washamba
of, ix. 29, xi. 183; the Bondeis of, xi.
263 ; the Wadoe of, xi. 312
, German South-West, the Ovambo
of, xi. 183
, North, magical images in, t. 65 sq. \
contagious magic of footprints in, i.
210 ; the Arabs of, i. 277 ; artificial
fertilization of fig-trees in, ii. 314 ;
charms to render bridegrooms impotent
in, iii. 300 sq. ; festivals of swinging in,
iv. 284; custom of bathing at Mid-
summer among the Mohammedan
peoples of, v. 249 ; cairns in, ix. 21 ;
Mohammedan reverence for living
saints in, ix. 22 ; popular cure for
toothache in, ix. 62 ; tribes of, their
expulsion of demons, ix. no sq. \ Mid-
summer fires in, x. 213 sqq.
, South, use of rat's hair as a charm
in, i. 151 ; the Herero of, i. 209 ;
stopping rain by means of a rabbit in,
i. 295 ; the Bechuanas of, i. 313 ;
way of retarding the sun in, i. 318 ; the
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Caffres of, i. 321, iii. 87 ; frightening
away a storm in, i. 327 ; the Chevas
of, i. 331 . a ; the Tumbucas of, i.
331 .*; chiefs as rain-makers in, i.
35 S 99" J tne Mashona of, i. 393 ;
the Maraves of, ii. 31, ix. 19 ; the
Ovambo of, ii. 264, iii. 176 ; the Ba-
Pedi of, iii. 141, 148, 163, 202 ; the
Ba-Thonga of, iii. 141, 148, 163,
202 ; Bantu tribes of, iii. 152, vin.
in, ix. 77 sq. \ seclusion and purifi-
cation of manslayers in, iii. 174 sq. ;
disposal of cut hair and nails in, iii.
278 ; magic use of spittle in, iii. 288 ;
the Makalaka of, iii. 369 ; belief as to
stepping over persons or things among
the tribes of, iii. 423 ; the Baronga of,
iv. 6 1 ; crops devastated by wild pigs
in, viii. 32 ; the Matabele of, viii. 70 ;
Caffre remedy for caterpillars in, viii.
280 ; heaps of sticks or. stones to which
passers-by add, in, ix. n ; dread of
demons in, ix. 77 sq. ; sacrificial fire
in, ix, 391 , 4 ; the Thonga of, xi. 297
Africa, South- East, the Hlubies and
Swazies of, i. 249 ; the Baronga of,
i. 267 ; many tribes of, will not cut
down timber while the coin is green,
ii. 49; the Bantu tribes of, ii. 210,
the Barotse of, iii. 107 ; custom of
infanticide in some tribes of, iv. 183 ;
flesh of lions and leopards eaten by
warriors in, viii. 142 ; rites of initia-
tion in, viii. 148 ; inoculation of
warriors in, viii. 159 ; hunters cut out
right eye of game in, viii. 268 ; prayers
at cairns in, ix. 29
, South- West, theHerero of, i. 211 ;
the Ovambo of, iii. 227, viii. 109
, West, rain-making in, i. 249 sq. ;
magical functions of chiefs in, i. 349
sq. ; the Banjars of, i. 353 ; the Yor-
ubas of, i. 364, iv. 41, viii. 98 ; rever-
ence for silk-cotton trees in, ii. 14 sq. ;
kings forced to accept office in, iii.
17 sq. ; fetish kings in, iii. 22 sqq.\
traps set for souls by wizards in,
iii. 70 sq. ; the Bavili of, iii. 78 ; puri-
fication after a journey in, iii. 112;
custom as to blood shed on ground in,
iii. 245, 246 ; hair, nails, and teeth as
rain-charms in, iii. 271 ; shorn hair
burnt or buried for fear of witchcraft
in, iii. 281 ; the Kru negroes of, iii.
322 sq. \ Human Leopard Societies
of, iv. 83 ; human sacrifices at king's
funeral in, iv. 117 ; stories of the type
of Beauty and the Beast in, iv. 128
sq. % 130 n. 1 \ sacrificial blood smeared
on doorways in, iv. 176 . 1 ; sacred
men and women in, v. 65 sqq. ; human
sacrifices in, vi. 99 w. 2 ; human sacri-
fices for the crops in, vii. 239 ; the
Kimbunda of, viii. 152 ; the Beku
of, viii. 163 ; propitiation of dead
leopards in, viii. 228 sqq. ; bones of
sacrificial victims not broken in, viii.
258 n.' 2 ; belief in demons among the
negroes of, ix. 74 sqq. \ dances at
sowing in, ix. 234 ; theory of an
external soul embodied in an animal
prevalent in, xi. 200 sqq.\ ritual of
death and resurrection at initiation
in, xi. 251 sqq.
African stories of the external soul, xi.
148 sqq.\ Balders, xi. 312 sqq.
hunters, ceremonies of purification
observed by, iii. 220 sq.
kings forbidden to see their mothers,
iii. 86 ; thought to render themselves
immortal by their sorceries, iv. 9
tribes, household fires extinguished
after a death in, ii. 267 . 4 ; descent
of property and power to sister's chil-
dren among, ii. 285 ; combination of
the elective with the hereditary prin-
ciple in regulating the descent of king-
ships or chiefships among, ii. 292 sqq. \
believe that their dead kings turn into
lions, leopards, pythons, etc., iv. 84
Afterbirth (placenta), portion of a man's
spirit supposed to reside in his, i.
100; contagious magic of, i. 182-201 ;
part of child's spirit in, i. 184 ,
buried under a tree, i. 186, 187, 188,
194, 195, xi. i6ojv?., 162, 163, 164, 165,
hung on a tree, i. 186, 187, 189, 190,
191, 194, 198, 199; thrown into the
sea, i. 187, 190 ; regarded as brother
or sister of child, i. 189, 191, 192,
193, xi. 162 . a ; seat of external
soul, i. 193 sg. t 200 sq. ; regarded as
a second child, i. 195, xi. 162 . 2 ; of
cows, treatment of the, i. 198 sq. ; re-
garded as a person's double or twin, vi.
169 sq. \ of child animated by a ghost
and sympathetically connected with
a banana -tree, xi. 162; and navel-
string regarded as guardian angels of
the man, xi. 162' . 3 ; regarded as a
guardian spirit, xi. 223 n. 2 See also
Afterbirths and Placenta
Afterbirths buried in banana groves, v.
93 I regarded as twins of the children,
v. 93 ; Shilluk kings interred where
their afterbirths are buried, vi. 162
Agamemnon, sceptre of, worshipped as
a god, i. 365 ; said to have reigned in
his wife's home, Lacedaemon, ii. 279
and Aegisthus, ix. 19
Agar Dinka, rain-makers killed among
the, iv. 33
Agaric growing on birch-trees, super-
stitions as to, x. 148
GENERAL INDEX
153
Agariste, daughter of Clisthenes, the
wooing of, ii. 307
Agathias, on the identification of Anaitis
and Aphrodite, ix. 369 n. 1 ; on Sandes,
ix. 389
Agathocles, his siege of Carthage, iv. 167
Agbasia, West African god, sacred slaves
of, v. 79 ; prayers to, viii. 59, 60
Agdestis, a man-monster in the myth of
Attis, v. 269
Age of Magic, i. 235, 237
Agesipolis, king of Sparta, his conduct
in an earthquake, v. 196
Aglu, New Year fires at, x. 217
Agni, Indian god, viii. 120, ix. 410, x.
99 . 2 ; the fire-god, ii. 230, 249, xi.
i, 296; addressed at marriage, ii. 230
Agnihotris, Brahman fire-priests, ii. 247
sqq.
Agnus castus strewed by married women
under their beds at the Thesmophoria,
vii. 116 . a ; used in ceremony of
beating, ix. 252, 257
Agome, in Togoland, ceremonies observed
by hunters at, viii. 229
Agraulus, daughter of Cecrops, wor-
shipped at Salamis in Cyprus, v. 145, 146
Agricultural peoples worship the moon,
vi. 138 sq.
stage of society, the, viii. 35, 37
year determined by observation of
the Pleiades, vii. 313 sqq. ; expulsions
of demons timed to coincide with
seasons of the, ix. 225
Agriculture, religious objections to, v. 88
sqq., vii. 93, 108 ; in the hands of
women in the Pelew Islands, vi. 206
sq. ; its tendency to produce a con-
servative character, vi. 217 sq. ; magical
significance of games in primitive, vii.
92 sqq. ; origin of, vii. 128 sq. ; woman's
part in primitive, vii. 113 sqq.
Agriculture of the Nabataeans t ii. 100,
346 . 8
Agrigentum, Empedocles at, i. 390 ;
Phalaris of, iv. 75
Agrionia, a festival at Orchomenus, iv.
163
Agrippa, king of Judea, his mockery
at Alexandria, ix. 418
Agrippina, her marriage with Claudius,
ii. 129 n. 1
Agu, Mount, in Togo, wind-fetish on, i.
327 ; fetish priest on, iii. 5
Ague, transferred to trees, ix. 56, 57 sq. ;
Suffolk cure for, ix. 68 ; Midsummer
bonfires deemed a cure for, x. 162 ;
leaps across the Midsummer bonfires
thought to be a preventive of, x. 174
Agutainos of the Philippines, customs
observed by widows among the, iii. 144
Agweh on the Slave Coast, custom at
VOL. XII
end of mourning at, iii. 286 ; custom
of widows at, xi. 18 sq.
Agylla, in Etruria, funeral games at, iv. 95
Ahasuerus, King, ix. 397, 401 ; the
Hebrew equivalent of Xerxes, ix. 360
Ahaz, King, his sacrifice of his children,
iv. 169 sq.
Ahlen, in Munsterland, the Yule log at,
x. 247
Ahne-bergen, near Stade, thresher of last
corn called Corn-pug at, vii. 273
Ahriman, the devil of the Persians, x. 95
Ahts or Nootka Indians of Vancouver
Island regard the moon as the husband
of the sun, vi. 139 n. 1 ; seclusion of
girls at puberty among the, x. 43 sq.
Ahura Mazda, the supreme being of the
Persians, x. 95
Ai San Bushmen, their fire-sticks, ii.
218 n. 1
Aijaruc, a Tartar princess, ii. 306
Am, de 1', French department, leaf- clad
mummer on May Day in, ii. 81 . 8 ;
Lenten fires in, x. 114
Aino fishermen, their ways of making
rain, i. 288
hunters, their custom at killing a
fox, vMi. 267
type of animal sacrament, viii.
312 sq.
women may not mention their
husbands' names, iii. 337
Ainos, their contagious magic of footprints,
i. 212 ; their rain-making, i. 251, 253 ;
their fear of whirlwinds, i. 331 . 2 ; their
ceremony at eating new millet, viii. 52 ;
their custom as to eating the heads of
otters and the hearts of water-ousels,
viii. 144 ; their worship of bears, viii.
1 80 sqq. ; their worship of eagle-owls,
eagles, and hawks, viii. 199 sq. ; thank
the sword-fish which they kill, viii. 251 ;
their customs in regard to the first fish
of the season, viii. 255 sq. \ their pro-
pitiation of mice, viii. 278 ; their
ambiguous attitude towards the bear,
viii. 310^.
of Japan, their use of magical
images, i. 60 ; reluctant to name the
dead, iii. 353 ; their custom of killing
bears ceremonially, viii. 180^^. ; their
mourning caps, x. 20 ; their use of
mugwort in exorcism, xi. 60 ; their
veneration for mistletoe, xi. 79
of Saghalien, pregnant women for-
bidden to spin among the, i. 114; their
bear-festivals, viii. 188 sqq.
Aiora, festival of swinging, at Athens, i,
46*. 1
Air, prohibition to be uncovered in the
open, iii. 3, 14 ; thought to be
poisoned at eclipses, x. 162 n.
*54
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Airi, a deity of North- West India, his
worshippers inspired, v. 170
Airu, Assyrian month corresponding to
May, ii. 130
Aisawa or Isowa, order of saints in
Morocco, devour live goats, vii. 21 sq.
Aisne, Midsummer fires in the depart-
ment of, x. 187
Ait Sadden, a tribe of Morocco, their
tug-of-war, ix. 182
Warain, a Berber tribe of Morocco,
their tug-of-war, ix. 178 sq.
Yusi, a tribe of Morocco, their tug-
of-war, ix. 182
Aitan, a Khasi goddess, ix. 173
Aivilik, the Esquimaux of, i. 121
Aix, squibs at Midsummer at, x. 193 ;
Midsummer king at, x. 194, xi. 25
Aiyar, N. Subramhanya, on Indian
dancing-girls, v. 63 sqq.
Ajax and Teucer, names of priestly kings
of Olba, v. 144^., 161
Ajumba hunter, his apologies to the
hippopotamus which he had killed,
viii. 235
Akambaof British East Africa, believe that
every woman has a spiritual husband
who fertilizes her, ii. 317 ; continence
observed by them on journeys and
while the cattle are at pasture, iii. 204 ;
their offerings of first-fruits to the
spirits of the dead, viii. 113 ; riddles
asked at circumcision among the, ix.
122 n. ; seclusion of girls at puberty
among the, x. 23
of Central Africa, reluctant to name
the dead, iii. 353
Akawe"s, a tribe of Garos, their harvest
festival, viii. 337
Akhetaton (Tell-el-Amarna), the capital
of Amenophis IV., vi. 123 n. 1
Akikuyu, the, of British East Africa,
ceremony of the new birth among the,
i. 75 sq. , 96 sq. t xi. 262 sq. ; worship
fig-trees, ii. 44 sq. \ worship a snake, and
marry girls to the snake-god, ii. 150, v.
67 sq. \ believe that barren women can
be fertilized by the wild fig-tree, ii.
316 ; purification of manslayers among
the, iii. 175 sq. ; continence observed
by them on journeys and while the
cattle are at pasture, iii. 204 ; auricu-
lar confession among the, iii. 214 ;
use of scapegoats among the, iii. 214
sq. ; their women purified after a mis-
carriage in childbirth, iii. 286 ; their
treatment of premature and unusual
births, iii. 286, 287 n. 6 ; their belief
in serpents as reincarnations of the
dead, v. 82, 85 ; transfer guilt to a
goat, ix. 32 ; their dread of menstruous
women, x. 81. See also Kikuyu
Akurwa, a village of the Shilluk, iv. 19,
23. 24
Alabama, harvest festival of the Indians
of, viii. 72 n. 3
Aladdin and the Wonderful Lamp,
Roman version of, xi. 105
Alafin of Oyo, paramount king of Yoruba
land, iv. 203
Alake, the, of Abeokuta, custom of
cutting off the head of his corpse, iv.
203
Alaska, the Esquimaux of, i. 121, 328,
iii. 145, vi. 51, ix. 124, xi. 155 ; the
Aleuts of, iii. 207 ; the Kaniagmuts of,
iii. 207 ; the Koniags of, i. 121, vi.
1 06 ; seclusion of girls at puberty
among the Indians of, x. 45 sq.
Alaskan hunters, their respect for dead
sables and beavers, viii. 238
islanders mistook the Russians for
cuttle-fish, viii. 206
Alastir and the Bare-Stripping Hangman,
Argyleshire story of, xi. 129 sq.
Alba, Vestal fire and Vestal virgins at, i. 1 3
Longa, the kings of, ii. 178 sqq,,
268 sq. ; perhaps mimicked Latian
Jupiter, ii. 187
Alban dynasty descended from a Vestal,
ii. 197
Hills, i. 2, ii. 178
kings, iv. 76
Lake, i. 2 ; tradition of a sub-
merged city in the, ii. 180, 181 n.
League, religious centre of the, ii.
187
Mountain, the, ii. 1875^., 202, 387
Albania, bloodstones in, i. 165 ; milk-
stones in, i. 165 ; fear of portraiture
in, iii. 100 ; expulsion of Kore on
Easter Eve in, iv. 265, ix. 157 ; mar-
riage custom in, vi. 246 ; mock
lamentations for locusts and beetles
in, viii. 279 ; Midsummer fires in, x.
212 ; the Yule log in, x. 264
Albanian custom of beating men and
beasts in March, ix. 266
story of the external soul, xi. 104 . 8
Albanians of the Caucasus, did not men-
tion the names of the dead, iii. 349 ;
their worship of the moon, v. 73 ; their
use of human scapegoats, ix. 2x8
Albano, ancient necropolis near, ii. 201
Albert, Lake, Lendu tribe of, i. 348
Nyanza, Lake, the Wahuma of the,
i. 250 ; crocodiles in the, viii. 213 ; the
Wakondyo of the, xi. 162 sq.
Alberti, L., on Caffre purification of
lion-killer, iii. 220
Albigenses worshipped each other, i. 407
Albino sacrificed to river, ii. 158 ; head
of secret society on the Lower Congo,
xi. 251
GENERAL INDEX
IS5
Albinoes the offspring of the moon, v. 91
Alblrunl, Arab geographer, on the Per-
sian festival of the dead, vi. 68 ; on the
burning of effigies of Haman at Purim,
ix- 393
Alchemy leads up io chemistry, i. 374
Alchennga, remote legendary time of the
Arunta, i. 88, 98, 102
Alcibiades of Apamea, his vision of the
Holy Ghost, iv. 5 . 8
Alcidamus wins Barce in a foot-race, ii.
300 sq.
Alcman on dew, vi. 137
Alcmena, her long travail with Hercules,
iii. 298 sq.
Alcyonian Lake, Dionysus at the, vii. 15
Alder branches, sacrificial, viii. 232
Alders free from mistletoe, xi. 315
Alectrona, daughter of the Sun, taboos
observed at her sanctuary in Rhodes,
viii. 45
Alenfon, the Boy Bishop at, ix. 337 n. 1
Aleutian Islands, Atkhans of the, ix. 3 ;
cairns in the, ix. 16
hunter injured by unchastity of
absent wife or sister, i. 123
Aleutians, effeminate sorcerers among
the, vi. 254
Aleuts of Alaska, seclusion of successful
whaler among the, iii. 207
Alexander the Great, his fiery cresset, ii.
264 ; cuts the Gordian knot, iii. 316 ;
funeral games in his honour, iv. 95 ;
expels a king of Paphos, v. 42 ; his
fabulous birth, v. 81 ; assumes cos-
tumes of deities, v. 165 ; sacrifices to
Megarsian Athena, v. 169 . s
Alexander Severus, at festival ol Attis, v.
273
Alexandria, festival of Adonis at, v. 224,
ix. 390 ; the Serapeum at, vi. 119 .,
217 ; mockery of King Agrippa at, ix.
418
Alexandrian calendar, used by Plutarch,
vi. 84 ; used by Theophanes, ix. 395 n. 1
year, the fixed, vi. 28, 92 ; Plutarch's
use of the, vi. 49
Alfai, title of rain-making priest among
the Barea and Kunama, ii. 3
Alfoors of Buru, names of relations
tabooed among the, iii. 341
or Toradjas of Central Celebes,
their custom at child-birth, iii. 33 ;
taboos observed by their priest, iii.
129 ; priest with unshorn hair among
the, iii. 260 ; riddles among the, ix.
122 n. \ their custom at the smelting
of iron, xi. 154 ; their doctrine of the
plurality of souls, xi. 222. See also
Toradjas
of Ceram, their high -priest regarded
as a demigod, i. 400
Alfoors of Halmahera, name of wife's
father tabooed among the, iii. 341 ;
their expulsion of the devil, ix.
112
of Minahassa, inspired priest among
the, i. 382 sq. ; ceremony at house-
warming among the, iii. 63 sq. ; names
of relations tabooed among the, iii.
340 sq. ; their custom as to the first
rice sowed and reaped, viii. 54 ;
attempt to deceive demons of sickness,
viii. 100
of Poso, in Central Celebes, their
belief as to demons of trees, ii. 35 ;
abduction of souls by demons among
the, in. 62 sq. ; will not pronounce
their own names, iii. 332 ; names of
relations tabooed among the, iii. 340
Algeds, rain-maker among the, ii. 3
Algeria, rain-making in, i. 250 ; the
Aisawa sect in, vii. 22 n. 1 ; fever trans-
ferred to tortoise in, ix. 31 ; popular
cure by knocking nails in, ix. 60 ;
Midsummer fires in, x. 213
, the Arabs of, avoid using the proper
name for lion, iii. 400 ; tale of.iv. 130 n. 1
Algidus, Mount, its oak forests, ii. 187,
380 ; a haunt of Diana, ii. 380
Algiers, the Moors of, light no fires after
a death, ii. 268 n.
Algonquin Indians caught souls in nets,
iii. 69 sq.
Algonquins or Algonkins, the, their treat-
ment of the navel-string, i. 197 ; marry
their fishing-nets to girls, ii. 147 sq. ;
their women seek to be impregnated by
the souls of the dying, iv. 199
Alice Springs in Central Australia, i. 259,
xi. 238 ; magical stones at, i. 162
Aline, Loch, fishing magic on, i. no
All-healer, name applied to mistletoe,
xi. 77, 79' 82
All Saints, Feast of, perhaps substituted
for an old pagan festival of the dead,
vi. 82 sq.
All Saints' Day, November ist, old Celtic
New Year's Day, x. 225 ; omens on,
x. 240 ; bonfires on, x. 246 ; sheep
passed through a hoop on, xi. 184
All Souls, Festival of, iv. 98, vi. 51 sqq. t
vii. 30, x. 223 sq., 225 . 2 ; originally
a pagan festival of the dead, vi. 81 ;
instituted by Odilo, abbot of Clugny,
vi. 82
All Souls' College, Oxford, the Boy
Bishop at, ix. 337
Allallu bird beloved by Ishtar, ix. 371
Allan, John Hay, on the Hays of Errol,
xi. 283
Allandur temple, at St. Thomas's
Mount, Madras, fire-festival at, xi. 8 a. 1
Allatu, Babylonian goddess, v. 9
I 5 6
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Allerton, the Boy Bishop at, ix. 338
Allhallow Even, the thirty-first of October,
Lords of Misrule on, ix. 332
All- Hal lows (All Saints' Day), iii. n, 12
Allifae in Samnmm, baths of Hercules at,
v. 213 . 2
Alligator pears, Peruvian ceremony to
make them ripen, ii. 98
Alligators, souls of dead in, viii. 297
Allumba, in Central Australia, magic
tree at, i. 145 sq.
Almagest, the, vii. 259 n. 1
Almo, procession to the river, in the rites
of Attis, v. 273
Almond causes virgin to conceive, v.
263 ; the father of all things, v.
263 sq,
trees, mistletoe on, xi. 316
Almora, in Kumaon, ix. 197
A-Louyi, seclusion of girls at puberty
among the, x. 28 n. 6
Alpach, valley in Tyrol, the Wheat-bride
or Rye-bride at harvest in, vii. 163
Alpheus, the sacred, ii. 8
Alqamar, tribe of nomads in Hadramaut,
their way of stopping rain, i. 252
Alsace, May-trees in, ii. 64 ; the Little
May Rose in, ii. 74 ; stuffed goat or
fox at threshing in, vii. 287, 297; Mid-
summer fires in, x. 169 ; cats burnt in
Easter bonfires in, xi. 40
Alt Lest, in Silesia, the binder of the last
sheaf called the Beggar-man at, vii. 231
Pillau, in Samland, harvest custom
at, vii. 139
Altars, bloodless, ix. 307
Altdorf and Weingarten, in Swabia, the
Carnival Fool on Ash Wednesday at,
iv. 232
Althenneberg, in Bavaria, Easter fires
at, x. 143 sq.
Altjsheim, in Swabia, the last sheaf called
the Old Woman at, vii. 136
Altmark, custom with birch branches at
Whitsuntide in the, ii. 64 ; the May
Bride at Whitsuntide in the, ii. 95 ; the
He-goat at reaping in the, vii. 287 ;
Easter bonfires in the, x. 140, 142
Alum burnt at Midsummer, x. 214
Alungu, seclusion of girls at puberty
among the, x. 24 sq.
Alur, a tribe of the Upper Nile, bury
their cut hair and nails, iii. 277 sq. ;
their fear of crocodiles, viii. 214 ; their
treatment of insanity, x. 64
Alus, sanctuary of Laphystian Zeus at,
iv. 161, 164; custom of sacrificing
princes at, vii. 25
Alvarado, Pedro de, Spanish general,
kills a nagital, xi. 214
Alyattcs, king of Lydia, v. 133 n. 1
Alynomus, king of Paphos, v. 43 n. 1
Amadhloxi, Zulu ancestral spirits in ser
pent form, xi. 211 . a
Ama-terasu, Japanese goddess of the
Sun, vii. 212
Amambwe, a Bnntu tribe of Northern
Rhodesia, believe that their head chief
at death turns into a lion, vi. 193, viii.
287 ; seclusion of girls at puberty
among the, x. 24 sq.
Amapondo country, cairn to which
passers-by added stones in the, ix.
30 . 2
Amasis, king of Egypt, substitutes images
for human victims, iv. 217 ; his body
burnt by Cambyses, v. 176 . 2
Atnata, "Beloved," title of Vestals, ii.
197
Amata, wife of King Latinus, ii. 197
Amathus, in Cyprus, Adonis and Mel-
earth at, v. 32, 117; statue of lion-
slaying god found at, v. 117
Amatongo, ancestral spirits (Zulu term),
v. 74 . 4 , vi. 184, xi. 212 n.
Amaxosa Caffres propitiate the elephants
which they kill, viii. 227
Amazon, Indians at the mouth of the,
ix. 264 ; ordeals of young men among
the Indians of the, x. 62 sq.
Amazons set up a statue of Artemis under
an oak, i. 38 n. 1
of Dahomey ate the hearts of brave
foes to make themselves brave, vifl.
149
Amazulu, their observation of the Pleiades,
vii. 316
Ambabai, an Indian goddess, v. 243
Ambala District, Punjaub, rebirth of chil-
dren in the, v. 94
Ambamba, in West Africa, death, re-
surrection, and 'new birth in, xi. 256
Ambarvalia, cattle crowned at the, ii.
127 . 2 ; an agricultural festival of
ancient Italy, ix. 359
Amboin, in Angola, new fire at, ii. 262
Amboyua, custom as to children's cast
teeth in, i. 179 ; rice in bloom treated
like a pregnant woman in, ii. 28 ; cere-
mony to fertilize clove-trees in, ii. 100 ;
recovery of lost souls in, iii. 66 sq. \
abduction of souls by doctors in, iii.
73 ; fear to lose the shadow at noon
in, iii. 87 ; sick people sprinkled with
pungent spices in, iii. 105 ; new fruits
offered to the gods in, viii. 123 ;
belief in spirits in, ix. 85 ; disease-
transference in, ix. 187; hair of
criminals cut in, xi. 158
Ambras, Midsummer customs at, x. 173
Amedzowe, the spirit land, viii. 105
Amei Awa, a Kayan god, vii. 93
Ame"lineau, E., discovers the tomb of
Egyptian King Khent, vi. 21 n. 1
GENERAL INDEX
157
Amelioration in the character of the gods,
iv. 136
Amenophis III., king of Egypt, birth of,
ii. 131 sqq. ; his birth represented on
the monuments, iii. 28
Amenophis IV., king of Egypt, his
attempt to abolish all gods but the
sun-god, vi. 123 sqq.
Ameretat, a Persian archangel, ix. 373 n. 1
America, treatment of the navel -string
and afterbirth in, i. 195 sqq. \ the
breach of England with, i. 216 ; asso-
ciation of the frog with rain in, i. 292
. 8 ; reincarnation of the dead in,
v. 91 ; the moon worshipped by the
agricultural Indians of tropical, vi.
138 ; cat's cradle in, vii. 103 n. 1 ; the
Corn-mother in, vii. 171 sqq.
, Central, the Pipiles of, ii. 98 ; the
Indians of, practise continence for the
sake of the crops, ii. 105 ; the Quiches
of, viii. 134 ; the Mosquito Indians of,
viii. 258 . 2 ; the Mosquito territory
in, x. 86
, North, the Natchez of, i. 249 ; the
Omahas of, i. 249 ; power of medicine-
men in, i. 356 sqq. ; the Hidatsa
Indians of, ii. 12 ; Indians of, their
dread and avoidance of menstruous
women, iii. 145 sq. , x. 87 sqq. ;
Indians of, will not eat blood, iii.
240 ; sticks or stones piled on scenes
of violent death in, ix. 15 ; Indians
of, not allowed to sit on bare ground
in war, x. 5 ; Indians of, seclusion of
girls at puberty among, x. 41 sqq. ;
Indians of, stories of the external soul
among, xi. 151 sq. ; Indians of, re-
ligious associations among, xi. 267
sqq. See also North American Indians
, North- West, contagious magic of
footprints in, i. 210 ; the Chilcotin
Indians of, i. 312 ; the Loucheux of,
i. 356 ; artificial elongation of the head
among the Indian tribes of, ii. 298 ;
the Carrier Indians of, iv. 199 ; the
Salish Indians of, viii. 80 ; the Tinneh
Indians of, viii. 80 ; Indian tribes of,
their masked dances, ix. 375 sqq. ;
Secret Societies among the Indians of,
ix. 377 sqq.
, South, the Guarani of, i. 145 ; the
Payaguas of, i. 330 ; power of medicine-
men in, i. 358 sqq. \ the Itonamas of,
iii. 31 ; custom of swallowing ashes of
dead kinsfolk in, viii. 156 sq. ; the
Palenques of, viii. 221 ; seclusion of
girls at puberty among the Indians of,
x. 56 sqq. ; effigies of Judas burnt at
Easter in, x. 128 ; Midsummer fires
in, x. 212 sq. See also South America
American Indians, power of medicine-
men among the, i. 355 sqq. ? drive
away the ghosts of the slain, iii. 170
sq. ; confession of sins among the,
iii. 215 sq., 216 . a ; personal names
kept secret among the, iii. 324 sqq.,
327 sq. ; their fear of naming the
dead, iii. 351 sqq. ; relations of the
dead change their names among the,
"> 357 J changes in their languages
caused by fear of naming the dead, iii.
360 sq. ; their Great Spirit, iv. 3 ;
women's agricultural work among the,
vii. 120 sqq. \ their personification of
maize, vii. 171 sqq. ; do not sharply
distinguish between animals and men,
viii. 204 sqq. ; their ceremonies at
hunting bears, viii. 224 sqq. \ treat
elans, deer, and elks with ceremonious
respect, viii. 240 ; cut out the sinew of
the thigh of deer which they kill, viii.
264. See also North American Indians
and South American Indians
American prairies, skulls of buffaloes
awaiting resurrection on, viii. 256
Amestris, wife of Xerxes, her sacrifice of
children, vi. 220 sq.
Amethysts thought to keep their wearers
sober, i. 165 ; in rain-charms, i. 345
Amiens, "killing the Cat" at harvest
near, vii. 281
Amisus, in Pontus, ix. 421 n. 1
Ammerland, in Oldenburg, cart-wheel
used as charm against witchcraft in,
x. 345 . 8
Ammon, the god, married to the queen
of Egypt, ii. 130 sqq. ; human wives
of, ii. 130 sqq., v. 72; regarded as
the father of Egyptian gods, ii. 131 ;
costume of, ii. 133 ; king of Egypt
masqueraded as, ii. 133 ; high priests
of, their usurpation of regal power, ii.
134; identified with the sun, vi. 123 ;
rage of King Amenophis IV. against,
vi. 124 ; at Thebes in Egypt, ram
annually sacrificed to, viii. 41, 172 ;
the Theban, represented with the body
of a man and the head of a ram,
viii. 172 sq.
Ra, king of the gods, ii. 132
Ammon (country), Hanun, king of, iii.
273 ; conquered by King David, iii.
273
, Milcom, the god of, v. 19
Ammonite, fossil, regarded as an embodi-
ment of Vishnu, ii. 26, 27 . 2
Amoor River, the Manegres of the, iii.
323; the Gilyaks of the, v. 278 . a ,
viii. 103, 267, ix. 101 ; the Goldiof the,
viii. 103 ; bears in the valley of the,
viii. 191 ; the Orotchis of the, viii. 197
Amorgos, the month of Cronion in, ix.
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Amorites, their law as to fornication, v.
37 sq.
Amoy, fear of tree-spirits in, ii. 14; spirits
who draw away the souls of children
at, iii. 59 ; euphemism for fever among
the Chinese of, iii. 400 ; puppets as
substitutes among the Chinese of, vni.
104
Ampasirnene, in Madagascar, viii. 40 n.
Amphictyon, king of Athens, married the
daughter of his predecessor, ii. 277
Amphipohs, death of Brasidas at, iv. 94
Amphitryo besieges Taphos, xi. 103
Amsanctus, the valley of, v. 204 sq.
Amshaspands, Persian archangels, ix.
373 . J
Amsterdam, "dew-treading" at Whit-
suntide at, ii. 104 n.' 2
Amulets, hair and teeth of sacred kings
preserved as, ii. 6 ; knots used as, in.
306 sqq. ; rings and bracelets as, iii.
314 sqq. , x. 92 ; crowns and wreaths
as, vi. 242 sq. ; against demons, ix. 95 ;
as soul-boxes, xi. 155 ; degenerate into
ornaments, xi. 156 n?. See also
Talismans
Amulius Silvius, his rivalry with Jupiter,
ii. 1 80
Amyclae, ancient capital of Lacedaemon,
Agamemnon buried at, ii. 279 ; in the
vale of Sparta, v. 313 ; tomb of
Hyacinth at, v. 314 ; festival of
Hyacinthia at, v. 315
Amyclas, father of Hyacinth, v. 313
Anabis, in Egypt, human god at, i. 390
Anacan, a month of the Gallic calendar,
ix- 343
Anacreon, on Cinyras, v. 55
Anacyndaraxes, father of Sardanapalus,
v. 172
Anadates, at Zela, ix. 373 n. 1
Anaitis, Persian goddess, afterwards
equivalent to Ishtar, i. 16 sq. , ix. 369,
389 ; identified with Artemis, i. 37 . 2 ;
served by prostitutes at Acilisena, in
Armenia, ii. 282 . 3 , v. 38, ix. 369 n. 1 \
her sanctuary at Zela, ix. 370, 421 n. l \
associated with the Sacaea, ix. 355,
368, 369, 402 n. 1 ; identified with
Aphrodite, ix. 369 n. 1 , 389
Anammelech, burnt sacrifice of children
to, iv. 171
Anansa, tutelary god of Old Calabar, ii. 42
Anassa, "Queen," title of goddess, v.
35 - a
Anatomie of Abuses, ii. 66
Anazarba or Anazarbus, in Cilicia, the
olives of, ii. 107 ; Zeus at, v. 167 n. 1
Ancestor, wooden image of, xi. 155
-worship among the Bantu peoples,
ii. 221, vi. 176 sqq. ; in relation to fire-
worship, ii. 221 ; among the K has is
of Assam, vi. 203 ; combined with
mother-kin tends to a predominance
of goddesses over gods in religion, vi.
an sq. ; in Fiji, xi. 243 sq.
Ancestors, prayers to, i. 285, 286, 287,
345 35 2 vn - I0 5 '> skulls of, in rain-
charm, i. 285; sacrifices to, i. 290^.,
339 ; souls of, in trees, ii. 29, 30, 31,
32, 317 ; represented by sacred fire-
sticks, ii. 214, 216, 222 sqq. \ dead,
regarded as mischievous beings, ii. 221 ;
souls of, in the fire on the hearth, ii.
232 ; propitiation of, by rubbing their
skulls, iii. 197 ; names of, bestowed
on their reincarnations, iii. 368 sq. ;
reborn in their descendants, iii. 368
sq. ; propitiation of deceased, v. 46 ;
images of, viii. 53 ; offerings of first-
fruits to spirits of, viii. in, 112, 113,
116, 117, 119, 121, 123, 124, 125;
worshipped as guardian spirits, viii.
121, 123 ; spirits of, take up their
abode in their skulls or in images, viii.
123 ; images of, viii. 124 ; dead,
worshipped as gods, viii. 125 ; fear of
the spirits of, ix. 76 sq.
Ancestral Contest at the Haloa, vii. 61 ;
at the Eleusinian Games, vii. 71, 74,
77 ; at the Festival of the Threshing-
floor, vii. 75
skulls used in magic, i. 163
spirits worshipped at the hearth, ii.
216 sq. , 221 sq. , cause sickness, ni. 53 ;
sacrifices to, iii. 104, vi. 175, 178 sq. ,
1 80, 181 sq. , 183 sq. , 190 ; on shoulders
of medicine-men, v. 74 . 4 ; incarnate
in serpents, v. 82 sqq. , xi. 211 ; in
the form of animals, v. 83 ; wor-
shipped by the Bantu tribes of Africa,
vi. 174 sqq. ; prayers to, vi. 175 sq. t
178 sq. , 183 sq. ; on the father's and
on the mother's side, the two dis-
tinguished, vi. 1 80, 181; propitiation of,
ix. 86. See also Ancestors and Dead
tree, fire kindled from, ii. 221, 223 sq.
Anchiale in Cilicia, v. 144 ; monument
of Sardanapalus at, v. 172
Ancient deities of vegetation as animals,
viii. i sqq.
Ancona, sarcophagus of St. Dasius at,
ii. 310 n. l t ix. 310
Ancus Martius, Roman king, said to
have murdered his predecessor, ii.
181 n. 6 ; his maternal descent, ii.
270 . 4 ; his death, ii. 320
Andalusia, guisers in, ix. 173
Andaman Islanders, said to be ignorant
of the art of making fire, ii. 253 ;
perhaps first got fire from volcano, ii.
256 . 2 ; regard their reflections as
their souls, iii. 92 ; their ideas as to
shooting stars, iv. 60 ; boar's fat poured
GENERAL INDEX
'59
on novice at initiation among the,
viii. 164
Andaman Islands, mourning custom in
the, iii. 183 n. ; cat's cradle in the,
vii. 103 n. 1
Andania in Messenia, grove of the Great
Goddesses at, ii. 122 ; mysteries of,
iii. 227 n. \ sacred men and women at,
v. 76 . 8
Anderida, forest of, ii. 7
Anderson, J. D., on the winds of Assam,
ix. 176 n. s
Anderson, Miss, of Barskimming, ix.
169 w. 2 , x. 171 . 3
Andes, the Colombian, i. 416
, the Peruvian, net to catch the
sun in, i. 316 ; the Indians of, their
thunder-god, ii. 370 ; Indians of, their
fear of the sea, iii. TO ; cairns in, to
which passing Indians add stones,
ix. 9, 10 ; effigies of Judas burnt at
Easter in, x. 128
Andjra, a district of Morocco, magical
virtue of rain - water in, x. 17 ;
Midsummer fires in, x. 213 sq. \ Mid-
summer rites of water in, x. 216 ;
animals bathed at Midsummer in,
xi. 31
Andreas, parish of, in the Isle of Man,
x. 224, 305, 307 n. 1
Andree, Dr. Richard, ix. 246 n. 1 ; on
the Pleiades in primitive calendars,
vii. 307
-Eysn, Mrs., on the processions
and masquerades of the Perchtcn, ix.
245 sq. , 249
Andriamasinavalona, a Hova king,
vicarious sacrifice for, vi. 221
Andromeda and Perseus, ii. 163
Anemone, the scarlet, sprung from the
blood of Adonis, v. 226
Ang Teng, in Burma, sacred fish at, viii.
291
Angakok, Esquimaux wizard or sorcerer,
iii. 211, 212
Angamis (Angami), a Naga tribe of
Assam, death custom among the, iv.
13 ; their human sacrifices, vii. 244 ;
spare butterflies, viii. 291
Angass, the, of Manipur, their rain-mak-
ing, i. 252 ; a tribeof the Brahmapootra,
their -custom of stabbing those who die
a natural death, iv. 13 ; believe that
the souls of the dead are in butterflies,
viii. 291
, the, of Northern Nigeria, their
belief in external human souls lodged
in animals, xi. 210
Angel, need-fire revealed by an, x.
287
dance, the, viii. 328
of Death, iv. 177 sq.
Angel, the Destroying, over Jerusalem,
v. 24
man, effigy of, burnt at Midsummer,
x. 167
Angelus bell, the, x. no, xi. 47
Angla, on the Slave Coast, prohibition
to ride on horseback in, viii. 45
Angola, the Matiamvo of, iv. 35
, the Ovakumbi of, i. 318 n. 9 ;
the Mucelis of, ii. 262 ; the Bangalas
of, ii. 293 ; Humbe in, iii. 6 ; the
negroes of, speak respectfully of lions,
iii. 400 ; Cassange in, iv. 56, 203
Angoni, the, of British Central Africa, their
way of stopping rain, i. 263 ; their sacri-
fices for rain and fine weather, i. 291 ;
drive away the ghosts of the slain, iii.
174 ; purification of manslayers among
the, iii. 176 ; custom observed by
manslayers among the, iii. 186 n. 1 ;
ceremony of standing on one leg
among the, iv. 156 .' 2 ; sham burial
to deceive demons among the, viii.
99 ; eat parts of enemies to acquire
their qualities, viii. 149
Angomland, British Central Africa, rain-
makmgin, i. 250; the Nyanja-speaking
tribes of, viii. 26 ; customs as to girls
at puberty in, x. 25 sq. ; customs as
to salt in, x. 27
Angoul6me, poplar burned on St. Peter's
day in, ii. 141
Angoy, the king of, must have no bodily
defect, iv. 39
Angus, belief as to the weaning of chil-
dren in, vi. 148 ; superstitious remedy
for the "quarter-ill" in, x. 296 n. 1
Anhalt, custom at sowing in, i. 139, v.
239 ; harvest customs in, vii. 226, 233,
279 ; Easter bonfires in, x. 140
Anhouri, Egyptian god, the mummy of,
iv. 4 sq.
Animal, corn-spirit as an, vii. 270 sqq. ;
killing the divine, viii. 169 sqq. ; wor-
shipful, killed once a year and pro-
menaded from door to door, viii. 322 ;
bewitched, or part of it, burnt to com-
pel the witch to appear, x. 303, 305,
307 sq., 321 sq. ; sickness transferred
to, xi. 181 ; and man, sympathetic
relation between, xi. 272 sq.
embodiments of the corn-spirit,
on the, vii. 303 sqq.
enemy of god originally identical
with god, vii. 23, viii. 16 sq. , 31
familiars of wizards and witches,
xi. 196 sq. , 201 sq.
form, god killed in, vii. 22 sq.
food, supposed acquisition of virtues
or vices through, viii. 139
god, two types of the custom c!
killing the, viii. 312 sq.
1 60
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Animal masks worn by Egyptian kings
and others, ii. 133, iv. 72, vii. 260
sq. \ worn by mummers at Carnival,
viii. 333
sacrament, types of, viii. 310 sqq.
Animals, homoeopathic magic of, i. 150
sqq. ; association of ideas common to
the, i. 234 ; rain-making by means of,
i. 287 sqq. ; spirits of plants in shape
of, ii. 14 ; injured through their
shadows, ni. 81 sq. ; propitiation of
spirits of slain, iii. 190, 204 sq. ;
atonement for slain, iii. 207 ; blood
of, not allowed to fall on ground,
iii. 247 ; dangerous, not called by
their proper names, iii. 396 sqq. ;
thought to understand human speech,
iii. 398 sq. , 400 ; sacred to kings, iv.
82, 84 sqq. ; transformations into, iv.
82 sqq., xi. 207 ; sacrificed by being
hanged, v. 289 sq. , 292; and plants,
edible, savage lamentations for, vi. 43
sq. ; dead kings and chiefs incarnate
in, vi. 162, 163 sq. t 173, 193; sacri-
ficed to prolong the life of kings, vi.
222 ; torn to pieces and devoured raw
in religious rites, vii. 17, 18, 19, 20
sqq. \ regarded as unclean were ori-
ginally sacred, viii. 24 ; belief in the
descent of men from, viii. 25 ; spirits
of ancestors in, viii. 123; language
of, acquired by eating serpent's flesh,
viii. 146; resurrection of viii. 200 sq.,
256 sqq. ; and men, savages fail to
distinguish accurately between, viii.
204 sqq. ; wild, propitiation of, by
hunters, viii. 204 sqq. ; apologies
offered by savages to animals for kill-
ing them, viii. 221 sqq. ; bones of, not
to be broken, viii. 258 sq. ; bones of,
not allowed to be gnawed by dogs,
viii. 259 ; savage faith in the immor-
tality of, viii. 260 sqq. ; transmigra-
tion of human souls into, viii. 285 sqq. ;
two forms of the worship of, viii. 311 ;
processions with sacred, viii. 316 sqq. \
transference of evil to, ix. 31 sqq., 49
sqq. ; as scapegoats, ix. 31 sqq., 190
sqq., 208 sqq., 216 sq. ; guardian
spirits of, ix. 98 ; prayed to, ix. 236 ;
dances taught by, ix. 237 ; imitated
in dances, ix. 376, 377, 381, 382;
burnt alive as a sacrifice in England,
Wales, and Scotland, x. 300 sqq. ;
witches transformed into, x. 315 sqq.,
xi. 311 sq. ; bewitched, buried alive,
x. 324 sqq. ; live, burnt at Spring and
Midsummer festivals, xi. 38 sqq. ; the
animals perhaps deemed embodiments
of witches, xi. 41 sq. , 43 sq. \ the
language of, learned by means of fern-
seed, xi. 66 n.\ external soul in, xi.
196 sqq. ; helpful, in fairy tales. Sa
Helpful
Animism, the Buddhist, not a philo-
sophical theory, ii. 13 sq. ; passing
into polytheism, ii. 45 ; passing into
religion, iii. 213
Aninga, aquatic plant in Brazil, ix. 264
Anitos, spirits of ancestors, in Luzon, ii.
30, viii. 124
Anjea, mythical being, who causes con-
ception in women, i. 100, 184, v. 103
Ankenmilch bohren, to make the need-
fire, x. 270 n.
Anklets, as amulets, iii. 315 ; made of
human sinews, worn by king of Uganda,
vi. 224 sq.
Ankole, in Central Africa, the Bahima
of, vi. 190, viii. 288, x. 80
Anna, sister of Dido, v. 114 n. 1
Anna Kuari, an Oraon goddess, human
sacrifices to, vii. 244
Annals of Tigernach and Ulster, ii. 286
Annam, rain-making ceremonies in caves
of, i. 301 sq. ; the Chams of, ii. 159 ;
dangers apprehended from women in
childbed in, iii. 155 ; ceremonies ob-
served when a whale is washed ashore
in, iii. 223 ; wild beasts spoken of
respectfully in, iii. 403 ; natives of,
their indifference to death, iv. 136 sq. ;
offerings to the dead in spring in, v.
235 n. l \ annual festivals of the dead
in, vi. 62 sqq. ; inauguration of spring
by means of an effigy of an ox in, viii.
13 sq. ; mountaineers of, sacrifice to
their nets, viii. 240 n. 1 ; demons of
sickness transferred to fowls in, ix.
33 ; demon of cholera sent away on
a raft from, ix. 190 ; explanation of
human mortality in, ix. 303 ; dread
of menstruous women in, x. 85 ; use
of wormwood to avert demons in, xi.
61 n.*
Annamite tale of a bleeding tree, ii. 33
Annamites, their belief as to demons, iii.
58 ; their way of protecting infants
from demons, iii. 235
Annandale, Nelson, as to H. Vaughan
Stevens, ii. 237 n.
Anne, Queen, touches for scrofula, i.
370
Anno, in West Africa, use of magical
dolls at, i. 71
Annual abdication of kings, iv. 148
death and resurrection of gods, v. 6
renewal of king's power at Babylon,
iv. 113
sacrifice of a sacred animal, viii. 31
tenure of the kingship, iv. 113 sqq.
Anodynes based on the principle of
sympathetic magic, i. 93 sq.
Anointed, human scapegoat, ix. 218
GENERAL INDEX
161
Anointing a stone in a rain-charm, i. 305
stones in order to avert bullets
from absent warriors, i. 130
Anointment, of weapon which caused
wound, i. 202 sqq. ; of priests at in-
stallation, iii. 14 ; as a ceremony of
consecration, v. 21 n. 2 and 8 , 68, 74;
of sacred stones, custom of, v. 36 ; of
the body as a means of acquiring
certain qualities, viii. 162 sqq.
Anpu and Bata, ancient Egyptian story
of, xi. 134 sqq.
Ant-hill, insane people buried in an, x.
64
Antaeus, grave of the giant, i. 286
, king of Libya, and his daughter
Barce, ii. 300 sq.
Antagonism of religion to magic, i.
226
Antaimorona, the, of Madagascar, their
chiefs held responsible for failure of
the crops, i. 354
Antambahoaka, the, of Madagascar,
confession of sins among the, iii.
216 sq.
Antandroy, the, of Madagascar, their
custom at circumcision, iii. 227
Antankarana tribe of Madagascar believe
that their souls at death pass into
animals, viii. 290
Antelope (Antilope leucoryx}, ceremony
after killing a, viii. 244
Antelopes, soul of a dead king incarnate
in, vi. 163
Anthemis nobilis, camomile, gathered at
Midsummer, xi. 63
Anthesteria, dramatic death and resur-
rection of Dionysus perhaps acted at
the, iv. 32 ; festival of the dead at
Athens, v. 234 sq. , ix. 152 sq. ; an
Athenian festival of Dionysus, com-
pared with a modern Thracian cele-
bration of the Carnival, vii. 30 sqq.
Anthesterion, Attic month, corresponding
to February, ii. 137, ix. 143 n. , 352
Anthropomorphism of the spirits of
nature, vii. 212
Antiaris toxicaria, poison tree, supersti-
tion of the Kayans as to the, ii. 17
Antibes, Holy Innocents' Day at, ix.
336 sq.
Antichrist, expected reign of, iv. 44 sq.
Antigone, the execution of, ii. 228 n. 6
Antigonus, King, v. 212 ; deified by the
Athenians, i. 390, 391 n. 1 * *
Antilope leucoryx, ceremony of Ewe
hunter after killing a, viii. 244
Antimachia in Cos, priest of Hercules
dressed as woman at, vi. 258
Antimores of Madagascar, their chiefs
held responsible for the operation of
the laws of nature, i. 354
Antinmas, the twenty-fourth day aftet
Christmas, ix. 167
Antinous, games in honour of, at Man-
tinea, vii. 80, 85
Antioch, destroyed by an earthquake, v.
222 w. 1 ; festival of Adonis at, v. 227,
257 sq. ; how it was freed from scor-
pions, viii. 280 sq.
Antiochus, Greek calendar of, v. 303 . 8
Antiquity, of the cultivation of the cereals
in Europe, vii. 79 ; human scapegoats
in classical, ix. 229 sqq.
Antoninus Liberalis, on the birth of
Hercules, iii. 299 n. L
Marcus, plague in his reign, ix. 64
Antonius Mountain, in Thuringia, Christ-
mas bonfire on the, x. 265 sq.
Antrim, harvest customs concerning the
last corn cut in, vii. 144, 154 sq ;
"Winning the Churn " in, vii. 154 sq.
Ants, bites of, used in purificatory cere-
mony, iii. 105 ; eaten to make the eater
brave, viii. 147 ; superstitious precau-
tion against the ravages of, viii. 276 ;
jealousy transferred to, ix. 33 ; sting-
ing people with, ix. 263, x. 61, 62 sq.
Antwerp, Feast of All Souls in, vi. 70 ;
wicker giants at, xi. 35 sq.
Anu, Babylonian god, visit of Ishtar to,
ix. 399 n. 1
Anubis, Egyptian jackal-headed god, vi.
15, 18 . 8 , 22 . 2 ; represented by a
masked man, ii. 133 ; finds the body
of Osiris, vi. 85 ; personated by a
priest wearing the mask of a dog or a
jackal, vi. 85 . 3
Anula tribe of Northern Australia, their
disposal of foreskins at circumcision,
i. 95 ; burial customs of the, i. 102 sq. ;
their way of stopping rain, i. 253 ;
their mode of making rain, i. 287 sq. \
their rites of initiation, xi. 235
Anyanja of British Central Africa, their
dread of menstruous women, x. 81 sq.
Anzikos, the, of West Africa, iii. 271
Aola, village of Guadalcanar, viii. 126
Apaches, the, iii. 182, 183, x. 21 ;
their way of procuring rain, i. 306;
avoidance of wife's mother among the,
Hi. 85 ; custom observed by them on
the war-path, iii. 160 ; purify them-
selves after the slaughter of foes, iii.
184 ; keep their names from strangers*
iii. 325, 328 ; propitiated the animal
gods before hunting deer, antelope,
or elk, viii. 242 ; use of bull-roarers
among the, xi. 230 .
Apachitas, heaps of stones in Peru, ix. 9
Apala cured by Indra in the Rigveda,
xi. 192
Apamea in Syria, Alcibiades of, iv. 5 .';
worship of Poseidon at, v. 195
162
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
Ape in homoeopathic magic, i. 156 ;
a Batta totem, xi. 223. See also Apes
Apepi, Egyptian fiend, i. 67
Apes, thought to be related to twins, i.
265 ; voices of, imitated as a charm,
ii. 23 ; ceremony of Yuracares after
killing, viii. 235 sq.
Aphaca in Syria, sanctuary of Astarte at,
v. 28, 259 ; meteor as signal for
festival at, v. 259
Ap-hi, Abchasegod of thunder and light-
ning, ii. 370
Aphrodite, represented as mother of
Demetrius Poliorcetes, i. 391 ; the
grave of, iv. 4 ; human sacrifices to,
iv. 166 n. 1 ; her sacred doves, v.
33> r 47 1 sanctuary of, at Paphos,
v - 33 sqq. \ the month of, v. 145 ; her
blood dyes white roses red, v. 226 ;
name applied to summer, vi. 41
and Adonis, i. 25, v. ii sq. , 29,
280, ix. 386, xi. 294 sq. ; their mar-
riage celebrated at Alexandria, v. 224
-- Askraia, i. 26
- and Cinyras, v. 48 sq.
- of the Lebanon, the mourning, v.
the Oriental, ix. 369 n. 1
-- and Pygmalion, v. 49 sq.
Aphtha or thrush transferred to a frog,
ix. 50
Api, female hippopotamus goddess of
Egypt, ii. 133
Apinagos Indians of Brazil, their dances
and presentation of children to the
moon, vi. 145 sqq.
Apis, sacred Egyptian bull, vi. ii, 119 .,
viii. 34 sqq. , ix. 217; mourning for
the death of, v. 225 ; held to be an
image of the soul of Osiris, vi. 130 ;
drowned in a holy spring, viii. 36 ; not
suffered to outlive a certain term of
years, viii. 173
Apodtho, the ancestor of all men, iii. 79
Apollo at Delos, i. 32, 34 sq. t ii. 135 ;
prophetess of, inspired by laurel, i.
384, iv. 80 ; image of, in sacred cave
at Hylae, i. 386 ; at Patara, ii. 135 ;
purification of, iii. 223 n. 1 ; servitude
of, iv. 70 n. l t 78 j and the laurel, iv.
78 sqq. \ at Thebes, iv. 79 ; purged of
the dragon's blood in the Vale of
Tempe, iv. 8r ; dedication of a tithe-
offering to, iv. 187 n. 6 \ the friend of
Cinyras, v. 54 ; music in the worship
of, v. 54 sq. ; his musical contest with
Marsyas, v. 55, 288 ; reputed father of
Augustus, v. 8 1 ; purified at Tempe,
vi. 240 ; temple of, at the Lover's Leap,
ix. 254 ; temple of, at Cumae, x. 99 ;
identified with the Celtic Grannus, x.
1X3
Apollo and Artemis, birthdays of, 1. 32 ,
the birth of, ii. 58 ; their priesthood at
Ephesus, vi. 243 sq. ; cake with twelve
knobs offered to, ix. 351 . 8
at Delphi, hair offered by boys
at puberty to, i. 28 ; first-fruits offered
to, i. 32 ; grave of, at Delphi, i. 34,
35, iv. 4 ; seems to have usurped the
place of an older god or hero at Delphi
and Thebes, ii. 88 ; and, the Dragon
at Delphi, iv. 78, 79, 80 sq. , vi. 240 ;
sacrifices of Croesus to, v. 180 n. 1
, the Cataonian, v. 147 . 8
, the Clarian, iv. 80 n. L
Diradiotes, inspired priestess at
temple of, i. 381
Erithasean, ii. 121
the Four-handed, vi. 250 . a
of the Golden Sword, v. 176
surnamed Locust and Mildew, viii.
282
the Mouse, his temple in the Troad,
viii. 283
Soranus, xi. 14, 15 n. 3
, the Wolf-slayer, viii. 283 sq.
Apollonia, festival at Delos, i. 32 . 2
, a city in Macedonia, ix. 143 n.
Apollonius of Tyana, how he rid Antioch
of scorpions, viii. 280 sq. ; how he rid
Constantinople of flies, viii. 281
Apologies offered to trees for cutting
them down, ii. 18 sq. , 30, 36 sq. ;
for trespass on sacred groves, ii. 328 ;
offered by savages to the animals they
kill, viii. 215, 217, 218, 221, 222 sqq.,
235 sqq. ,243
Apotheosis by being burnt alive, v. 179 sq.
Apoyaos, tribe in Luzon, their human
sacrifices, vii. 241
Appam, a town on the Gold Coast,
family descended from a fish at, iv.
129
Appian, on the costume of a priest of
Isis, vi. 85 . 8
Apple, offered instead of ram or ox to
Hercules, viii. 95 . 2 ; divination by
a sliced, at Hallowe'en, x. 238 ; and
candle, biting at, x. 241, 242, 243, 245
-tree, afterbirth of cow hung in an,
i. 198^. ; straw-man placed on oldest,
viii. 6 ; as life-index of boy, xi. 165
-trees, barren women roll under,
to obtain offspring, ii. 57 ; torches
thrown at, x. 108 ; mistletoe on, xi.
315, 316 . 6
Apples at festival of Diana, i. 14, 16 ;
forbidden to worshippers of Cybele
and Attis, v. 280 . 7 ; dipping for, at
Hallowe'en, x. 237, 239, 241, 242,
243. 245
Apricot-trees, mistletoe on, xi. 316
April, religious rites performed by the
GENERAL INDEX
163
Vestals in, ii. 229 ; the first Sunday
of, custom observed at Naples on, iv.
241 ; Siamese festival of the dead in, ix.
150 ; ceremony of the new fire in, x.
136 sq., xi. 3 ; Chinese festival of fire
in, xi. 3
April 2nd, annual sacrifice of wild boars
in Cyprus on, viii. 23 n. 3
i5th, sacrifice on, ii. 229, 326
aist, date of the Parilia, ii. 325,
326 ; ceremony performed by the
Vestals on, viii. 42
23rd, St. George's Day, ii. 75, 76,
330 S M<
24th, in some places St. George's
Day, ii. 337, 343 ; the great mondard
made on, viii. 6
27th, in popular superstitions of
Morocco, x. 17 sq.
30th, Walpurgis Day, ix. 163
Apuleius, as to the love -charm of a
Thessalian witch, iii. 270 ; his story
of Cupid and Psyche, iv. 131 ?i. 1 ; on
the worship of Isis, vi. 119 n. ; on
a cure for scorpion bite, ix. 50 n. 1
Aquaclicium and Jupiter, ii. 184 n.
Aquilex, rain-maker, i. 310 n. 4
Arab belief that a game of ball may
cause rain, ix. 179
charm to forget sorrow, i. 150 ; to
bring back a runaway slave, i. 152 ;
to ensure birth of strong children, i.
153 ; to fertilize a barren woman, i.
157 ; of the setting sun, i. 165 sq. ;
to get good teeth, i. 181 ; to make
rain, i. 303
commentator as to the fig and the
olive, ii. 316 ; on the Koran as to
knots in magic, iii. 302
cure by means of knotted thread,
iii. 304 ; cure for melancholy, ix. 4
legend of king bled to death, iii.
243 n. 1
love-charm by means of knots, iii.
305
mode of cursing an enemy, iii. 312
name for the scarlet anemone, v.
226
sacrifice for rain, i. 289
women, their custom of muffling
their faces, iii. 122 ; in North Africa
give their male children the hearts of
lions to eat, viii. 142 sq. ; in Morocco,
their superstitions as to plants at
Midsummer, xi. 51
writer on the death of the King of
the Jinn, iv. 8 ; on talismans against
locusts and murrain, viii. 281
Arabia, sacred acacia-tree in, ii. 42 ;
sticks or stones piled on scenes of
violent death in, ix. 15 ; use of camel
as scapegoat for plague in, ix. 33
Arabia, ancient, taboos observed by in-
cense-growers in, ii. 106 sq. ; belief as
to shadows in, iii. 82 ; Sabaea or Sheba
in, iii. 124 ; tree-spirits in snake form
in, xi. 44 n. 1
Arabian, modern, story of the external
soul, xi. 137 sq.
Arabian Nights, story of the external
soul in the, xi. 137
Arabic treatise on magic, i. 65 ; writer
on the mourning for Ta-uz (Tammuz)
in Harran, v. 230
Arabs believe the soul to be in the
blood, iii. 241 ; avoid using the
proper names for lion, leprosy, etc.,
iii. 400 ; ancient, supposed to know
the language of birds, viii. 146 ; their
custom as to widows, ix. 35 ; their
custom in regard to murder, ix. 63 ;
beat camels to deliver them from jinn,
ix. 260
of Algeria, their story of the type
of Beauty and the Beast, iv. 130 ft. 1
of East Africa, their faith in an
unguent of lion's fat, viii. 164
, the heathen, their custom as to a
boy's cast teeth, i. 181 ; their way of
procuring lain, i. 303 ; their treat-
ment of a man stung by a scorpion,
iii. 95 n. 8
of Moab, their charm against
scorpions, i. 153 ; their charm to
ensure the biith of children, i.
157 ; their rain-making ceremony, i.
276 ; their use of shorn hair as a
hostage, in. 273 ; preserve their nail-
parings against the resurrection, iii.
280 ; resort to the springs of Callir-
rhoe, v. 215 sq. ; their custom at
harvest, vi. 48, 96, vii. 138 ; their
remedies for ailments, vi. 242
of Morocco, their custom at the
Great Feast, ix. 265 ; their Midsum-
mer customs, x. 214
of North Africa, their rain-charm,
i. 277 ; jinn invoked by their names
among the, iii. 390
Aracan, ix. 117 ; the Mrus of, ix. 12 n. 1 ;
dances for the crops in, ix. 236
Arachnaeus, Mount, altars of Zeus and
Hera on, ii. 360
Arad, in Hungary, thresher of last corn
wrapt in a cow's hide at, vii. 291
Araguaya River in Brazil, iii. 348
Aran, in the valley of the Garonne, Mid-
summer fiies at, x. 193
Aran Islands, off Galway, St. Eany's
well in the, ii. 161
Aratus of Sicyon, sacrifices to, i. 105 ;
deemed a son of Aesculapius, v. 81
Araucanians of South America, the, ix.
12 ; their idea as to toads, i. 292 n. 9 ;
I6 4
THE GOLDEN BOUGH
their belief that thunder-storms are
caused by the spirits of the dead, it
183 ; afraid of having their portraits
taken, iii. 97 ; keep their names secret,
iii. 324 ; eat fruit of Araucanian pine,
v. 278 #. a See also Aucas
Araunah, the threshing-floor of, v. 24
Arawak Indians of British Guiana, mur-
derers taste the blood of their victims
among the, viii. 154 sq. \ their explana-
tion of human mortality, ix. 302 sq.
Arcadia, the oak forests of, ii. 354 sq.
Arcadian boys offer their hair to a river,
i. 3i
custom of beating Pan's image, ix.
a S 6
Arcadians ate and eat acorns, ii. 355,
356 ; sacrifice to thunder and light-
ning, v. 157
Arch to shut out plague, ix. 5 ; creeping
through, as a cure, ix. 55 ; child after
an illness passed under an, xi. 192 ;
young men at initiation passed under
a leafy, xi. 193 ; triumphal, suggested
origin of the, xi. 195. See also Arches,
Archways
Archangel, worship of Leschiy in the
Government of, ii. 125
Archangels, Persian, ix. 373 .*
Archbishop of Innocents, ix. 334
Archer ( Tirant], effigy of, xi. 36
Archery, contest of, for a bride, ii. 306
Arches made over paths at expulsion of
demons, ix. 113, 120 sq. ; novices at
initiation passed under arches in Aus-
tralia, xi. 193 n. 1 See also Arch,
Archways
Archigallus, high-priest of Attis, v. 268,
279 ; prophesies, v. 271 n.
Archways, passing under, as a means of
escaping evil spirits or sickness, xi.
179 sqq. See also Arch, Arches
Arctic origin, alleged, of the Aryans, v.
229 n. 1
regions, ceremonies at the reappear-
ance of the sun in the, ix. 124 sq. ,
125 n. 1
Arcturus, Greek vintage timed by, vii.
47 . 2 ; Greek festival before, 51, 52
Arden, Forest of, ii. 7
Ardennes, May Day custom in the, ii.
80 ; Arduinna, goddess of the, ii. 126 ;
effigies of Carnival burned in the, iv.
226 sq. ; precautions against rats in the,
viii. 277 ; the King of the Bean in the,
ix. 314 ; the Eve of Epiphany in the,
ix. 317 ; bonfires on the first S 
